Jaguar Semcon Jlr Xj Users Manual X300 98/E COVER
XJ to the manual df8397fb-b7e2-4669-afd4-b0f07bfd3dd6
2015-02-09
: Jaguar Jaguar-Semcon-Jlr-Xj-Users-Manual-566672 jaguar-semcon-jlr-xj-users-manual-566672 jaguar pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF
.
Page Count: 158
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
BY APPOINTMENT TO
HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY
XJ Series Sedan 1998
Electrical Guide
Published by Parts and Service Communications
Jaguar Cars Limited
Publication Part Number – JTP 608
XJ Series 1998
Introduction
Electrical Guide Format
This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information
for and about the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the XJ Series electrical / electronic systems, as well as the location and identification of components.
The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number
(i.e. Fig. 01.1) and Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.
It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the
book and with the system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents on the following pages should help
to guide the user.
Standard Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
B+
Battery Voltage
CAN
Controller Area Network
DI
Direction Indicator
LH
Left-Hand
LHD
Left-Hand Drive
LWB
Long Wheelbase
N/A
Normally Aspirated
NAS
North American Specification
RH
Right-Hand
RHD
Right-Hand Drive
ROW
Rest of World
SC
Supercharged
SCP
Standard Corporate Protocol Network
VIN
Vehicle Identification Number
Refer to the Vehicle Service Manual for a glossary of standard terms and their abbreviations.
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:
➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.
XJ Series Electrical System Architecture
The 1998 Model Year XJ Series uses an advanced electrical system architecture which features “multiplexing”, first
introduced in Jaguar vehicles with the XK8. Multiplexing allows for simplified wiring harnesses while providing greater
flexibility in programming market variants. Two data networks are used in the system: a controller area network (CAN)
for the engine, drive train and related systems, and a standard corporate protocol network (SCP) for the body systems.
Any vehicle subsystem depicted on the figures with the CAN or SCP included uses data derived from the network,
or transmits data via the network to achieve control. Messages for both networks are cataloged in the Appendix of this
book. When appropriate, the user will be referred to the Appendix by a note on the Data page. In addition to the two networks,
the XJ Series uses two serial data buses (ISO) for diagnostics, for the security system and for the programming of certain
control modules.
The XJ Series uses both power and logic grounds; however, it does not use a common logic ground stud connection as in
previous Sedan vehicles.
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
1
Table of Contents
XJ Series 1998
Component Index ........................................................................................................ 5 – 11
User Instructions ........................................................................................................ 12 – 17
Connectors ................................................................................................................ 18 – 19
Main Power Distribution ............................................................................................. 20
Harness Layout .......................................................................................................... 21
Ground Point Identification and Location .................................................................... 22
Control Module Identification and Location ................................................................. 23
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location .......................................... 24 – 28
Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location .......................................................... 29
NOTE: The Appendix, which contains a catalog of CAN and SCP Network messages, follows the Figure and Data pages.
2
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
FIGURES
Fig.
Description
Table of Contents
Variant
01
Power Distribution
01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ................................................................ All Vehicles
01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes ...... All Vehicles
01.3 ...... Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment
and EMS Fuse Boxes ..................................................................... All Vehicles
01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution ............................................. All Vehicles
01.5 ...... Engine Management Switched Power Distribution ........................ All Vehicles
02
Ground Distribution
02.1 ...... Ignition Switched Ground Distribution ............................................ All Vehicles
03
Battery; Starter; Generator
03.1 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A ............................................ AJ26 N/A Vehicles
03.2 ...... Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC .............................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles
04
04.1
04.2
04.3
04.4
04.5
04.6
04.7
......
......
......
......
......
......
......
Engine Management
AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ........................... AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Vehicles
AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1 ............................................ AJ26 3.2 Vehicles
AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Engine Management: Part 2 ......................... AJ26 4.0 N/A and 3.2 Vehicles
AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1 .............................. AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1 ............................. AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2 ...................................... AJ26 4.0 SC Vehicles
05
Transmission
05.1 ...... AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission ................................................. AJ26 N/A Vehicles
05.2 ...... AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission .................................................. AJ26 SC Vehicles
05.3 ...... Gearshift Interlock .......................................................................... All Vehicles
06
Anti-Lock Braking
06.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking; Traction Control ................................................ All Vehicles
07
Climate Control
07.1 ...... Climate Control: Part 1 ................................................................... All Vehicles
07.2 ...... Climate Control: Part 2 ................................................................... All Vehicles
08
Instrumentation; Audible Warnings
08.1 ...... Instrument Pack; Clock .................................................................. All Vehicles
08.2 ...... Audible Warnings ........................................................................... All Vehicles
09
09.1
09.2
09.3
09.4
09.5
......
......
......
......
......
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lighting: NAS Front ........................................................... NAS Vehicles
Exterior Lighting: ROW Front ......................................................... ROW Vehicles
Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear ............................................................ NAS Vehicles
Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear .......................................................... ROW Vehicles
Headlamp Leveling ........................................................................ Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
3
Table of Contents
FIGURES
Fig.
Description
XJ Series 1998
Variant
10
Interior Lighting
10.1 ...... Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener ............................................ All Vehicles
10.2 ...... Dimmer Controlled Lighting ........................................................... All Vehicles
11
11.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
11.6
Steering; Mirrors; Suspension
...... Power Assisted Steering ................................................................ All Vehicles
...... Steering Column Movement .......................................................... Powered Column Vehicles
...... Mirror Movement: Memory ........................................................... Memory Vehicles
...... Mirror Movement: Non-Memory .................................................... Non-Memory Vehicles
...... Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors .............................. All Vehicles
...... Suspension Adaptive Damping ...................................................... Adaptive Damping Vehicles
12
Seat Systems
12.1 ...... Driver Seat: Memory ...................................................................... Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
12.2 ...... Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered .......................................................... Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.3 ...... Driver Seat: Raise / Lower .............................................................. Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
12.4 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered ................................................... Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
12.5 ...... Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB ........................................ LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
12.6 ...... Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD ...................................................... Heaters Only Front Seats LHD Vehicles
12.7 ...... Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD ...................................................... Heaters Only Front Seats RHD Vehicles
12.8 ...... Rear Seats: Powered ..................................................................... LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles
12.9 ...... Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats ................................................ LWB / Powered Seat Vehicles
12.10 .... Rear Seat Heaters .......................................................................... Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
13
Door Locking
13.1 ...... Central Door Locking: ROW ........................................................... ROW Vehicles
13.2 ...... Central Door Locking: NAS ............................................................. NAS Vehicles
14
Wash / Wipe System
14.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System ..................................................................... All Vehicles
15
Window Lifts; Sliding Roof
15.1 ...... Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD .................................................... LHD Vehicles
15.2 ...... Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD ................................................... RHD Vehicles
16
In-Car Entertainment (ICE); Telephone
16.1 ...... Standard In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Standard ICE Vehicles
16.2 ...... Premium In-Car Entertainment ....................................................... Premium ICE Vehicles
16.3 ...... Radio Telephone ............................................................................ All Vehicles
17
Supplementary Restraint System
17.1 ...... Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners ................................................... All Vehicles
18
Ancillaries
18.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horns; Cigar Lighters; Accessory Connectors ............... All Vehicles
19
Vehicle Multiplex Systems
19.1 ...... CAN and SCP Networks ................................................................ All Vehicles
19.2 ...... Serial Data Links ............................................................................ All Vehicles
4
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE ................. Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
ACCELEROMETER – LATERAL ............................................... Fig. 11.6
ACCELEROMETERS – VERTICAL ........................................... Fig. 11.6
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY ........................................ Fig. 18.1
ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER ................................................ Fig. 13.3
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE ............................ Fig. 11.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH ....................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY ........... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE .............................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL PANEL .................................. Fig. 07.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
AIR CONDITIONING ISOLATE RELAY ..................................... Fig. 07.1
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR .................................. Fig. 17.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
AIRBAG – DRIVER SIDE .......................................................... Fig. 17.1
AIRBAG – PASSENGER SIDE .................................................. Fig. 17.1
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ....................................... Fig. 07.1
ANTENNA MOTOR ................................................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
ASPIRATOR ASSEMBLY ......................................................... Fig. 07.1
AUDIBLE WARNING SPEAKER ............................................... Fig. 08.2
AUTO TILT SWITCH ................................................................ Fig. 11.2
AUXILIARY POSITIVE RELAY .................................................. Fig. 01.1
BATTERY ................................................................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
BLOWER AIR INTAKES ........................................................... Fig. 07.1
BLOWER MOTOR RELAYS .................................................... Fig. 07.2
BLOWER MOTORS ................................................................ Fig. 07.2
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE ................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
Component Index
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE (continued) ............................. Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH ....................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
BRAKE FLUID RESERVOIR ..................................................... Fig. 06.1
BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 06.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.6
CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ............................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ....................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
CD AUTO-CHANGER ............................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK ........................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH ................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
CIGAR LIGHTERS .................................................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
CLOCK .................................................................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
COLUMN JOY STICK .............................................................. Fig. 11.2
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH ..................................................... Fig. 08.1
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR ......................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
5
Component Index
CRUISE CONTROL ON / OFF SWITCH ................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH (STEERING WHEEL) .................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
D – 4 SWITCH ......................................................................... Fig. 05.1
DAMPER SOLENOIDS ............................................................ Fig. 11.6
DATA LINK CONNECTOR ....................................................... Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
DIMMER CONTROL ................................................................ Fig. 10.2
DIMMER MODULE ................................................................. Fig. 10.2
DIODE (BT38) – TRUNK SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 10.1
DIODE (BT40) – NUMBER PLATE ........................................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
DIP BEAM RELAY ................................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
XJ Series 1998
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER REAR ................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DOOR LOCK ACTUATORS ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES – DRIVER ........................................ Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
DOOR LOCKING RELAY ......................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
DOOR MIRROR HEATER RELAY ............................................ Fig. 07.2
DIRECTION INDICATORS ....................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
DOOR MIRROR MOTORS ...................................................... Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DOOR MIRRORS .................................................................... Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER REAR ......................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DOOR SWITCH – DRIVER REAR ............................................. Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DOOR SWITCH – PASSENGER REAR .................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH ........................................................... Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
E-POST LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
DOOR CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ........................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
ECM AND TCM COOLING FAN .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
EGR VALVE ............................................................................. Fig. 04.5
EMS CONTROL RELAY ........................................................... Fig. 01.1
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SECURITY SWITCH ...................... Fig. 13.3
6
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ................................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR ........................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE ............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX ASSEMBLY ...................... Fig. 07.1
FASCIA SWITCH PACK ........................................................... Fig. 10.2
Component Index
FUSE BOX – ENGINE COMPARTMENT .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
FUSE BOX – ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................... Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.5
FUSE BOX – LH HEELBOARD ................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
FUSE BOX – RH HEELBOARD ................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
FUSE BOX – TRUNK ................................................................ Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 01.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
FOG LAMPS – FRONT ............................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
GARAGE DOOR OPENER ....................................................... Fig. 10.1
FOG LAMP SWITCHES ........................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION MODULE ......................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
FOLD-BACK RELAY ................................................................. Fig. 11.5
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK SOLENOID ...................................... Fig. 05.3
FOLD-OUT RELAY ................................................................... Fig. 11.5
GENERATOR ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
FRONT FOG LAMP RELAY ..................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR .................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
GLOVE BOX LAMP ................................................................. Fig. 10.1
HEADLAMP LEVELING ACTUATORS ..................................... Fig. 09.5
HEADLAMP LEVELING SWITCH ............................................ Fig. 09.5
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ........................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ...................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
FUEL INJECTION RELAY ........................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
FUEL INJECTORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
HEATED BACKLIGHT .............................................................. Fig. 07.2
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY .................................................. Fig. 07.2
HEATED OXYGEN SENSORS .................................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
HEATER PUMP ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............................................................. Fig. 08.1
HEATER PUMP RELAY ........................................................... Fig. 07.2
FUEL PUMP 1 ......................................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
HEATER VALVE ....................................................................... Fig. 07.2
FUEL PUMP 2 ......................................................................... Fig. 04.7
HIGH-MOUNTED STOP LAMP ................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
FUEL PUMP RELAY 1 ............................................................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
FUEL PUMP RELAY 2 ............................................................. Fig. 04.7
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE .................................. Fig. 01.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR ........................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
7
Component Index
HORN RELAY .......................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
HORN SWITCHES ................................................................... Fig. 18.1
HORNS .................................................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 18.1
IGNITION COIL RELAY ............................................................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
IGNITION COILS ...................................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
IGNITION MODULES .............................................................. Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAYS .................................................. Fig. 01.1
IGNITION SWITCH (KEY-IN SWITCH) ...................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
IGNITION SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 02.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
IMPACT SENSORS .................................................................. Fig. 17.1
INCLINATION SENSOR ........................................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
XJ Series 1998
KEYFOB ANTENNA ................................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE .............................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.2
KEYLOCK SOLENOID ............................................................. Fig. 05.3
KICKDOWN SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
KNOCK SENSORS ................................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
LAMP UNITS – FRONT ............................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
LIGHTING STALK .................................................................... Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 14.1
INERTIA SWITCH .................................................................... Fig. 02.1
LUMBAR DEFLATE RELAY – LH ............................................. Fig. 12.8
INSTRUMENT PACK ............................................................... Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR ................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 ................................. Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
INTERCOOLER PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 04.7
INTERCOOLER PUMP RELAY ................................................ Fig. 04.7
INTERIOR REAR VIEW MIRROR ............................................. Fig. 11.5
INTRUSION SENSORS ............................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
MAIN BEAM RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 09.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.2
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR ..................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
MEMORY SWITCHES (DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK) .......... Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.1
MIRROR JOY STICK ................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.5
MODE SWITCH (TRANSMISSION) ......................................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
NEUTRAL SWITCH .................................................................. Fig. 03.1
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH ................................................ Fig. 05.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 11.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS ........................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH ......................................................... Fig. 08.1
8
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
OXYGEN SENSORS ................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ...................................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ..... Fig. 18.1
PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER .............................................. Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
PEDAL POSITION AND MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS .... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
POWER AMPLIFIER ................................................................ Fig. 16.2
POWER ASSISTED STEERING CONTROL MODULE .............. Fig. 11.1
POWER WASH PUMP ............................................................ Fig. 14.1
POWERWASH RELAY ............................................................ Fig. 14.1
PUDDLE LAMPS ..................................................................... Fig. 10.1
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL RELAY MODULE ........................ Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
RADIATOR FANS .................................................................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
RADIO / CASSETTE HEAD UNIT ............................................. Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
RADIO ANTENNA ................................................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
RADIO CONTROL SWITCHES (STEERING WHEEL) ............... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
Component Index
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – REAR ........................................ Fig. 12.8
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SEAT CUSHION HEATERS – REAR ......................................... Fig. 12.8
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
SEAT FORE / AFT MOTORS – REAR ....................................... Fig. 12.8
SEAT HEADREST MOTORS – REAR ....................................... Fig. 12.8
SEAT HEATER RELAY – DRIVER ............................................. Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SEAT HEATER RELAY – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES ...................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES – REAR ......................................... Fig. 12.9
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
SEAT HEATER TIMERS – REAR .............................................. Fig. 12.9
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
SEAT LOWER RELAY .............................................................. Fig. 12.3
RADIO ..................................................................................... Fig. 10.2
RADIO TELEPHONE CONNECTOR ......................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
READER / EXCITER COIL ........................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER ............................................ Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER .................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
SEAT LUMBAR PUMPS – REAR ............................................. Fig. 12.8
REAR SIDE MARKERS ............................................................ Fig. 09.3
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCHES – REAR ........................................ Fig. 12.8
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH .......................................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
REFRIGERANT 4-WAY PRESSURE SWITCH ........................... Fig. 04.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.7
................................................................................................ Fig. 07.2
SEAT MOTOR – DRIVER (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) .................. Fig. 12.3
SEAT MOTORS – DRIVER ....................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
ROOF CONSOLE .................................................................... Fig. 10.2
SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER ............................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONERS ................................................ Fig. 17.1
SEAT RAISE RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 12.3
SEAT BELT SWITCH ............................................................... Fig. 08.2
SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER FORE / AFT – REAR ................ Fig. 12.5
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – DRIVER ..................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
SEAT SWITCH – PASSENGER RECLINE – REAR .................... Fig. 12.5
SECURITY ACTIVE INDICATOR ............................................... Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
SEAT CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER ............................. Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
9
Component Index
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE .................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SIDE AIRBAGS ........................................................................ Fig. 17.1
SIDE DI REPEATERS ............................................................... Fig. 09.2
SIDE MARKERS – FRONT ....................................................... Fig. 09.1
SIDE MARKER AND NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY ............. Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE ..................................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SLIDING ROOF MOTOR ......................................................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
XJ Series 1998
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER REAR DOOR ................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT (RAISE / LOWER ONLY) ....... Fig. 12.3
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER SEAT ............................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER DOOR ..................................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER REAR DOOR .......................... Fig. 10.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER SEAT ...................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
TAIL LAMP UNITS ................................................................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
TELEPHONE ANTENNA .......................................................... Fig. 16.3
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH (ROOF CONSOLE) .......................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
TELEPHONE HANDSET .......................................................... Fig. 16.3
SOLAR SENSOR ..................................................................... Fig. 07.1
TELEPHONE MICROPHONE ................................................... Fig. 16.3
SPEAKER, ‘A’ POST TWEETERS ............................................. Fig. 16.2
TELEPHONE TRANSCEIVER ................................................... Fig. 16.3
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR MID-BASS ...................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
THROTTLE MOTOR ................................................................ Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
SPEAKER, FRONT DOOR TWEETER ...................................... Fig. 16.1
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR MID-BASS ........................................ Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SPEAKER, REAR DOOR TWEETER ......................................... Fig. 16.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 16.2
SQUAB HEATERS – DRIVER ................................................... Fig. 12.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
SQUAB HEATERS – PASSENGER ........................................... Fig. 12.4
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.6
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.7
THROTTLE MOTOR POWER RELAY ...................................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
TRAILER CONNECTOR ........................................................... Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE ................................................. Fig. 01.1
SQUAB HEATERS – REAR ...................................................... Fig. 12.9
................................................................................................ Fig. 12.10
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A ................... Fig. 05.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
STABILITY / TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH ........................... Fig. 06.1
STARTER MOTOR .................................................................. Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC .................... Fig. 05.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 19.1
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 N/A ........ Fig. 05.1
STARTER RELAY ..................................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
TRANSMISSION ELECTRICAL CONNECTOR: AJ26 SC .......... Fig. 05.2
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS .............................................. Fig. 11.2
TRANSMISSION ROTARY SWITCH ........................................ Fig. 05.1
STOP LAMP RELAY ................................................................ Fig. 09.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 09.4
TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK ........................................... Fig. 08.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.2
SUBWOOFER ......................................................................... Fig. 16.2
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH .............................................................. Fig. 08.1
SUPPRESSION MODULE ....................................................... Fig. 03.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 03.2
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR ........................................ Fig. 18.1
TRUNK LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DOOR ............................................. Fig. 10.2
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR ................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
10
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Component Index
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCHES ................................................. Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
TRUNK SWITCH ...................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
VACUUM SWITCHING VALVES .............................................. Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.5
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.6
VALET SWITCH ....................................................................... Fig. 13.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.2
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.3
................................................................................................ Fig. 13.4
VANITY LAMPS ....................................................................... Fig. 10.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 10.1
VARIABLE STEERING CONVERTER ........................................ Fig. 11.1
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING SOLENOID VALVES ..................... Fig. 04.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 04.2
VENT ASSEMBLY ................................................................... Fig. 07.1
WASH / WIPE STALK .............................................................. Fig. 14.1
WHEEL SPEED SENSORS ...................................................... Fig. 06.1
WINDOW LIFT MOTORS ........................................................ Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES ..................................................... Fig. 15.1
................................................................................................ Fig. 15.2
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAYS ............................................. Fig. 07.2
WINDSHIELD HEATERS ......................................................... Fig. 07.2
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP AND FLUID LEVEL SENSOR ..... Fig. 14.1
WIPER FAST / SLOW RELAY .................................................. Fig. 14.1
WIPER MOTOR ....................................................................... Fig. 14.1
WIPER RUN / STOP RELAY .................................................... Fig. 14.1
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
11
User Instructions
XJ Series 1998
Figure and Data Page Layout
Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system
(01 – Power Distribution, 02 – Ground Distribution, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following
a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.). Refer to the Table of Contents for a complete list of the Figures.
The Figures 01 – Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols
refer the user to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates
the need to include detailed Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. Similarly, the Figure 02 – Ground Distribution details the ignition switched ground distribution. The reference symbols are defined on page 14.
Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.
Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds.
This information is supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.
When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.
Where circuits include a Control Module, Pin Out information is provided with values for “active” and “inactive” states.
The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF. This information is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit
operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
12
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
User Instructions
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
FIGURE NUMBER
COMPONENT, RELAY, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION
Fig. 03.1
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
P
I
Pin
Description
FC15-7
Active
COMPONENTS
Inactive
NEUTRAL SWITCH STATUS
GROUND (N)
D
FC15-21
SERIAL COMMUNICATION – KEY TRANSPONDER
ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D
FC15-39
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
I
FC15-41
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
Component
B+ (P, R, D, 4, 3, 2)
Connector / Type / Color
Location / Access
BATTERY
BT66 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
BT67 / BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
GROUND (CRANKING)
B+
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
FC15 / 14-WAY AMP EEEC / GREY
BULKHEAD / BEHIND GLOVE BOX
O
FC15-73
STARTER RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND (CRANKING)
B+
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
FC15-80
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
B+
B+
FC15-92
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
EM10 / 28-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM11 / 16-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM12 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM13 / 34-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREY
EM14 / 12-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY MULTILOCK 47 / WHITE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
I
GENERATOR
AN1 / EYELET
AN2 / EYELET
ST4 / EYELET
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
HIGH POWER PROTECTION MODULE
BT60 / EYELET
BT61 / EYELET
BT62 / EYELET
BT63 / EYELET
TRUNK / ADJACENT TO BATTERY
D
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
P
Active
Inactive
I
EM10-15
PARK / NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
B+ (P, N)
GROUND (R,D,4,3,2)
D
EM10-17
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
EM11-6
ENGINE CRANK
GROUND (CRANKING)
B+
Active
Inactive
D
I
Pin
Description
EM10-6
OK TO START – ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
IGNITION SWITCH
FC4 / 8-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
STEERING COLUMN
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
FC22 / 20-WAY MULTILOCK 040 / GREEN
BELOW INSTRUMENT PACK
NEUTRAL SWITCH
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
P
Pin
Description
D
FC22-9
SERIAL COMMUNICATION (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D
FC22-11
SERIAL COMMUNICATION – BPM
TRUNK / BATTERY COVER
CC21 / 3-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
GEAR SELECTOR ASSEMBLY / CENTER CONSOLE
REGULATOR (GENERATOR)
PI50 / 3-WAY SUMITOMO 92 / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT
STARTER MOTOR
ST1 / EYELET
ST2 / EYELET
ST3 / EYELET
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE
SUPPRESSION MODULE
AN3 / 3-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / RED
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RIGHT FRONT
ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D
FC22-16
OK TO START (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
D
FC22-17
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE (ENCODED COMMUNICATION)
RELAYS
Relay
Case Color
STARTER RELAY
BROWN
Connector / Color
Location / Access
EM50 / BROWN
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS / ENGINE COMPARTMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
Location / Access
EM2
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / GREY
EM3
14-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
EM60
2-WAY ECONOSEAL III HC / GREY
FC7
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER ‘A’ POST / LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ADJACENT RH TO FALSE BULKHEAD
20-WAY MULTILOCK 070 / WHITE
ABOVE DIMMER MODULE / COIN TRAY
PI1
57-WAY SUMITOMO TS090 / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BULKHEAD / REAR OF ENGINE
PI2
13-WAY ECONOSEAL III LC / BLACK
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BRACKET ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ST5
EYELET
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
ST6
EYELET
ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FALSE BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground
Location / Type
BT65
EYELET (SINGLE) – BATTERY GROUND STUD
CC3R
EYELET (PAIR) – RH FRONT BULKHEAD STUD / CABIN SIDE
FC17L
EYELET (PAIR) – EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION (FOLD OUT PAGE)
The following symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
I
Input
O Output
SG Signal Ground
D
C
S
Serial and encoded communications
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all
components connected and fitted. “Active” means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF COMPONENTS, RELAYS,
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
DATE OF ISSUE
DATA PAGE
FIGURE
MODEL RANGE AND YEAR
TITLE
XJ Series 1998
FIGURE NUMBER
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N
ST6
BT61
250A x 2
B
BT67
BT65
N
BT66
BT60
BATTERY
250A
N
BT63
01.1
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
NB
13
B+
FC15-80
RW
1
02.1
Y
FC4-3
BK
FCS7
WN
I
SU
74
NW
3
5
WR
WK
1
2
GO
D
40
FC15-92
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
FC17L
EM50
D
FC15-39
02.1
FC4-2
FC4-5
GO
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
FC15-41
WO
EMS28
EM2-8
I
FC4-1
II
GO
GO
O
FC15-73
RW
III
BK
N
ST5
01.1
BT62
N
Fig 03.1
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A
SO
II
D
FC15-21
STARTER RELAY
BK
BK
CCS5
RU
CC21-3
CC21-1
RU
LOGIC
I
FC15-7
FC7-3
POWER
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
CC3R
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
GO
I
EM11-6
ENGINE
START
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
05.1
RU
I
EM10-15
SO
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
D
FC22-11
SU
D
FC22-9
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
Y
Y
D
EM10-17
O.K. TO START
Y
FCS30
EM2-13
O
D
O
EM10-6
D
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
D
O.K. TO START
FC22-17
EM2-15
FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR
ST1
33
PI2-12
SW
08.1
N
WK
II
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PI50-2
SW
EM3-7
SW
6
N
B
REGULATOR
ST2
PI50-1
PI1-11
WR
EM60-2
ST3
WS
STARTER MOTOR
B
N
AN1
AN3-1
ST4
B
AN2
AN3-2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
1
6
1
4
II
II
7
47
Fig. 01.2
5
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
45
63
Fig. 01.1
E
44
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
FIGURE PAGE
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND DATE OF ISSUE
13
User Instructions
XJ Series 1998
NOTE: In the examples shown on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.
Reference Symbols
Reference symbols are used for three purposes:
• to allow the user to complete the individual system circuit to power supply or ground
• to refer the user to a related circuit
• to identify control module inputs, outputs and signal grounds
Battery Power Supply
X
This symbol represents a direct battery power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.2 or 01.3.
X
X
I
II
X
E
Ignition Switched Power Supply
This symbol represents ignition switched power supply and refers the user to Figure 01.1, 01.4 or 01.5.
The suffix I indicates auxiliary power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix E indicates engine management switched power. Power is supplied in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK) under ECM control.
X
XX
XX
I
II
Ignition Switched Ground
This symbol represents an ignition switched ground and refers the user to Figure 02.1.
This symbol without a suffix indicates CRANK. Ground is completed in ignition switch key position III (ENGINE CRANK).
The suffix I indicates auxiliary ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions I (AUXILIARY) and II (IGNITION).
The suffix II indicates ignition ground. Ground is completed in ignition switch key positions II (IGNITION) and III
(ENGINE CRANK).
XX.X
BPM
Figure Number Reference Flag
This symbol refers the reader to a figure number only. It does not refer to a flag with the same number on a different figure.
As used in Figures 01.1 through 02.1, the reference flag refers the user to a continuation of the circuit. In this instance, the
user matches the number to a Power Supply or Ground symbol to trace the circuit.
In most other cases, it is not necessary to refer to another figure for completion of a circuit, as the reference flags are used
to indicate parallel circuits and circuits that share components. Most of the circuits where this situation occurs are overlapped to avoid the necessity for cross-referencing to another figure. Exceptions to this rule are instances where signals
are transmitted to or received from other system circuits. When circuits are not overlapped, they are noted by (CIRCUIT
CONTINUED).
BPM Because the Body Processor Module appears numerous times, the abbreviation BPM is used in the reference flags
on Figures 01.2 and 02.1 in order to conserve space.
Control Module Input, Output, Data Link, Signal Ground and Network(s)
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
These six symbols are employed to assist the user in visualizing the ‘logic’ of circuits containing control modules. The
symbols identify control module input, output, data link, signal ground and network pins. These symbols are also employed on the corresponding data page.
14
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Wiring Symbols
User Instructions
Wiring Color Codes
N
B
W
K
G
R
Y
SPLICE
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
BULB
CAPACITOR
CONNECTOR
XX1-X
XX1-X
XX1
EYELET AND STUD
FUSE
LOGIC GROUND
POWER GROUND
LED
LED
MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
RESISTOR
SOLENOID
XXXXX
-XX
-XX
-XX
SUPPRESSION RESISTOR
Orange
Slate
Light
Blue
Purple
Braid
Wiring Harness Codes
DIODE (IN HARNESS)
SUPPRESSION DIODE
O
S
L
U
P
BRD
When a wire has two or more color code letters, the first
letter indicates the main color and the subsequent letter(s)
indicate the tracer color(s).
DIODE
SPLICE HEADER
Brown
Black
White
Pink
Green
Red
Yellow
Code
AN
BB
BC
BL
BR
BS
BT
CA
CC
CF
DD
EM
FC
FL
FP
FR
GB
HP
IC
IJ
LA
LL
LS
PD
PI
RA
RD
RP
RT
SC
SH
SM-D
SM-P
SR
ST
SW
Description
Generator link harness
Rear seat motors and heaters harness
Rear seat center console harness
Bumper harness – LH front
Bumper harness – RH front
Rear seat link harness
Trunk harness
Cabin harness
Center console harness
Radiator cooling fan harness
Driver door harness
Engine management harness
Fascia harness
Axle harness – LH front
Fuel tank pressure sensor link harness
Axle harness – RH front
Transmission harness
Steering wheel horn switch harness
In-car entertainment harness
Fuel injector harness – supercharged
Axle harness – LH rear
Power steering link harness
Forward harness
Passenger door harness
Engine harness
Axle harness – RH rear
Rear driver door harness
Rear passenger door harness
Radio telephone harness
Steering column switchgear harness
Windshield heater link harness
Driver seat harness
Passenger seat harness
Sliding roof motor link harness
Main power harness
Steering wheel harness
THERMISTOR
Code Numbering
TRANSISTOR
WIRE CONTINUED
ZENER DIODE
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar
Engineering uses a three-position format: CA001, CA002,
etc. Because space is limited in this Electrical Guide, the
codes have been shortened. Thus CA001-001 becomes
CA1-1, CA002-001 becomes CA2-1, etc.
15
User Instructions
XJ Series 1998
Harness Component Numbers
Connectors
HARNESS CODE + CONNECTOR NUMBER + PIN NUMBER
EXAMPLE: FC7-24 (pin number is separated by a dash)
Where the pin number differs from LHD to RHD, the connector number will be further identified by (LHD) or (RHD).
FC7-24
FC7-24 (LHD)
FC7-15 (RHD)
Harness code
Pin number
Connector number
Splices
HARNESS CODE + S (SPLICE) + SPLICE NUMBER
EXAMPLE: RHS3 (no dash is used)
NOTE: In order to avoid unnecessary circuit complication, multiple splices (more than two wires) within components, in
wires leading from input components to multiple circuits and in harness ‘ground’ sides, are simplified so as not to show
wires from other circuits.
RHS3
RHS3
SIMPLIFIED SPLICE
Harness code
Splice number
Splice
Splice Headers
Three non-serviceable splice headers are used in the system harness. Splice headers are depicted as components and
identified by a connector number within the component. The splice header number appears at the upper left hand corner;
pin numbers appear adjacent to each pin.
EXAMPLE:
CA223
-5
-4
-6
Diodes
Harness diodes occur at connectors and are depicted as components and identified by a connector number.
EXAMPLE:
BT29-1
BT29
BT29-2
Relay Connectors
Relay connector numbers are shown within the relay. The connector number is shown in the upper portion of the relay;
the pin (terminal) number is shown adjacent to the pin. Certain relays are paired and share a modular connector. In this instance, the connector number remains the same for both relays while the pin numbers of the second relay are identified
by numbers 6 – 10.
EXAMPLE:
CA20
16
CA20
4
9
3
5
8
10
1
2
6
7
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
User Instructions
Grounds
HARNESS CODE + GROUND EYELET NUMBER + EYELET DESIGNATION (L or R where applicable)
Eyelet designation
Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’ and can be identified
by the absence of a suffix. The eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified by the suffix L (left) or R (right).
L
SINGLE EYELET
R
EYELET PAIR
EXAMPLES:
Harness code
Harness code
Harness code
Ground eyelet number
Ground eyelet number
Ground eyelet number
CC2( )
LS2R
BT2L
RH eyelet leg
Single leg eyelet
LH eyelet leg
Where the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLES:
LHD Vehicles
EM2R
(EM1R)
RHD Vehicles
BT2L
Same for LHD & RHD Vehicles
NOTE: The XJ Series ground studs are not identified by code. Therefore, multiple eyelets with different harness codes
may be connected to a ground stud.
SCP Network
Due to circuit complexity and because space is limited, the SCP Network is, in most cases, shown as a broken grey line
indicating that there is network communication between the depicted control modules. Refer to Fig. 19.1 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
–
U
S
19.1
SCP
SCP
19.1
U
DD10-9
+
S
S
S –
RD10-9
19.1
SCP
SCP
19.1
S
DD10-16
S +
RD10-16
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
–
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
U
S
19.1
SCP
SCP
19.1
U
PD10-9
+
S
S
PD10-16
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
S –
RP10-9
19.1
SCP
SCP
19.1
S
S +
RP10-16
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
17
Connectors
XJ Series 1998
The following connectors are the common harness-to-harness connectors used throughout the vehicle.
Multilock 040
Low current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Multilock 070
High current (harness and ‘direct’ connection connector).
Econoseal III LC
Low current sealed connector.
Econoseal III HC
High current sealed connector.
Ford Card
Used for SRS only.
Through Panel
54-way connector.
18
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Connectors
Augat 1.6
2-way connector.
Augat 1.6
3-way connector.
Augat 1.6
4-way connector.
Augat 1.6
6-way connector.
Augat 1.6
8-way connector.
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
19
Main Power Distribution
XJ Series 1998
ST4
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
GENERATOR
ST19
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
ST21
ST20
STARTER
MOTOR
ST2
ST1
ST5
ST6
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
ST15
ST14
ST13
BT61
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BT62
BT63
BT60
+
BT66
BATTERY
BT67
–
TRUNK FUSE BOX
20
BT65
BT64
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Harness Layout
Harness Layout
RHD
LHD
FRONT OF VEHICLE
FRONT OF VEHICLE
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
RADIATOR COOLING FAN
HARNESS (CF)
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)
BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
BL1
LS32
BUMPER HARNESS –
LH FRONT (BL)
BUMPER HARNESS –
RH FRONT (BR)
BR1
BL1
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)
EM1
EM51
LL2
LS2
LS1
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)
FORWARD HARNESS (LS)
WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)
TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
EM44
EM42
EM53
EM63
SW10
STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS (SW)
CA20
EM2
EM3
EM53
EM63
FASCIA HARNESS (FC)
CA11
CA12
CA11
CA12
FC5
FC7
FC11
CA19
CA20
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)
RT2
RT2
CA8
CA10
STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
SW10
SW1
SW2
RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)
STEERING WHEEL
HARNESS (SW)
RADIO TELEPHONE HARNESS (RT)
PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
CA23
PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS (PD)
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)
CA27
CA27
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH
CA66
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – RH
CA66
PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SM-P)
CA13
CA14
CA46
CA109
DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)
CA29
DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SM-D)
CA16
CA45
REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
CABIN HARNESS (CA)
PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)
PASSENGER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RP)
CA13
CA14
CA46
IC1
IC3
CA109
AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)
CA9
AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)
BT4
REAR SEAT HARNESS (BB)
DRIVER REAR
DOOR HARNESS (RD)
CA29
CA9
AXLE HARNESS – LH REAR (LA)
CA72
PASSENGER SEAT HARNESS (SM-P)
CA16
CA45
IC1
IC3
CA23
SIDE AIRBAG LINK – LH
CA72
DRIVER SEAT HARNESS (SM-D)
SEPTEMBER 1997
EM44
FC1
DRIVER DOOR HARNESS (DD)
DATE OF ISSUE:
TRANSMISSION HARNESS (GB)
LS3
CENTER CONSOLE HARNESS (CC)
SW1
SW2
WINDSHIELD HEATER
HARNESS (SH)
EM2
EM3
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
STEERING COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR HARNESS (SC)
PI1
PI2
FC1
FC7
FC11
CA19
FORWARD HARNESS (LS)
EM42
LS3
FC5
AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HARNESS (EM)
PI1
PI2
FASCIA HARNESS (FC)
LS2
LS1
AXLE HARNESS – RH FRONT (FR)
AXLE HARNESS – LH FRONT (FL)
CA8
CA10
ENGINE HARNESS (PI)
EM1
EM51
LL2
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
HARNESS (IC)
BR1
POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
POWER STEERING
LINK HARNESS (LL)
CABIN HARNESS (CA)
LS32
AXLE HARNESS – RH REAR (RA)
BT4
TRUNK HARNESS (BT)
IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
HARNESS (IC)
TRUNK HARNESS (BT)
21
Ground Point Identification and Location
Ground Point Identification and Location
XJ Series 1998
DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
CA25
LH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA30
CA36
LH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CC2
LH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
CA38
CA110
KEYFOB ANTENNA GROUND
BT34
LH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
IC6
IC20
LH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
CABIN SIDE
FC29
EMS LH GROUND STUD
EM8
ENGINE GROUND SCREW
ABS GROUND STUD
LS29
LH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS10
LS18
RH REAR TRUNK GROUND STUD
BT20
BT21
BATTERY GROUND STUD
BT65
RH CENTER TRUNK GROUND STUD
BT22
BT28
RH FORWARD TRUNK GROUND STUD
RADIO ANTENNA GROUND
EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES:
BT28
BT44
RH HEELBOARD GROUND SCREW
(AIRBAG ONLY GROUND)
CA48
RH FORWARD GROUND STUD
LS19
LS20
EMS BULKHEAD GROUND STUD
EM16
EM17
EM18
RH BULKHEAD GROUND STUD:
CABIN SIDE (QUIET GROUND)
CC3
FC17
RH ‘A’ POST GROUND SCREW
CA33
RADIO GROUND
PASSENGER SEAT GROUND STUD (LHD)
DRIVER SEAT GROUND STUD (RHD)
CA26
RH DRIVESHAFT TUNNEL GROUND STUD
CA31
CA47
22
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Control Module Identification and Location
LHD
RHD
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
Control Module Identification and Location
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
DIMMER MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT PACK
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
SEPTEMBER 1997
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
REAR SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
DATE OF ISSUE:
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
23
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
XJ Series 1998
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
* EARLY PRODUCTION VEHICLES: EM13-12 – PY; EM13-13 – RW
EM14
EM15
EM13
EM12
EM11
EM10
4.0 N/A NAS
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE
6
R
5
R
4
BK
3
WR
2
GY
1
GY
11
B
12
G
11
G
10
B
9
B
8
B
7
B
22
B
EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY
10
—
9
RY
8
RG
7
BU
6
BW
5
BY
4
BO
3
PN
21
—
20
—
19
—
18
BS
17
BN
16
BG
15
BP
14
—
2
PU
1
PS
13
—
12
B
10
—
16
WU
9
—
8
—
7
—
15
W
6
—
14
GR
26
25
24
23
LGU LGW LGO LGK
5
—
4
OK
EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY
3
SP
13*
PY
22
UB
2
W
12*
RW
21
—
34
33
32
31
LGP LGS LGR LGY
20
B
30
—
19
Y
1
KN
11
PW
18
S
29
O
28
P
6
RW
11
—
17
N
27
BG
5
WU
10
RY
17
U
3
—
2
—
9
SG
16
N
22
BP
4
—
4
WU
8
SLG
15
R
21
—
EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY
1
—
14
G
13
GY
20
—
7
—
16
K
10
G
15
R
EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
1
SR
6
GO
11
U
18
BY
2
—
7
RG
12
UP
19
BY
3
P
9
UY
14
BG
8
—
5
SG
13
O
8
UW
13
BY
12
BG
7
—
6
O
5
WK
12
K
21
UW
28
Y
4
UN
3
ULG
2
UG
11
PG
20
BG
27
G
19
—
26
Y
18
—
1
WR
10
US
17
Y
16
PK
25
G
15
RU
9
NO
14
OU
24
—
23
BK
22
—
4.0 N/A ROW; 3.2
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE
6
R
5
R
4
BK
3
WR
2
GY
1
GY
11
B
12
G
11
G
10
B
9
B
8
B
7
B
22
B
EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY
10
—
9
RY
8
RG
7
BU
6
BW
5
BY
4
BO
3
PN
21
—
20
—
19
—
18
BS
17
BN
16
BG
15
BP
14
—
2
PU
1
PS
13
—
12
B
10
—
16
WU
9
—
8
—
7
—
15
W
6
—
14
GR
26
25
24
23
LGU LGW LGO LGK
5
—
4
OK
EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY
3
SP
13*
PY
22
UB
2
W
12*
RW
21
—
34
33
32
31
LGP LGS LGR LGY
20
B
30
—
19
Y
1
KN
11
PW
18
S
29
O
28
P
6
RW
11
—
10
RY
17
N
27
BG
5
WU
17
—
3
—
9
SG
16
—
22
BP
4
—
21
—
2
—
EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY
1
—
8
SLG
15
R
14
G
13
GY
20
—
4
WU
7
—
16
K
10
G
15
R
EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
1
SR
6
GO
11
U
18
BY
2
—
7
RG
12
UP
19
BY
3
P
9
UY
14
BG
8
—
5
SG
13
O
8
UW
13
BY
12
BG
7
—
6
O
5
WK
12
K
21
UW
28
Y
4
UN
3
ULG
2
UG
11
PG
20
BG
27
G
19
—
26
Y
18
—
1
WR
10
US
17
Y
16
PK
25
G
15
RU
9
NO
14
OU
24
—
23
BK
22
B
4.0 SC NAS
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE
6
R
5
R
4
BK
3
WR
2
GY
1
GY
11
B
12
G
11
G
10
B
9
B
8
B
7
B
22
B
EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY
10
—
9
—
8
—
7
BU
6
BW
5
BY
4
BO
3
PN
21
—
20
—
19
—
18
BS
17
BN
16
BG
15
BP
14
—
2
PU
1
PS
13
—
12
B
10
RY
16
WU
9
KB
8
—
7
—
15
W
6
—
14
GR
26
25
24
23
LGU LGW LGO LGK
5
—
4
OK
EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY
3
SP
13*
PY
22
UB
2
W
12*
RW
21
—
34
33
32
31
LGP LGS LGR LGY
20
B
30
—
19
Y
1
KN
11
PW
18
S
29
O
28
P
6
RW
11
—
10
RY
17
N
27
BG
5
WU
17
U
3
YN
9
SG
16
N
22
BP
4
YR
21
—
2
YG
8
SLG
15
R
14
G
13
GY
20
—
EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY
1
YU
4
WU
7
UP
16
K
10
G
15
R
EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
1
SR
6
GO
11
U
18
BY
2
—
7
RG
12
UP
19
BY
3
P
9
UY
14
BG
8
—
5
SG
13
O
8
UW
13
BY
12
BG
7
—
6
O
5
WK
12
K
21
UW
28
Y
4
UN
3
ULG
2
UG
11
PG
20
BG
27
G
19
—
26
Y
18
—
1
WR
10
US
17
Y
16
PK
25
G
15
RS
9
NO
14
OU
24
—
23
BK
22
B
4.0 SC ROW
EM14 / 12-WAY / WHITE
EM15 / 22-WAY / WHITE
6
R
5
R
4
BK
3
WR
2
GY
1
GY
11
B
12
G
11
G
10
B
9
B
8
B
7
B
22
B
EM13 / 34-WAY / GREY
10
—
9
—
8
—
7
BU
6
BW
5
BY
4
BO
3
PN
21
—
20
—
19
—
18
BS
17
BN
16
BG
15
BP
14
—
2
PU
1
PS
13
—
12
B
10
RY
16
WU
9
KB
8
—
7
—
15
W
6
—
14
GR
26
25
24
23
LGU LGW LGO LGK
34
33
32
31
LGP LGS LGR LGY
24
5
—
4
OK
EM12 / 22-WAY / GREY
3
SP
13*
PY
22
UB
2
W
12*
RW
21
—
20
B
30
—
19
Y
29
O
1
KN
11
PW
18
S
28
P
6
RW
11
—
17
N
27
BG
5
WU
10
RY
17
—
22
BP
3
YN
9
SG
16
—
21
—
4
YR
14
G
EM11 / 16-WAY / GREY
1
YU
8
SLG
15
R
20
—
2
YG
13
GY
4
WU
7
UP
16
K
10
G
15
R
9
UY
14
BG
EM10 / 28-WAY / GREY
1
SR
6
GO
11
U
18
BY
2
—
7
RG
12
UP
19
BY
3
P
8
—
5
SG
13
O
8
UW
13
BY
12
BG
7
—
5
WK
12
K
21
UW
28
Y
6
O
27
G
4
UN
3
ULG
2
UG
11
PG
20
BG
19
—
26
Y
18
—
1
WR
10
US
17
Y
16
PK
25
G
DATE OF ISSUE:
15
RS
24
—
9
NO
14
OU
23
BK
22
B
SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 N/A
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE: AJ26 SC
EM61
EM62
EM7
EM7 / 88-WAY / BLACK
28
BY
27
—
55
WB
88
—
87
—
86
Y
26
NR
54
WB
85
G
25
—
53
RU
84
—
24
—
52
RY
83
Y
23
BRD
51
OB
82
G
22
UY
50
—
81
—
21
BU
49
—
80
—
79
—
20
—
19
—
18
BS
17
—
16
U
15
BRD
14
N
13
US
12
RP
11
—
10
—
9
W
8
RB
7
—
48
—
47
—
46
—
45
RG
44
R
43
—
42
G
41
—
40
—
39
—
38
—
37
Y
36
S
35
—
78
—
77
—
76
—
75
—
74
—
73
—
72
—
71
—
70
—
69
—
68
—
67
—
66
—
65
—
6
B
34
B
64
—
5
OG
33
YP
63
—
4
OK
32
YU
62
—
3
—
31
—
61
—
2
RS
30
YB
60
—
EM61 / 18-WAY / BLACK
1
OU
23
—
29
OR
59
—
58
—
57
—
1
YU
56
—
2
BS
24
—
3
P
EM62 / 14-WAY / BLACK
25
26
27
28
LGB LGU LGP LGN
4
—
5
—
6
—
7
—
29
WB
8
—
30
B
9
—
33
B
10
—
12
BG
34
BY
13
BW
35
BU
14
BK
36
BO
15
BLG
37
BN
16
BP
38
BR
L
G
H
Y
17
BS
INSTRUMENT PACK
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE
LS27
FC24
FC25
17
W
FC25 / 24-WAY / BLACK
1
BK
2
WG
3
—
4
—
5
—
6
SO
7
—
8
—
9
—
10
SU
11
—
12
—
13
UY
14
R
15
—
16
—
17
—
18
—
19
S
20
U
21
—
22
—
23
Y
24
Y
1
—
2
—
3
PY
4
SG
5
OU
6
UB
7
OB
8
—
9
—
10
—
11
—
12
—
25
—
26
B
27
RO
28
—
29
—
30
—
31
—
32
—
33
BR
34
—
35
Y
36
O
37
—
38
—
39
—
40
—
41
—
42
—
43
—
44
—
45
—
46
—
47
G
48
G
13
BW
14
RW
15
—
16
YW
17
—
18
—
19
OS
20
UW
21
RLG
22
SW
23
OP
24
—
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
TOP
FC24 / 48-WAY / BLACK
LS27 / 25-WAY / BLACK
18
R
10
—
1
UO
19
UP
11
—
2
US
20
WU
12
—
3
S
21
P
13
UB
4
G
22
U
14
R
5
Y
23
—
15
G
6
Y
24
B
25
NY
8
B
9
NR
16
RY
7
O
25
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
XJ Series 1998
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
SECURITY AND LOCKING CONTROL MODULE
FC15
BT2
BT1
* NAS VEHICLES: FC15-56 NOT USED
FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY (LHD)
79
NG
80
NB
53
RK
27
YK
81
GR
54
RB
55
SP
28
RW
1
RY
82
GR
56*
UM
29
—
2
GY
83
GB
30
U
84
U
57
GR
31
GB
3
GK
4
GU
85
S
58
SB
32
WN
5
SO
86
OP
59
PY
33
WY
6
YW
87
SK
60
RY
34
LGK
7
—
88
YG
61
KG
35
OU
8
—
89
YW
62
—
36
—
9
LGU
90
BK
63
SG
37
LGR
10
RW
91
BK
64
—
38
OR
11
YB
92
SU
65
—
66
PU
39
Y
12
OP
93
YK
40
WU
13
—
94
LGO
67
UR
41
RW
14
UB
68
US
42
UY
15
WO
95
RS
96
PW
69
OK
43
WLG
16
RY
97
—
70
GS
44
OY
98
—
71
SR
45
UG
17
OY
18
YS
99
PN
72
YU
46
YB
19
BLG
100
BR
73
—
47
YLG
20
OG
101
PW
74
RW
48
OG
21
SO
102
NB
75
GR
49
GO
22
—
76
GK
50
GY
23
—
103
—
104
NY
77
RG
51
RW
24
NW
78
PG
BT2 / 26-WAY / BLACK
52
BS
25
B
26
YG
BT1 / 16-WAY / BLACK
13
—
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
LGS
7
—
6
GW
5
RY
4
—
3
—
2
—
1
US
8
S
7
RO
6
NK
5
YW
4
OG
3
UW
2
—
1
—
26
YO
25
—
24
—
23
—
22
—
21
—
20
—
19
—
18
—
17
—
16
—
15
—
14
—
16
U
15
NY
14
BK
13
BK
12
—
11
—
10
—
9
UB
FC15 / 104-WAY / GREY (RHD)
79
NG
80
NB
53
RK
27
YK
81
GR
54
RB
28
RW
1
RY
82
GR
55
SP
29
—
2
GY
83
GB
56
UW
30
U
3
GK
84
U
57
GR
31
GB
4
GU
85
S
58
SB
32
WN
5
SO
86
OP
59
PY
33
WY
6
YW
87
SK
60
RY
34
LGK
7
—
88
YG
61
KG
35
OU
8
—
89
YR
62
—
36
—
9
LGU
90
BK
63
SG
37
LGR
10
RW
91
BK
64
—
38
OR
11
YB
92
SU
65
—
66
PU
39
Y
12
OP
93
YK
40
WU
13
—
94
LGO
67
UR
41
RW
14
UB
42
UY
15
WO
95
RS
68
US
96
PW
69
OK
43
WLG
16
RY
97
—
70
GS
44
OY
17
OY
98
—
71
SR
45
UG
18
YS
99
PN
72
YU
46
YB
19
BLG
100
BR
73
—
47
YLG
20
OG
101
PW
74
RW
48
OG
21
SO
102
NB
75
GR
49
GO
22
—
76
GK
50
GY
23
—
103
—
104
NY
77
RG
51
RW
24
NW
78
PG
52
BS
25
B
26
YG
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
ADAPTIVE DAMPING CONTROL MODULE
EM68
FC22
CA61
FC22 / 20-WAY / GREEN
CA61 / 50-WAY / YELLOW
24
R
23
S
22
S
21
P
20
P
19
YR
18
Y
17
YU
16
Y
15
—
14
YR
13
Y
12
—
11
YU
10
Y
50
—
49
—
48
—
47
—
46
—
45
—
44
—
43
—
42
—
41
—
40
Y
39
—
38
—
37
—
36
—
35
—
26
EM68 / 35-WAY / BLACK
9
OS
25
R
8
—
7
YR
6
BK
5
WK
4
N
3
U
2
N
1
U
10
R
9
SU
8
OG
7
OR
6
O
5
U
4
NR
3
2
BRD BRD
1
—
34
—
33
—
32
—
31
—
30
—
29
—
28
—
27
—
26
—
20
RB
19
RW
18
UW
17
Y
16
O
15
UB
14
WO
13
WN
11
SO
12
BK
19
—
1
SO
20
PB
2
—
21
UB
3
UW
22
RB
4
—
23
—
5
—
24
OB
6
—
25
U
7
—
26
US
8
—
27
NS
9
—
28
K
10
O
29
—
11
WK
30
OS
12
—
31
OW
13
OB
32
OW
14
OG
15
OP
DATE OF ISSUE:
33
OY
34
OY
16
—
35
—
17
—
18
B
SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
CC31
CC31 / 22-WAY / GREY
12
WR
1
WP
14
B
15
GW
16
OU
17
PG
3
WN
4
WU
5
NY
6
PY
13
B
2
GY
CC29
CC28
CC30 / 12-WAY / GREY
18
19
LGW BW
7
UG
CC30
8
P
20
BK
21
O
9
UN
10
K
CC28 / 26-WAY / GREY
8
SR
9
—
10
—
11
UB
12
KU
9
—
10
OR
11
YG
12
—
13
UY
14
—
15
UK
16
GP
1
ULG
2
S
3
SG
4
—
5
OY
6
UG
1
OP
2
RG
3
YW
4
—
5
SU
6
SG
7
US
8
GO
22
—
11
—
CC29 / 16-WAY / GREY
7
SY
14
—
15
—
1
RLG
16
LGN
17
RW
18
LGP
19
RU
20
SR
21
Y
22
NR
23
—
3
UY
4
PS
5
KW
6
RY
7
PR
8
PY
9
RB
10
—
2
U
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: MEMORY
SM1-D
SM2-D
SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK
25
UR
26
GU
11
—
12
UW
13
UO
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL MODULE: NON-MEMORY
SM3-D
SM1-D
SM2-D / 26-WAY / BLACK
SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK
SM3-D
SM1-D / 16-WAY / BLACK
SM3-D / 10-WAY / BLACK
9
PY
10
PW
11
KY
12
KW
13
UW
14
UY
15
RY
16
RW
14
WB
15
WB
16
—
17
—
18
W
19
W
20
—
21
—
22
—
23
—
24
—
25
—
26
—
6
GW
7
—
8
GY
9
S
10
U
9
PY
10
PW
11
KY
12
KW
13
UW
14
UY
15
RY
16
RW
6
GW
7
—
8
GY
9
S
10
U
1
RO
2
RS
3
US
4
UO
5
GS
6
GO
7
PS
8
PO
1
WB
2
WB
3
—
4
—
5
W
6
W
7
—
8
WP
9
WU
10
WO
11
WR
12
WY
13
—
1
BK
2
B
3
KS
4
KO
5
NK
1
RO
2
RS
3
US
4
UO
5
GS
6
GO
7
PS
8
PO
1
BK
2
B
3
KS
4
KO
5
NK
PASSENGER SEAT CONTROL MODULE
REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE
BS6
SM1-P
BS6 / 12-WAY / WHITE
SM3-P / 10-WAY / BLACK
BS2
BS7 / 22-WAY / WHITE
9
PY
10
PW
11
KY
12
KW
13
UW
14
UY
15
RY
16
RW
6
GW
7
—
8
GY
9
S
10
U
6
GO
5
GS
4
PO
3
PS
2
OU
1
OS
1
RO
2
RS
3
US
4
UO
5
GS
6
GO
7
PS
8
PO
1
—
2
B
3
KS
4
KO
5
NK
12
GR
11
GW
10
OW
9
B
8
PW
7
PR
SEPTEMBER 1997
BS7
BS1
SM3-P
SM1-P / 16-WAY / BLACK
DATE OF ISSUE:
24
—
11
—
22
—
BS2 / 12-WAY / BLUE
10
PW
9
PY
8
RY
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
21
—
20
RW
19
UW
18
UY
17
YW
16
YG
15
GW
14
GY
2
—
1
—
13
—
12
—
BS1 / 22-WAY / BLUE
6
NW
5
B
4
NK
3
B
2
—
1
—
12
NW
11
—
10
—
9
—
8
—
7
—
11
SY
22
B
10
B
9
—
8
—
7
—
6
—
5
—
4
—
3
—
21
—
20
—
19
—
18
—
17
—
16
—
15
—
14
—
2
—
1
—
13
—
12
B
27
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DD11
XJ Series 1998
Control Module Connector Pin Identification and Location
PASSENGER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
DD10
PD11
PD10
* ROW NON-MEMORY: DD11-2 NOT USED
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS)
7
BP
15
BW
6
BY
14
—
22
BN
5
OB
13
OU
21
BS
4
OU
12
OY
20
G
3
OR
11
—
19
—
2
UG
10
YN
18
BO
DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
1
BK
9
YR
17
SN
7
UW
8
—
16
—
15
BW
6
BY
14
—
22
BN
5
OB
13
OU
21
BS
4
OU
12
OY
20
G
3
OR
11
—
19
—
2*
UG
10
YN
18
—
1
BK
9
YR
17
SN
8
—
16
—
15
BS
6
BN
14
—
22
BY
5
OU
13
OB
21
BW
4
OU
12
OY
20
G
3
OR
11
—
19
—
2*
UG
10
YN
18
—
9
YR
17
SN
15
OW
16
—
21
OU
4
ON
12
—
20
WU
3
OG
11
—
19
BR
2
Y
10
BG
18
B
PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS)
1
NO
9
U
8
BK
17
B
7
—
15
—
16
S
6
SU
5
SY
13
—
21
OU
4
ON
12
—
20
WU
3
OG
11
—
19
BR
2
Y
10
BG
18
BO
8
BK
17
B
14
—
22
—
5
—
13
—
21
BG
4
—
12
—
20
G
3
—
11
—
19
—
15
OW
6
SU
14
GW
22
OK
RD11
15
US
14
—
22
UN
5
UP
13
KS
21
BG
4
—
12
—
20
G
3
—
11
—
19
—
2
—
7
—
15
—
16
S
6
BO
14
—
22
—
5
SY
13
—
21
OU
4
ON
12
—
20
WU
3
OG
11
—
19
BO
2
Y
10
—
18
—
9
—
17
—
7
UW
8
—
16
—
15
OW
15
US
22
UN
28
6
BO
14
—
5
UP
13
KS
21
BG
4
—
12
—
20
G
3
—
11
—
19
—
2
—
10
BP
18
BR
9
U
10
—
18
—
9
—
17
—
16
—
6
—
16
—
5
—
13
—
21
BG
4
—
12
—
20
G
3
—
11
—
19
—
2
—
10
—
22
—
18
—
17
—
13
—
21
—
4
—
12
—
20
—
3
—
11
—
19
—
2
—
10
—
18
—
1
NO
9
U
8
BK
17
B
16
S
PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
1
—
9
—
14
GW
5
SY
7
UW
8
—
15
OW
16
—
6
SU
14
GW
22
—
5
SY
13
—
21
—
4
—
12
—
20
—
3
—
11
—
19
—
2
—
10
—
18
—
1
NO
9
U
8
BK
17
B
16
S
17
B
16
S
PASSENGER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
5
—
13
—
21
PU
7
UW
8
—
15
OW
6
—
8
BK
4
PN
12
—
20
WU
3
PG
11
—
19
BK
2
Y
10
—
18
—
9
U
17
B
15
OW
6
—
14
GW
22
YK
21
PU
5
—
13
—
4
PN
12
—
20
WU
3
PG
8
BK
7
—
15
U
16
S
11
—
19
BK
2
Y
10
—
18
—
14
—
5
—
13
—
21
BG
4
—
12
—
20
G
3
—
11
—
19
—
2
—
10
—
18
—
RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
1
—
9
—
17
—
7
UW
8
U
15
OW
16
—
7
—
15
U
6
BO
14
—
22
—
5
—
13
—
21
BG
4
—
12
—
20
G
3
—
11
—
19
—
2
—
10
—
18
—
17
—
7
UW
8
U
16
—
5
—
13
—
21
—
4
—
12
—
20
—
3
—
11
—
19
—
2
—
10
—
18
—
1
NO
9
U
8
BK
17
B
16
S
RP10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
1
—
9
—
6
—
14
GW
22
—
RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW)
8
BK
16
S
6
BO
22
—
1
NO
9
U
17
B
RP10
RP11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS)
1
NO
RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW)
1
—
8
—
RP11
14
GW
22
YK
RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW)
7
BK
17
—
7
UW
1
NO
RD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
1
—
PD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (NAS)
1
—
9
—
RD10
RD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (NAS)
6
BO
10
—
18
—
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
7
BK
2
—
PD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW)
1
NO
9
U
6
BO
DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW RHD)
7
UW
8
—
13
—
14
GW
22
OK
1
BK
5
SY
DD10 / 22-WAY / BLUE (ROW LHD)
7
UW
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW RHD)
7
BG
14
GW
22
OK
DD11 / 22-WAY / BLACK (ROW LHD)
7
BP
15
OW
6
—
15
OW
6
—
14
GW
22
—
5
—
13
—
21
—
4
—
12
—
20
—
3
—
11
—
19
—
2
—
10
—
18
—
1
NO
9
U
17
B
8
BK
16
S
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location
Relay and Fuse Box Identification and Location
NOTE: RELAY COLORS ARE WRITTEN AS CASE COLOR / CONNECTOR COLOR. FOR EXAMPLE, BLACK / BLACK INDICATES A RELAY HAVING A BLACK CASE WITH A BLACK CONNECTOR. SOME RELAYS CONNECT DIRECTLY TO A FUSE BOX BUS; THE CONNECTOR COLOR FOR THESE RELAYS IS IDENTIFIED AS “BUS”.
Heater pump relay
brown / bus
Front fog lamp relay
brown / bus
Air conditioning isolate relay
violet / violet
Fold-back relay
violet / violet
Door locking relay
violet / violet
Fold-out relay
violet / violet
Main beam relay
brown / bus
Seat lower relay (LHD)
violet / violet
Seat raise relay (LHD)
violet / violet
LH heelboard fuse box
Ignition positive relay
brown / bus
LH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
Seat heater relay
brown / brown
FRONT SEAT RELAYS
Air conditioning compressor clutch relay
brown / brown
Starter relay
brown / brown
Throttle motor power relay
brown / brown
Ignition coil relay
brown / brown
Fuel injection relay
brown / brown
Intercooler pump relay
blue / blue
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (RHD)
Powerwash relay
brown / bus
Dip beam relay
brown / bus
Horn relay
brown / bus
Ignition positive relay
brown / bus
Engine compartment
fuse box
ENGINE COMPARTMENT RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
Wiper fast / slow relay
black / black
Wiper run / stop relay
black / black
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FRONT RELAYS
Side marker and number plate lamp relay
brown / bus
Heated backlight relay
brown / bus
Fuel pump relay 2
brown / bus
EMS control relay
brown / bus
Fuel pump relay 1
brown / bus
Stop lamp relay
brown / bus
Accessory connector relay
brown / bus
Engine management
fuse box
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
RELAYS
Trunk fuse box
Fuel filler flap unlock relay
violet / violet
Fuel filler flap lock relay
violet / violet
TRUNK RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
RH windshield heater relay
black / black
LH windshield heater relay
black / black
FRONT BULKHEAD RELAYS
RH HEELBOARD RELAYS AND FUSE BOX
RH heelboard fuse box
Seat lower relay (RHD)
violet / violet
Seat raise relay (RHD)
violet / violet
Auxiliary positive relay
brown / bus
Seat heater relay
brown / brown
LH lumbar deflate relay
blue / blue
RH rear seat heater timer
brown / brown
RH blower motor relay
blue / blue
Door mirror heater relay
blue / blue
LH rear seat heater timer
brown / brown
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
FRONT SEAT RELAYS
LH blower motor relay
blue / blue
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE RELAYS (LHD)
Air conditioning compressor clutch relay
brown / brown
Starter relay
brown / brown
Throttle motor power relay
brown / brown
Ignition coil relay
brown / brown
Fuel injection relay
brown / brown
Intercooler pump relay
blue / blue
29
XJ Series 1998
Main Power Distribution
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N
BT61
ST6
250A x 2
B
N
BT67
Fig. 01.1
Main Power Distribution
N
ST5
6
03.1
03.2
STARTER
04.3
04.5
04.6
ECM CONTROL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
N
BT62
BT66
BT60
BATTERY
250A
N
BT63
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
BT65
PK
BATTERY + POST
04.2
B+ (BT66)
15
7
6
I
II
II
WU
WN
N
BT37
BT4-17
04.1
N
N
WY
N
N
PK
N
N
WY
N
CA42-6
TRANSIT
ISOLATION DEVICE
WU
CA2-6
BT64
WU
FC1-44
O
II
ST15
ST20
ST21
ST19
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
5
3
5
3
5
3
5
3
I
FC15-15
WN
10
ST14
LS7-9
FC15-97
WO
2
ST13
EM20-6
I
AUXILIARY POSITIVE
RELAY
I
FC15-32
1
1
LOGIC
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY
2
2
I
EMS CONTROL RELAY
3
3
II
IGNITION POSITIVE
RELAY †
4
4
E
5
II
1
04.7
1
07.2
2
07.2
2
09.1
09.2
3
09.3
09.4
3
09.1
09.2
4
04.4
04.7
4
14.1
5
09.3
09.4
5
09.1
09.2
6
18.1
6
13.3
13.4
TRUNK FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
BATTERY POWER BUS
IGNITION POWER BUS
18.1
RELAYS
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
RELAYS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes
NK
NK
CA2
-1
#1 20A
CA27-1 (LHD)
CA23-1 (RHD)
NW
CA222
NW
-10
CA10-7
DDS2
NW
-20
NW
CA2
-3
#4 5A
CA2
-8
#5 15A
CA1
-9
#6 5A
CA1
-10
NY
NU
NU
NB
NR
NR
CAS19
NR
NR
NR
18.1
12 19.1
19.2
15.2
15.2
#2 15A
CA42
-5
#3 15A
NK
CA23-1 (LHD)
CA27-1 (RHD)
NW
NG
CA42
-3
27 12.1
12.2
NW
28 13.1
13.2
NG
29 BPM
NB
30 07.2
NB
31 11.5
NB
32 11.5
NB
33 11.5
NB
34 11.5
NP
35 16.3
NY
36 07.1
NY
37 07.1
NB
38 BPM
12.3
12.4
12.5
FC1-B
NB
CAS5
CA42
-8
13 BPM
14 09.1
09.2
09.3
09.4
NP
15 08.1
#5 5A
FCS6
NR
NY
NP
CA223
-5
NP
16 13.3
CA41
-9
NY
13.4
NY
#6 10A
17 BPM
CA20-8
CAS62
CA41
-10
18 11.2
#7 20A
NP
-4
NB
FC5-9
-6
NP
19 12.1
12.2
20 16.1
16.2
NG
CA1
-2
NW
NW
NO
NO
CA2
-4
NO
NO
CA1
-3
NLG
NLG
NLG
NLG
23 10.1
-10
NG
-20
NG
11.2
11.2
11.3
11.3
12.1
11.4
13.1
11.5
13.2
12.1
13.3
13.1
13.4
13.2
15.1
13.3
CA41
-2
#11 20A
CA42
-2
15.1
#13 25A
CA42
-4
#15 25A
CA41
-3
#17 15A
CA41
-1
15.2
24 18.1
25 18.1
40 15.1
15.2
NU
41 12.4
12.5
CA27-2
15.2
13.4
15.2
CA16-2
NU
#9 5A
39 15.1
CA12-2
NG
-9
CA41
-7
21 07.2
22 10.1
NG
CA224
NG
#8 5A
CA2
-2
CAS1
FC1-D
12.3
IC1-13
CA1
-1
CA41
-4
CA23-2
NG
#17 10A
11 10.2
15.1
CA42
-1
FC5-C
CA1
-7
#15 25A
15.2
15.1
13.4
NK
#1 20A
CA19-11
NP
#13 25A
10 15.1
12.1
13.3
12.5
FC5-B
NY
#11 20A
11.3
13.2
12.4
#4 10A
NB
CA1
-4
#9 10A
11.2
13.1
12.3
CA19-13
FC5-28
#8 5A
9
10.1
12.2
FC5-19†
NR
#7 15A
8
12.1
CA14-2
NY
#3 5A
NW
-9
CA2
-5
#2 5A
NW
NW
7
BATTERY POWER BUS
2
BATTERY POWER BUS
3
Fig. 01.2
Battery Power Distribution: LH and RH Heelboard Fuse Boxes
NU
NU
NO
NO
NO
NO
NK
NK
42 07.2
43 10.1
11.2
11.3
12.1
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
15.1
15.2
44 10.1
11.2
11.3
11.4
11.5
12.1
13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
45 15.1
15.2
46 12.1
12.2
12.3
12.6
12.7
47 12.4
12.5
12.6
12.7
15.1
BT4-A
NR
NR
CA1
-6
#18 5A
26 08.1
FC5-12
NS
NS
#18 25A
CA23-9
CAS60
CA41
-6
NS
NS
NS
CA27-9
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
BPM
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ from
the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code for pin
identification on early production vehicles.
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
15.2
XJ Series 1998
1
5
4
NU
NU
BT13
-1
#2 5A
NG
NG
BT11
-3
#9 10A
NY
NY
50 16.1
13.2
16.2
NW
#9 10A
#10
51 13.1
13.2
13.3
13.4
15.1
NP
NP
66 13.3
LS6
-3
LS8
-2
NLG
LS7
-3
NLG
67 04.4
68 04.4
LS8
-4
NY
52 16.2
IC2-1
#16 30A
BT13
-4
#18 30A
NP
NP
#16 20A
BT12
-4
#18 20A
BT10
-1
#20 20A
BT10
-3
NK
NK
NK
BT4-E
NW
09.4
NW
NW
CAS57
NW
NW
NW
BSS1
CA109-7
NW
NW
#22 30A
LS5
-2
NU
#3 25A
EM20
-3
#4 5A
EM20
-8
04.7
#5 10A
EM19
-9
07.2
#6 5A
EM19
-10
#7
EM19
-4
#8 10A
EM19
-7
#9 30A
EM19
-2
71 14.1
#11
EM20
-2
#13
EM20
-4
#15 30A
EM19
-3
#17 30A
EM19
-1
55 12.8
CA109-5
NW
LS5
-3
56
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
12.8
NW
NW
BS4-19
NW
BCS3
NW
NW
NP
NP
BT10
-2
#22 20A
NP
BT4-F
NP
NP
BSS3
CA109-2
NW
NO
NY
NR
NLG
NG
NG
57 12.8
NG
59 12.8
NP
EM19
-6
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
62 12.8
63 12.8
64 12.9
12.10
65 12.9
12.10
TRUNK FUSE BOX
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
73 04.7
74 03.1
03.2
75 04.1
04.2
76 04.4
04.7
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
NW
04.3
04.5
04.6
04.5
04.6
77 05.1
78 04.4
04.7
07.2
79 04.1
04.2
04.3
80 07.2
81 07.2
EM42-3
60 12.8
61 12.8
72 11.6
EM42-2
NP
58 12.8
#18 10A
NW
NW
EM20
-5
#2 15A
70 06.1
LS5
-1
#20
54 12.8
CA109-6
NW
BT4-B
53 09.3
07.2
69 06.1
LS7
-4
NR
#14
04.7
NS
EM20
-1
#1 20A
LS32-2
NG
15.2
#14 30A
BT12
-3
#12 15A
49 13.1
09.4
#12 30A
BT13
-2
#10 10A
48 09.3
BATTERY POWER BUS
NK
NK
BT13
-7
#1 10A
1
Fig. 01.3
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
BATTERY POWER BUS
RELAYS
Fig. 01.1
BATTERY POWER BUS
Battery Power Distribution:
Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes
Battery Power Distribution: Trunk, Engine Compartment and EMS Fuse Boxes
82 04.4
04.7
XJ Series 1998
Ignition Switched Power Distribution
Fig. 01.4
Ignition Switched Power Distribution
2
II
IGNITION POWER BUS
NOTE: Splice header CA225 – early production vehicles only.
CA225
WK
#10 5A
CA2
-7
-19
WS
WK
5
II
-18
WP
WP
6
WP
7
II
CA20-3
II
WP
#12 10A
WP
8
II
CAS9
CA2
-10
WP
9
II
WG
WG
#14 10A
CA1
-8
#4 5A
BT13
-9
WK
WK
BT4-1
WU
BT11
-2
#5 5A
07.2
BT4-5
24 19.1
II
WU
25 12.9
II
WU
26 12.9
II
WU
BSS6
CA109-1
BTS30
29
WU
27 12.10
II
WU
28 12.10
II
II
07.2
WG
11 04.4
II
WG
12 08.1
II
1
04.7
2
07.2
4
04.4
19.2
POWERED REAR SEAT VEHICLES.
WS
BT10
-9
07.2
WK
CA20-10
WU
07.1
10 11.1
II
FC1-31
BT13
-8
17.1
WP
CA19-6
WG
CAS47
#3 10A
BSS7
HEATERS ONLY REAR SEAT VEHICLES.
04.7
04.7
RELAYS
TRUNK FUSE BOX
WS
WS
WS
BT4-2
WS
13 11.5
II
WS
14 05.1
II
05.2
WS
15 05.1
II
05.2
WS
16 05.2
II
CAS8
CA1
-5
WS
WS
CA20-15
CCS16
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
WS
17 06.1
II
12.1
4
II
12.2
12.3
12.4
12.5
12.6
IGNITION POWER BUS
WS
#16 10A
12.7
WB
LS8
-7
#1 10A
WS
LS8
-1
#2 5A
WB
30 05.1
II
WS
31 07.2
II
WS
32 07.2
II
EM51-2
WS
EM1-2
WS
EMS10
WS
SHS1
EM42-1
1
IGNITION AUXILIARY POWER BUS
I
WG
#10 5A
CA42
-7
#12 5A
WS
WG
18 10.1
I
33 03.1
II
WR
WG
19 10.1
I
34 09.5
II
WR
WG
20 16.3
I
35 09.5
II
WR
WY
21 16.1
I
36 13.3
II
WR
WU
22 18.1
I
37 09.3
II
WR
WU
23 18.1
I
38 09.5
II
WU
39 06.1
II
WK
40 03.1
II
03.2
WK
41 04.1
II
04.2
WK
42 04.4
II
04.7
WK
43 11.6
II
CAS10
WY
CA42
-10
IC1-9
WU
#14 25A
CA41
-8
CAS12
WR
LS8
-8
#3 10A
16.2
LSS5
WR
WR
LS3-12
WR
FC5-46
FCS22
WU
LS8
-9
#4 5A
CA41
-5
#16
WK
LS6
-2
#5 10A
WK
EM51-1
EMS6
WR
LS5
-9
44
II
RH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX
1
07.2
2
09.1
09.2
RELAYS
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
05.2
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
03.2
09.4
04.3
04.5
04.6
XJ Series 1998
Engine Management Switched Power Distribution
Engine Management Switched Power Distribution
3
ENGINE MANAGEMENT POWER BUS
E
WR
WP
45 04.5
E
04.6
WP
46 04.5
E
04.6
WR
47 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
04.5
04.6
WR
48 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
04.5
04.6
WR
49 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
04.5
04.6
WR
50 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
04.5
04.6
WR
51 05.1
E
WU
52 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
04.5
04.6
WU
53 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
WU
54 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
WP
55 04.1
E
04.5
WP
56 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
04.5
04.6
WP
57 04.4
E
04.7
WP
58 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
04.5
04.6
WP
59 04.4
E
04.7
07.2
WP
60 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
04.5
04.6
WP
61 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
04.5
04.6
WP
62 04.4
E
04.7
07.2
WY
63 04.1
E
04.2
04.3
04.5
04.6
WP
PIS8
PI1-47
WR
#10 5A
EMS7
EM20
-7
WU
#12 10A
WU
EM20
-10
PIS6
PI1-28
NOTE: PIS6 – AJ26 4.0 N/A only.
WP
WP
EM2-3
FC1-46
WP
#14 10A
EM19
-8
EMS30
WP
EM51-7
#16 5A
EM19
-5
ENGINE MANAGEMENT
FUSE BOX
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Fig. 01.5
XJ Series 1998
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution
III
III
III
III
II
II
II
II
I
I
I
I
IGNITION SWITCH
(OFF)
IGNITION SWITCH
(I)
IGNITION SWITCH
(II)
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
WO
2
II
RW
III
1
WO
BPM
BK
BK
WO
WN
5
II
WO
FC4-2
4
II
FCS21
I
FC4-5
3
II
WO
WO
FC4-3
FCS7
WO
FC11-11
FC4-1
II
Fig. 02.1
Ignition Switched Ground Distribution
BPM
19.1
19.2
13.3
13.4
14.1
IGNITION SWITCH
FC1-14
FC17L
WO
WY
WO
CA6-2
CAS82
WY
WY
CA6-1
WY
CA6-3
WY
WY
WO
WO
CCS17
WN
WN
CA19-19
BT4-3
01.1
BPM
04.1
10 BPM
I
WN
11 10.2
I
WN
12 13.3
I
WN
13 07.1
I
WN
14 19.1
I
WN
15 01.1
I
WN
16 15.1
I
WN
17 18.1
I
CAS17
WN
01.1
WN
WN
FC11-14
9
II
CA20-11
FCS20
8
II
FC1-9
WN
7
II
CAS22
INERTIA SWITCH
6
II
LS3-2
BPM
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
04.2
04.3
04.5
04.6
05.3
06.1
13.4
19.2
15.2
NOTE: Body Processor Module
appears in numerous figures.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
09.3
09.4
11.6
XJ Series 1998
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N
BT61
ST6
250A x 2
B
BT67
BT65
N
BT66
BT60
BATTERY
250A
N
BT63
01.1
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
NB
13
B+
FC15-80
GO
O
FC15-73
RW
III
RW
1
WO
02.1
Y
FC4-3
BK
BK
WN
I
FC4-5
EM50
D
FC15-39
02.1
SU
FC4-2
74
NW
3
5
WR
WK
1
2
GO
D
40
FC15-92
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
FC17L
GO
EMS28
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
FC15-41
II
GO
EM2-8
I
FC4-1
FCS7
N
ST5
01.1
BT62
N
Fig 03.1
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 N/A
SO
II
D
FC15-21
STARTER RELAY
BK
BK
CCS5
RU
CC21-3
CC21-1
RU
LOGIC
I
FC7-3
FC15-7
POWER
NEUTRAL
SWITCH
CC3R
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
GO
I
EM11-6
ENGINE
START
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
05.1
RU
I
EM10-15
SO
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
D
FC22-11
SU
D
FC22-9
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
Y
D
Y
EM10-17
O.K. TO START
Y
FCS30
EM2-13
O
D
O
EM10-6
D
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
D
O.K. TO START
FC22-17
EM2-15
FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
WR
ST3
ST1
WS
33
PI2-12
SW
08.1
N
WK
II
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PI50-2
SW
SW
EM3-7
PI1-11
B
REGULATOR
ST2
PI50-1
STARTER MOTOR
N
B
AN1
AN3-1
ST4
B
AN2
AN3-2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
WR
EM60-2
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
6
N
XJ Series 1998
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC
Fig. 03.2
Battery, Starter, Generator: AJ26 SC
FALSE BULKHEAD
STUD CONNECTOR
N
N
ST6
BT61
250A x 2
B
N
BT67
BT65
01.1
BT62
N
BT66
BT60
BATTERY
N
BT63
250A
01.1
HIGH POWER
PROTECTION MODULE
NB
13
B+
FC15-80
RW
III
RW
1
02.1
Y
FC4-3
BK
FCS7
WN
I
SU
74
NW
3
5
WR
WK
1
2
GO
D
40
FC15-92
IGNITION SWITCH
(III)
FC17L
EM50
D
FC15-39
02.1
FC4-2
FC4-5
ENGINE
CRANKING
CONTROL
FC15-41
WO
GO
EMS28
EM2-8
I
FC4-1
II
GO
GO
O
FC15-73
BK
ST5
SO
II
D
FC15-21
STARTER RELAY
P, N
RU
O
P, N
B
EMS4
B
EMS17
B
EM63-12
EM8R
I
FC15-7
FC7-3
CC8-4
B
LOGIC
RU
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
RS
O
CC8-5
I
POWER
EM63-11
CC8-2
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
GO
I
EM11-6
ENGINE
START
SO
FUEL PUMP
CONTROL
AND
IGNITION
D
RS
I
FC22-11
SU
EM10-15
D
FC22-9
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
Y
Y
D
EM10-17
O.K. TO START
Y
FCS30
EM2-13
O
D
O
EM10-6
D
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
D
O.K. TO START
FC22-17
EM2-15
FC22-16
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
WR
KEY TRANSPONDER MODULE
ST1
33
WS
08.1
N
WK
II
INSTRUMENT PACK: CHARGE INDICATOR
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PI2-12
SW
SW
EM3-7
PI50-2
SW
B
REGULATOR
ST2
PI50-1
PI1-11
STARTER MOTOR
B
N
AN1
AN3-1
ST4
B
AN2
AN3-2
GENERATOR
SUPPRESSION
MODULE
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
WR
EM60-2
ST3
VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
6
N
XJ Series 1998
AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1
VARIABLE
VALVE TIMING
SOLENOID VALVES
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
A
WY
63
E
EM66-2
EVAPP
MAFS
B
CMPS
CKPS
KS
KS
IATS
A
A
B
υ
υ
B
CANISTER
CLOSE
VALVE
UPSTREAM
HO2S
ECTS
EM66-1
B
Fig. 04.1
AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Engine Management: Part 1
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR
DOWNSTREAM
O2S
B
λ
A
λ
B
λ
λ
NO
E
CC40-1
EM11-8
US
LSS1
US
US
OU
CC11-1
I
EMS21 EM10-10
EM1-1
OU
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
D
EM11-12
I
EM11-13
EM11-14
I
EM11-15
I
EM11-16
I
EM12-12
I
EM12-13
I
EM12-14
I
EM12-15
I
EM12-16
I
EM12-17
O
EM12-18
O
EM12-19
D
UW
EM3-12
D
RU
05.1
I
03.1
PK
Y
D
EM10-17
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
G
C–
EM10-25
Y
C+
EM10-26
G
C–
EM10-27
Y
19.1
EM12-22
O
EM13-4
O
EM13-11
O
EM13-12
O
EM13-13
I
EM13-17
I
EM13-18
I
EM13-19
I
EM13-20
I
EM13-27
I
EM13-28
C+
D
GO
03.1
I
EM11-6
W
19.2
D
EM13-2
EM13-29
OK
PW
RW*
PY*
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O
GY
EM49
58
B+
EM14-1
WP
1
2
GY
GY
EMS20
B+
EM14-2
GR
E
O
EM13-14
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
I
EM14-4
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
W
U
W
U
B
W
B
U
B
BRD
N
BRD
U
BG
RG
UW
WP
OK
WP
BRD
PS
G
WP
EM2-18
BRD
EMS3
PI1 -50 -49
O
EM14-5
O
EM14-6
I
EM14-7
I
EM14-8
I
EM14-9
I
EM14-10
O
EM14-11
O
EM14-12
82
Fig. 01.3
O
EM15-1
O
EM15-2
O
EM15-3
O
EM15-8
O
EM15-9
I
EM15-11
I
EM15-12
I
EM15-22
5
44
II
II
R
G
45
E
63
E
R
G
PI2-6
EMS19
49
50
E
E
EM57-2
EMS18
PI33
-2
PI33
-1
PI42
-5
PI42
-3
PI42
-1
-14
PI1 -3 -4
EM58-2
2
EM57-1
EM59 -1
EM58-1
EM8L
B
EMS38
B
EM16R
I
17
I
PW
RW*
PY*
EMS37
PI42
-2
PI6 -3
-4 -1
-2
MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
-2
B
EMS36
PI42
-4
3
THROTTLE
MOTOR
BK
-1
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
PEDAL
POSITION
Fig. 01.4
Fig. 01.5
-12
PIS9
PI2-7
PS
PU
PN
RG
RY
B
B
B
1
-51
EMS9
BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
1
BT4-35
OK
1
5
W
B
FC1-34
WR
P
19.2
EM11-3
3
BT4-34
BT4-48†
UP
GY
G
R
N
U
BY
BY
BP
EM10-28
NG
BRD
PU
R
FC1-30
EMS8
O
EM10-16
79
BG
FC1-35
UW
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
ECM PROGRAMMING
BG
RG
UW
PIS1
WR
01.1
ENGINE CRANK
BT5 -1 -2 -3
BG
BG
BG
BG
RG
UW
EM3-9
EMS1
E
FC1-45
PI1 -5
G
O
19.2
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
ECM PROGRAMMING
U
W
R
W
N
BRD
S
BRD
UY
UP
BG
PI1-6
EM3-8
EMS2
-20
EM10-15
CAN
-1
BRD
K
19.2
EM10-13
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM11-11
EM24 -2
55
E
UW
BG
O
03.1
EM10-12
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
I
O
-1
UW
EM10-6
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
61
U
O.K. TO START
EM11-10
I
EM10-14
EM53-11
EM11-9
I
EM22 -2
BG
US
LS3-1
I
FP1-1 -2 -3
OK
O
RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K
-1
-2
UW
US
-4 -1
UY
EM11-7
PI1 -19
N
I
BG
BG
-18
BRD
EM10-23
S
EM10-22
I
PI1 -17
BRD
EM10-21
I
PI1 -22 -23 -21
P
O
BG
UW
B
BK
PI1 -25 -26 -24
Y
EM10-20
-57
O
O
-31
BRD
EM14-3
EM23 -3
60
B
BRD
B+
BRAKE SWITCH
CAS81
-2
E
CC40-4
US
-4 -1
BY
CA19-16
EM21 -3
R
US
-2
K
BRD
II
-2 PI27 -1
CV1 -2
E
PI1 -56 -54 -52
WO
9
52
BY
BY
GY
WR
E
-2 PI26 -1
-1
B+
EM10-9
48
BY
GY
WU
PN
WP
WU
E
UP
75
56
-3
PI4 -2
BG
RG
UW
E
EM10-5
PIS10
54
BG
II
PI1-27
53
-2 PI17 -1
P
PI1-16
B+
B
BRD
WK
41
RG
B+
EM10-1
BY
BY
E
WU
RY
WR
47
PI15 -1
R
-3
W
-4
S
PI35 -5 -2 -1
Y
-2
BRD
-2 EM39 -1
EM16R
O
-2 PI32 -1
S
PI31 -1
W
EMS38
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
EMS11
B
EM16L
EM17
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 N/A NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1
VARIABLE
VALVE TIMING
SOLENOID VALVES
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
A
WY
63
E
EM66-2
EVAPP
MAFS
B
CMPS
CKPS
KS
IATS
KS
A
HO2S
A
B
υ
υ
B
HO2S
ECTS
EM66-1
B
Fig. 04.2
AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Engine Management: Part 1
B
λ
λ
E
BRAKE SWITCH
US
US
US
OU
CC11-1
I
EMS21 EM10-10
EM1-1
OU
D
EM11-11
EM11-12
I
EM11-13
I
EM11-15
I
EM11-16
I
EM12-12
I
EM12-13
I
EM12-14
I
EM12-15
D
NOT
USED
D
RU
05.1
EM12-18
O
EM12-19
NOT
USED
D
EM10-17
G
19.1
C–
Y
C+
EM10-26
G
C–
EM10-27
Y
19.1
EM13-4
O
EM13-11
O
EM13-12
O
EM13-13
I
EM13-17
I
EM13-18
I
EM13-19
I
EM13-20
I
EM13-27
I
EM13-28
C+
D
GO
03.1
I
EM11-6
W
19.2
D
EM13-2
EM13-29
OK
PW
RW*
PY*
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O
GY
EM49
58
B+
EM14-1
WP
1
2
GY
GY
EMS20
B+
EM14-2
GR
E
O
EM13-14
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
I
EM14-4
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
B
OK
WP
EM2-18
BRD
EMS3
PI1 -50 -49
O
EM14-5
O
EM14-6
I
EM14-7
I
EM14-8
I
EM14-9
I
EM14-10
O
EM14-11
O
EM14-12
Fig. 01.3
O
EM15-1
O
EM15-2
O
EM15-3
O
EM15-8
O
EM15-9
I
EM15-11
I
EM15-12
I
EM15-22
5
44
II
II
R
G
R
G
PI2-7
PI2-6
49
50
E
E
EM57-2
EMS18
PS
PU
PN
RG
RY
B
B
B
45
E
63
E
Fig. 01.5
PI33
-1
-14
PI1 -3 -4
EM57-1
EM58-2
2
PI42
-5
PI42
-3
EM8L
B
EMS38
B
EM58-1
EM16R
PW
RW*
PY*
EMS37
PI42
-1
PI42
-4
PI42
-2
PI6 -3
-4 -1
-2
3
EM59 -1
MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
-2
B
EMS36
-1
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
THROTTLE
MOTOR
I
I
PI33
-2
PEDAL
POSITION
BK
17
-12
PIS9
EMS19
Fig. 01.4
1
-51
EMS9
BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
1
W
B
OK
1
5
BRD
PS
BY
BY
BP
WR
P
19.2
EM11-3
79
U
UP
GY
G
R
EM10-28
3
BT4-35
EMS8
O
Y
03.1
19.1
NG
G
FC1-34
NOT
USED
EM12-17
EM12-22
EM10-16
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
BT4-34
BT4-48†
EM12-16
O
I
PK
01.1
19.1
ENGINE CRANK
B
FC1-30
G
O
19.2
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
WP
FC1-35
EM3-9
EMS1
BG
RG
UW
PIS1
BRD
19.2
EM10-25
CAN
W
B
UY
N
BRD
BG
BG
BG
BG
RG
UW
UW
CAN
E
WR
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
61
PI1 -5
EM10-15
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BRD
PU
W
R
N
BRD
S
BRD
P
Y
U
BG
UP
BG
EM3-12
-20
UW
BG
K
EM10-13
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
O
UW
PI1 -19
U
O
03.1
EM10-12
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
EM11-10
PI1-6
EM3-8
EMS2
-18
UW
EM10-6
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
EM11-9
I
EM11-14
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
I
I
EM10-14
EM53-11
EM11-8
RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K
-2
BG
LSS1
-4 -1
UW
US
EM11-7
BG
BG
S
EM10-23
PI1 -17
BRD
EM10-22
I
PI1 -22 -23 -21
P
I
BG
UW
B
BK
PI1 -25 -26 -24
Y
EM10-21
-57
BRD
EM10-20
O
O
LS3-1
EM23 -3
60
-31
O
O
NOT USED
US
-2
NOT USED
FC1-45
E
BY
BY
GY
B+
EM14-3
CC40-1
CAS81
52
-4 -1
E
CC40-4
US
EM21 -3
BY
CA19-16
-2
R
US
-2 PI27 -1
-1
K
BRD
II
-2 PI26 -1
UY
E
PI1 -56 -54 -52
WO
9
-3
PI4 -2
B+
WR
E
-2 PI17 -1
BRD
56
EM10-9
48
BY
GY
WU
PN
WP
PIS10
54
B
BRD
75
RG
E
EM10-5
NO
PI1-27
53
B
BRD
PI1-16
B+
UP
II
WU
B+
EM10-1
BG
41
WK
BY
BY
WR
E
WU
RY
47
PI15 -1
R
-3
W
-4
R
PI35 -5 -2 -1
W
-2
S
-2 EM39 -1
EM16R
O
-2 PI32 -1
S
PI31 -1
W
EMS38
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
EMS11
B
EM16L
EM17
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 N/A ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
MAFS
EVAPP
A
NO
E
E
US
US
US
OU
CC11-1
OU
EM11-12
I
EM11-13
EM11-14
I
EM11-15
I
EM11-16
I
EM12-12
I
EM12-13
I
EM12-14
I
EM12-15
RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K
D
D
UW
EM3-12
D
NOT
USED
EM12-18
EM12-19
I
PK
EM12-22
01.1
EM10-16
Y
03.1
D
EM10-17
G
19.1
NOT
USED
O
EM13-12
O
EM13-13
I
EM13-17
I
EM13-18
I
EM13-19
I
EM13-20
I
EM13-27
I
EM13-28
C–
Y
C+
G
C–
Y
19.1
EM13-4
EM13-11
O
C+
EM13-29
D
GO
03.1
EM14-4
O
EM14-5
O
EM14-6
I
EM14-7
I
EM14-8
I
W
19.2
I
EM14-9
I
EM14-10
O
EM14-11
O
EM14-12
D
EM13-2
GY
EM49
58
B+
EM14-1
GY
GY
EMS20
B+
EM14-2
GR
E
O
O
EM15-1
O
EM15-2
O
EM15-3
O
EM15-8
O
EM15-9
I
EM15-11
I
EM15-12
I
EM15-22
EM13-14
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
B
W
B
U
B
W
B
U
OK
WP
BRD
PS
G
WP
BG
BRD
PU
W
R
N
N
UY
BG
RG
UW
BT4-34
BT4-48†
FC1-34
NOT
USED
BT4-35
UP
GY
G
R
BY
BY
BP
OK
PW
RW*
PY*
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O
OK
EM2-18
BRD
EMS3
PI1 -50 -49
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
R
G
45
E
63
E
Fig. 01.5
-12
-14
PI1 -3 -4
R
G
PI2-7
PI2-6
49
50
E
E
EM57-2
EMS18
PS
PU
PN
RG
RY
B
B
B
PI33
-2
PI33
-1
PI42
-5
PI42
-3
EM58-2
2
PI42
-4
PI42
-2
EM8L
B
EMS38
B
EM58-1
EM16R
PW
RW*
PY*
EMS37
-4 -1
-2
EM59 -1
MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
-2
B
EMS36
PI6 -3
3
THROTTLE
MOTOR
EM57-1
PI42
-1
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
PEDAL
POSITION
BK
-1
PIS9
EMS19
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
EMS11
B
EM16L
EM17
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
I
Fig. 01.4
1
-51
EMS9
BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
1
BRD
FC1-30
1
2
BRD
S
S
FC1-35
WR
P
19.2
I
EM11-6
1
BRD
P
PIS1
EMS8
O
EM11-3
WP
BRD
P
Y
BG
BG
BG
BG
RG
UW
EM3-9
EMS1
EM10-28
5
E
EM12-17
O
EM10-27
79
61
PI1 -5
EM12-16
O
EM10-26
3
-20
EM10-15
19.1
NG
PI1 -19
G
RU
05.1
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
-18
BRD
O
19.2
19.1
ENGINE CRANK
UP
PI1-6
EM3-8
EMS2
PI1 -17
UW
BG
K
19.2
CAN
ECM PROGRAMMING
-2
U
O
03.1
EM10-25
CAN
-4 -1
BG
CAN
EM23 -3
UW
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
-2
UW
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
-4 -1
UW
EM10-13
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EM11-10
I
EM10-12
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
EM11-9
I
EM11-11
EM10-6
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
I
I
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
O.K. TO START
EM11-8
O
EM10-14
EM53-11
EM11-7
BG
BG
PI1 -22 -23 -21
Y
EM10-23
PI1 -25 -26 -24
BRD
EM10-22
I
BG
UW
B
BK
-57
O
I
I
EMS21 EM10-10
EM1-1
EM21 -3
BY
LSS1
-2
60
-31
B
BRD
EM10-21
BRAKE SWITCH
US
-2 PI27 -1
NOT USED
FC1-45
E
UP
EM10-20
O
O
LS3-1
52
BG
O
NOT USED
US
-2 PI26 -1
UY
E
BY
BY
GY
B+
EM14-3
CC40-1
CAS81
-3
-1
E
CC40-4
US
-2 PI17 -1
PI4 -2
R
CA19-16
λ
K
BRD
US
λ
WR
II
B
BRD
56
PI1 -56 -54 -52
WO
9
B
B+
WR
E
BG
PIS10
54
EM10-9
48
BY
GY
WU
PN
WP
WU
RG
PI1-27
53
BY
BY
PI1-16
B+
EM10-5
75
WU
RY
B+
EM10-1
II
PI15 -1
R
-3
W
-4
R
PI35 -5 -2 -1
W
-2
S
-2 EM39 -1
BRD
-2 PI32 -1
W
PI31 -1
41
A
B
υ
EM16R
WK
HO2S
NOT USED
EMS38
WR
HO2S
ECTS
υ
B
B
E
KS
KS
EM66-1
O
EM66-2
S
E
47
CKPS
IATS
WY
63
CMPS
Fig. 04.3
AJ26 3.2 Engine Management: Part 1
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: AJ26 3.2 Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2
WG
SP
SR
EM3-11
–
SR
SW1
-4
SC3-4
SW2-4
EM12-8
I
EM12-9
O
EM12-10
O
EM13-1
O
EM13-3
O
EM13-15
O
EM13-16
O
EM13-22
O
EM13-23
O
EM13-24
O
EM13-25
O
EM13-26
O
EM13-31
O
EM13-32
O
EM13-33
O
EM13-34
O
EM15-4
O
EM15-5
O
EM15-6
O
EM15-7
O
EM15-15
O
EM15-16
O
EM15-17
O
EM15-18
2
1
WP
82
59
EMS22
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
PW
GP
-1
PW
PI25-2
PW
GO
-1
+
KN
PW
PIS5
680 Ω
EM53 EM53 EM53
-17
-16
-14
CASSETTE
SG
SG
SW2-3
BO
UG
ULG
UN
PG
SW2-6
PI1-40
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
BK
SR
WU
SG
SWS1
BO
SW1
-6
SC3-12
SW3-2
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
FC17R
PI1-42
PI1-41
PI1-39
PI1-46
EM27
-8
EM27
-7
IGNITION
MODULE 1
EM27
-12
1A
2B
3B
EM27 EM27
-11
-10
EM29
-8
PI1-44
WU
RW
SLG
SG
RY
EM29
-11
4A
PI1-43
EM29
-7
1B
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27
-1
-2
-3
-6
-5
-9
KN
SP
W
WU
UB
LGK
LGO
LGW
LGU
LGY
LGR
LGS
LGP
PI1-45
PW
PW
RESUME
BO
FCS28
BO
CANCEL
430 Ω
SW3-1
EM29
-9
GP
SC3-3
GO
EM3-10
SW1
-3
GR
SG
2A
EM29 EM29
-12
-10
3A
4B
IGNITION
MODULE 2
EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-1
-2
-5
-3
-6
LGY
I
PI20-2
LGO
EM12-6
-1
LGW
EM12-5
I
PI19-2
LGP
I
-1
PI22-2
GB
EM11-5
-1
B
I
UB
EMS4
EM1-11
EM1-12
B
EM11-4
PI21-2
GW
EM11-1
I
-1
B
I
PI24-2
GK
EM10-11
-1
LGK
I
NW
PI1-53
LGU
EM10-4
3
SW3-4
GU
EM10-3
PI23-2
BO
430 Ω
SW3-3
CASSETTE
I
-1
PW
GU
SR
PG WU
EM3
-5
I
5
680 Ω
FC1
-42
EM10-2
EM26
PW
E
PI18-2
CASSETTE
O
4B
II
BT4
-19
NOTE: ECM power supplies,
grounds and references shown on
Fig. 04.1, Fig 04.2 and Fig 04.3.
3A
11
CC20
-8
ON / OFF
KN
2A
GR
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) †
1B
PW
CC20
-9
GW
WU
CCS21
PW
PG
CC40-2
CC20
-7
GK
CC40-3
BT11-10
4A
510 Ω
LGR
II
270 Ω
PW
KN
2
SP
CC20
-10
3B
GS
29
1
10.2
WU
BT11-1
#7 20A
DIMMER OVERRIDE
GS
NU
5
2B
LGS
3
1A
RLG
PW
1
IGNITION COILS
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH
GB
TRUNK FUSE BOX
Fig. 04.4
AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Engine Management: Part 2
PW
XJ Series 1998
UG
ULG
UN
PG
RLG
EM53-8
EM53-3
EM53-9
EM53-12
RLG
EM8R
CC31-7
I
CC30-1
O
CC31-9
O
CC31-17
I
CC28-1
I
EM53-10
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1
and Fig. 07.2 for complete
A/C circuits.
BO
BY
BW
BU
BP
BG
BN
BS
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
EM25
OY
W
WP
LS31-9
LS31-8
PI1-32
PI1-33
PI1-34
PI1-35
PI1-36
PI1-37
LS31-5
LS31-3
NG
PI1-38
3
NLG
RY
2
1
WP
78
62
57
E
OG
PI1-30
5
EMS26
LS31-2
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
RLG
E
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
68
WU
LS31-7
NU
RLG
EM52
BT9-2
76
FUEL
PUMP
NY
3
5
BR
WK
1
2
B
BR
PIS2
PI2-5
42
II
B
RLG
PI1-13
B
B
PI36-1
LS31-1
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
B
EMS11
LS10R
-1
PI8-2
-1
PI9-2
-1
PI10-2
-1
PI11-2
-1
PI12-2
-1
PI13-2
-1
PI14-2
-1
CF1-1
LS32-1
BTS21
NLG
CF1-2
EM51-6
67
WU
B
OG
OG
LS32-4
BT20
1A
2A
3A
4A
1B
2B
3B
CF2-1
RH RADIATOR FAN
4B
B
LS10L
LS26-1
BK
LS26-2
12 BAR
RW
EM51-10
LS32-3
20 BAR
WU
RW
B
CF2-2
LS26-5
EM51-5
LH RADIATOR FAN
2–30 BAR
PG
PG
OY
OY
PI7-2
P
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
BP
BR
BO
BR
BY
BR
BR
BS
BW
BR
BG
BR
BN
EM17
BR
BR
FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
FUEL TANK
BU
BT9-1
LS26-3
BK
LS26-4
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
FUEL INJECTORS
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 and 3.2 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
LSS17
BK
LS20L
-2 PI27 -1
-2
OU
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
D
EM10-6
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
K
19.2
D
EM10-12
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O
19.2
D
EM10-13
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RS
05.2
I
EM10-15
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
PK
01.1
EM12-1
O
EM12-2
O
EM12-3
UW
EM3-12
FC1-30
EM3-9
CAN
19.1
O
EM12-4
I
EM12-7
I
EM12-12
I
EM12-13
I
EM12-14
I
EM12-15
I
EM12-16
I
EM12-17
O
EM12-18
O
EM12-19
O
EM12-22
Y
G
C–
EM10-25
Y
C+
EM10-26
G
19.1
C–
EM10-27
CAN
Y
19.1
C+
EM10-28
O
EM13-4
O
EM13-11
O
EM13-12
O
EM13-13
I
EM13-17
I
EM13-18
I
EM13-19
I
EM13-20
I
EM13-27
I
EM13-28
EM13-29
ECM PROGRAMMING
19.2
ENGINE CRANK
03.2
P
YU
YG
YN
YR
UP
UP
GY
G
R
N
U
BY
BY
BP
GO
I
EM11-6
W
19.2
D
EM13-2
GY
EM49
79
58
NG
3
FC1-34
1
GY
GY
I
EM14-4
O
EM14-5
O
EM14-6
I
EM14-7
I
EM14-8
I
EM14-9
I
EM14-10
O
EM14-11
B+
O
EM14-12
B+
O
EM15-1
O
EM15-2
EM14-2
GR
2
E
O
EM13-14
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
OK
PW
RW*
PY*
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O
EM2-18
BRD
EMS3
PI1 -50 -49
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
4
II
II
-12
-14
PI1 -3 -4
-1
PIS9
R
G
R
G
PI2-7
PI2-6
EMS19
49
50
E
E
EM57-2
EM58-2
1
2
PI33
-2
PI33
-1
PI42
-5
PI42
-3
PI42
-1
PI42
-4
PI42
-2
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
PI6 -3
-4 -1
-2
3
EMS18
O
EM15-3
I
EM15-11
I
EM15-12
I
EM15-22
PS
PU
PN
B
B
B
EM57-1
EM58-1
EM59 -1
PEDAL
POSITION
-2
B
EMS36
B
EM8L
EMS38
EM16R
B
PW
RW*
PY*
EMS37
THROTTLE
MOTOR
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
B
EM16L
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
EM17
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
MECHANICAL
GUARD
EMS11
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
1
-51
EMS9
BK
6
W
OK
BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
1
U
BT4-35
EM14-1
5
EMS20
WP
BT4-34
BT4-48†
UW
D
EM11-3
ECM PROGRAMMING
PI1-15
BG
RG
UW
EMS8
D
EM10-17
CAN
BT5 -1 -2 -3
UW
19.1
E
FC1-45
OK
EMS1
WR
CAN
R
FC1-35
WR
03.2
UY
N
BRD
S
BRD
P
Y
BRD
O
UY
EM3-8
EMS2
EM10-16
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
BG
BG
BG
BG
RG
UW
PIS1
BG
BG
RG
UW
PI1-6
55
E
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
-2
-1
G
O
03.2
O
61
EM24 -2
BRD
O.K. TO START
EM11-16
60
PI1 -5
-1
PI3 -1
I
EM10-14
EM53-11
EM11-15
I
-20
UW
BG
CC11-1
EM11-14
I
PI1 -19
U
OU
EM11-13
I
EMS21 EM10-10
EM1-1
EM11-12
I
-18
BG
LS3-1
US
EM11-11
PI1 -17
EM22 -2
UW
LSS1
US
I
O
PI1 -22 -23 -21
FP1-1 -2 -3
-2
BY
US
EM11-10
-4 -1
R
CAS81
US
EM11-9
I
EM23 -3
K
BRD
US
BG
BG
BG
RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K
PI1 -25 -26 -24
N
BRAKE SWITCH
I
-2
BRD
CC40-1
US
EM11-7
EM11-8
-57
S
CA19-16
CC40-4
I
O
-4 -1
E
-31
BRD
US
EM10-23
E
BY
BY
GY
II
EM10-22
I
52
PI1 -56 -54 -52
EM14-3
WO
9
I
E
P
B+
56
E
Y
E
EM10-21
46
BRD
EM10-9
WR
48
O
E
O
B+
EM10-20
45
-7
B
BRD
NO
75
O
BG
UW
B
BK
-10
UP
EM10-5
-9
YR
B+
YN
II
PI1 -8
YU
WK
41
BY
BY
B+
EM10-1
YG
E
B
BRD
WR
47
EM21 -3
-1
BG
-2 PI26 -1
PIS10
CV1 -2
UP
-3
-2 PI17 -1
-1
υ
λ
UP
UP
BG
BY
GY
WU
PN
WP
WP
WP
YR
YN
YG
YU
PI15 -1
PI4 -2
U
-3
U
-4
BG
RG
UW
PI35 -5 -2 -1
WP
-2
OK
EM39 -1
B
-5
WP
-2
IATS 2
B
λ
W
B
-3
λ
U
-6
W
-1
R
PI34 -4
EM16R
W
S4
R
S3
W
S2
S
S1
EMS38
λ
A
BRD
PS
υ
υ
B
W
B
B
G
EM66-1
DOWNSTREAM
O2S
N
A
B
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR
W
ECTS
U
EM66-2
A
S
E
KS
B
KS
W
B
CKPS
IATS
WY
63
CMPS
BRD
PU
MAFS
BG
EVAPP
STEPPER MOTOR
CANISTER
CLOSE
VALVE
UPSTREAM
HO2S
BRD
EGRV
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
Fig. 04.5
AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1
BRD
AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Engine Management: Part 1
WP
XJ Series 1998
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1
ECM AND TCM
COOLING FAN
EVAPP
MAFS
WY
63
CMPS
CKPS
KS
IATS
E
EM66-2
KS
A
HO2S
A
B
υ
υ
B
HO2S
ECTS
EM66-1
B
Fig. 04.6
AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Engine Management: Part 1
IATS 2
B
λ
υ
λ
NOT USED
BRAKE SWITCH
US
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
D
EM10-6
K
19.2
D
EM10-12
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O
19.2
D
EM10-13
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RS
05.2
I
EM10-15
PK
01.1
03.2
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
EM12-3
O
EM12-4
I
EM12-7
I
EM12-12
I
EM12-13
I
EM12-14
I
EM12-15
NOT
USED
Y
EM10-17
G
C–
Y
C+
G
19.1
C–
EM10-27
Y
19.1
C+
EM10-28
EM12-18
O
EM12-19
EM12-22
NOT
USED
EM13-4
O
EM13-11
O
EM13-12
O
EM13-13
I
EM13-17
I
EM13-18
I
EM13-19
I
EM13-20
I
EM13-27
I
EM13-28
EM13-29
P
19.2
GO
03.2
I
EM11-6
ECM PROGRAMMING
W
19.2
D
EM13-2
GY
EM49
79
58
NG
5
GY
GY
1
II
I
EM14-7
I
EM14-8
I
EM14-9
I
EM14-10
EM14-12
B+
O
EM15-1
O
EM15-2
7
48
O
EM15-3
I
EM15-11
I
EM15-12
I
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
4
EM14-6
EM14-11
O
W
B
U
B
W
B
U
B
BG
UP
UY
R
N
BRD
S
BRD
P
Y
OK
EM2-18
BRD
EMS3
PI1 -50 -49
-51
-12
-14
PI1 -3 -4
EMS9
-1
PIS9
R
G
BK
R
R
B
B
B
B
G
G
R
G
PI2-7
PI2-6
EMS19
49
50
E
E
EM57-2
EM58-2
1
PI33
-2
PI33
-1
PI42
-5
PI42
-3
PI42
-1
PI42
-4
PI42
-2
PI6 -3
-4 -1
-2
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVES
2
3
EMS18
82
Fig. 01.3
EM15-22
PS
PU
PN
B
B
B
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
PEDAL
POSITION
EM57-1
EMS36
EM8L
-2
B
EMS38
EM16R
B
PW
RW*
PY*
EMS37
THROTTLE
MOTOR
MECHANICAL
GUARD
PEDAL POSITION AND
MECHANICAL GUARD SENSORS
THROTTLE POSITION
SENSOR
EMS11
B
EM16L
THROTTLE ASSEMBLY
EM17
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
EM59 -1
EM58-1
B
BK
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
* NOTE: RW and PY color codes are reversed
on early production vehicles.
II
EM14-5
O
O
THROTTLE MOTOR
POWER RELAY †
1
EM14-4
O
EM13-14
6
I
O
B+
EM14-2
GR
2
E
1
OK
PW
RW*
PY*
N
S
Y
B
BG
P
O
EM14-1
3
EMS20
WP
BY
BY
BP
D
EM11-3
ENGINE CRANK
BRD
EM12-17
EMS8
D
EM10-26
ECM PROGRAMMING
UW
EM12-16
O
O
EM10-25
CAN
O
YU
YG
YN
YR
UP
UP
GY
G
R
EM10-16
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
CAN
EM12-2
NOT USED
G
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
EM12-1
O
BT4-35
BRD
O
03.2
O
FC1-34
EM3-9
EMS1
BT4-34
BT4-48†
UW
O.K. TO START
EM11-16
FC1-30
I
EM10-14
EM53-11
EM11-15
I
EM3-12
BG
RG
UW
FC1-35
UW
BG
CC11-1
OU
EM11-14
I
UW
PI1
-15
U
OU
EM11-13
I
EMS21 EM10-10
EM1-1
EM11-12
I
EM3-8
EMS2
E
BG
BG
BG
BG
RG
UW
PIS1
61
BG
LSS1
LS3-1
US
EM11-11
60
PI1 -5
UW
US
I
O
-20
-2
BY
CAS81
US
EM11-10
PI1 -19
R
US
I
-18
K
BRD
US
EM11-9
-4 -1
-2
UP
CC40-1
I
PI1 -17
WR
CA19-16
CC40-4
EM11-8
PI1 -22 -23 -21
WR
US
O
RG
UW
UY
G
U
BG
BY
BG
R
K
EM23 -3
PI3 -1
OK
WO
II
EM11-7
PI1 -25 -26 -24
BG
BG
RG
UW
PI1-6
BY
BY
GY
NOT USED
9
BG
BG
BG
EM14-3
-57
UY
EM10-23
-31
N
EM10-22
I
-2
BRD
I
-4 -1
E
PI1 -56 -54 -52
S
E
B+
EM10-21
E
BRD
EM10-9
WR
48
O
52
P
B+
E
Y
75
EM10-20
BG
UW
B
BK
56
E
BRD
NO
O
46
O
EM10-5
E
O
45
B+
B
BRD
II
YU
YG
YN
YR
WK
41
B
BRD
PI1 -8 -9 -10 -7
B+
EM10-1
UP
E
BY
BY
WR
47
EM21 -3
NOT USED
FC1-45
WP
-2
BRD
PS
-2 PI27 -1
G
-2 PI26 -1
PIS10
WP
-3
-2 PI17 -1
-1
BRD
PU
UP
BG
BY
GY
WU
PN
WP
WP
WP
YU
YG
YN
YR
PI15 -1
PI4 -2
BG
-3
W
-4
R
PI35 -5 -2 -1
W
-2
R
EM39 -1
W
-5
S
-2
S
PI34 -4 -1 -6 -3
EM16R
W
EMS38
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2
Fig. 04.7
AJ26 4.0 SC Engine Management: Part 2
TRUNK FUSE BOX
KB
2
II
DIMMER OVERRIDE
CC40-3
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#1) †
PG
WG
ON / OFF
O
EM13-9
O
EM13-10
O
EM13-15
O
EM13-16
O
EM13-22
O
EM13-23
O
EM13-24
O
EM13-25
O
EM13-26
O
EM13-31
O
EM13-32
O
EM13-33
O
EM13-34
O
EM15-4
O
EM15-5
O
EM15-6
O
EM15-7
O
EM15-15
O
EM15-16
O
EM15-17
O
EM15-18
SG
SG
SW2-3
-1
PI21-2
WP
-1
-1
PI22-2
PI19-2
-1
PI20-2
-1
PI25-2
-1
EMS22
EM3
-5
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
PW
PW
GP
PW
GO
PW
GR
PW
GB
GW
PW
GK
PW
GS
PW
PI1-46
EM27
-8
EM27
-7
IGNITION
MODULE 1
EM27
-12
1A
2B
3B
EM27 EM27
-11
-10
PI1-45
EM29
-8
PI1-44
EM29
-11
4A
PI1-43
PW
PW
B
EM29
-9
GP
EM29
-7
1B
EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27 EM27
-1
-2
-3
-6
-5
-9
2A
EM29 EM29
-12
-10
3A
4B
WB
IGNITION
MODULE 2
EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29 EM29
-1
-2
-5
-3
-6
LS30-1
INTERCOOLER
PUMP
LGY
LGO
LGW
LGP
LGK
LGR
LGS
EMS4
B
LS30-2
EM1-9
LS20R
EM41
WB
5
3
RY
1
2
NW
EM1-11
EM1-12
EM8R
UG
ULG
UN
PG
RLG
EM53-3
EM53-9
EM53-12
RLG
CC31-7
I
CC30-1
O
CC31-9
O
CC31-17
I
CC28-1
I
EM53-10
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1
and Fig. 07.2 for complete
A/C circuits.
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
EM25
OY
LS31-2
PI1-33
BN
BU
PI1-32
PI1-34
PI1-35
PI1-36
PI1-37
PI1-38
BR
BR
WP
2
IJ2-1
NLG
RY
2
1
WP
LS31-8
LS31-5
LS31-3
62
OG
NG
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY
68
RLG
RLG
PI1-13
B
IJS2
IJS1
B
PI36-1
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
LS10R
IJ1-2
BR
EM17
FUEL
PUMP
IJ1-3
IJ1-4
IJ1-5
IJ2-2
IJ2-3
IJ2-4
IJ2-5
IJ3-2
-1
IJ4-2
-1
IJ5-2
-1
IJ6-2
-1
IJ7-2
-1
IJ8-2
-1
IJ9-2
-1
IJ10-2
P
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
-1
OY
CF1-1
LS32-1
BTS21
NLG
BT9-3
CF1-2
EM51-6
67
WU
B
OG
LS32-4
BT20
1A
2A
3A
4A
1B
2B
3B
CF2-2
CF2-1
RH RADIATOR FAN
4B
WU
B
LS26-1
RW
RW
B
OG
LS26-5
EM51-5
LH RADIATOR FAN
2–30 BAR
PG
PG
OY
EM51-10
20 BAR
12 BAR
LS10L
BK
LS26-4
LS26-3
LS32-3
BK
LS26-2
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
FUEL INJECTORS
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
7
47
Fig. 01.2
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
57
E
BR
IJ1-1
FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
Fig. 01.1
78
E
LS31-1
BR
B
UR
3
WU
B
B
EMS11
BT9-4
LS31-9
BR
BN
1
II
BR
PIS2
PI2-5
WK
42
5
LS31-7
5
BR
3
BU
NY
76
RLG
EMS26
W
EM52
6
B
EM17
INTERCOOLER PUMP
RELAY †
EM53-8
BT9-1
1
73
B
EMS11
PI1-30
FUEL
PUMP
PI1-39
GO
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCHES
STEERING WHEEL
EM51
-8
PI1-41
GR
SW2-6
BK
FC17R
PI1-42
GB
SW1
-6
KB
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
BT9-2
59
IGNITION COIL
RELAY
B
KN
BO
GW
BO
SC3-12
PI1-40
RESUME
BO
BY
BW
BU
BP
BG
BN
BS
NU
82
SWS1
SW3-2
GK
BO
KN
SP
KB
RY
W
WU
UB
LGK
LGO
LGW
LGU
LGY
LGR
LGS
LGP
FUEL TANK
1
BO
CANCEL
430 Ω
SW3-1
GS
SW1
-3
SC3-3
CASSETTE
WU
RW
SLG
SG
RY
B
2
CASSETTE
SG
EM3-10
SR
WU
SG
EM13-3
O
EM53 EM53 EM53
-17
-16
-14
LS3
-21
FCS28
EM13-1
UB
B
O
NW
PW
LGU
EM12-9
EM12-10
3
PIS5
BP
I
O
5
PI1-53
BW
EM12-8
PI24-2
680 Ω
BR
I
-1
+
KB
BO
EM12-6
EM26
PW
SW3-4
BG
EM12-5
I
SW3-3
BS
I
4B
BO
430 Ω
BU
EM11-5
SW2-4
BR
EM11-4
I
SC3-4
BW
I
EM3-11
–
BW
EM11-1
UG
ULG
UN
PG
SP
BR
I
FC1
-42
PG WU
SW1
-4
BG
EM10-11
KN
BT4
-9
SR
BG
I
PI23-2
GU
BT4
-19
SR
BR
EM10-4
3A
680 Ω
CASSETTE
SR
NOTE: ECM power supplies,
grounds and references shown
on Fig. 04.5 and Fig. 04.6.
I
-1
PW
GU
BT11-10
EM10-3
2A
E
PI18-2
FUEL PUMP RELAY (#4) †
I
1B
II
KN
II
EM10-2
4A
BT11-1
2
O
3B
11
CC20
-8
BR
1
2B
510 Ω
CC20
-7
CC20
-9
NU
5
#7 20A
29
WU
CCS21
270 Ω
BY
3
CC20
-10
SP
CC40-2
1
10.2
WU
BT10-5
IGNITION COILS
1A
RLG
BN
1
BRAKE CANCEL
SWITCH
BT12-2
#15 20A
29
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
UR
5
BR
3
1
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: AJ26 4.0 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
LSS17
BK
LS20L
XJ Series 1998
AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission
Fig. 05.1
AJ26 N/A Automatic Transmission
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.
TURBINE SPEED
SENSOR
FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
TRANSMISSION
ROTARY SWITCH
TRANSMISSION
PRESSURE
REGULATORS
SOLENOID
VALVES
L1
OUTPUT SPEED
SENSOR
L2
L3
L4
P, N
P
υ
R
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
N
EM46
-6
EM46
-5
EM46 EM46
-13
-14
EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46
-16
-2
-3
-7
-11
-15
EM46 EM46 EM46 EM46
-12
-8
-9
-4
EM46
-1
EM46
-10
D
B
S
RB
Y
W
N
G
4
N
G
BU
UY
RU OG
OU
OR
OK
OB
RY
YB
YP
U
YU
R
EM47 EM47 EM47
-E
-A
-B
EM47 EM47
-C
-D
3
EM47 EM47
-J
-K
2
BY
77
NR
B+
EM7-26
WB
30
II
WB
WB
B+
EM7-55
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
G
C–
EM7-82
Y
19.1
G
C–
EM7-85
CAN
19.1
EM7-1
O
EM7-2
Y
W
Y
O
EM7-4
O
EM7-5
I
EM7-6
I
EM7-8
I
EM7-9
I
EM7-12
I
EM7-13
RP
US
I
EM7-14
N
EM7-15
EM7-16
BRD*
U
EM7-18
BS
C+
EM7-86
I
WR
330 Ω
EM7-21
EM7-22
EM7-23
O
EM7-28
O
EM7-29
O
EM7-30
O
EM7-32
O
EM7-33
I
EM7-34
+ C
– C
+ C
BY
EMS25
I
EM7-42
G
I
EM7-44
I
EM7-45
R
RG
US
US
EM53-4
Fig. 01.2
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
04.1
BY
CAN
04.2
04.3
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BY
CC7-3
CCS20
D–4
SWITCH
BS
BY
BY
BS
CC18-1
CC18-3
KICKDOWN SWITCH
CC4
-7
MODE
STATE
560 Ω
CC4
-9
10Κ Ω
CC4
-1
EMS4
B
44
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
II
RLG
BK
CC4
-2
MODE SWITCH
II
15
10.2
DIMMER OVERRIDE
10Κ Ω
RG
RG
5
WS
CC4
-8
CC4
-10
RP
EM53-13
OB
RY
RU
560 Ω
RS
RS
EM8R
47
03.1
CC7-1
* NOTE: The shield connections to TCM pins
EM7-15 and EM7-23 are reversed on
early production vehicles.
7
19.1
BY
US
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
Fig. 01.1
CAN
EM53-1
EM53-2
6
19.1
CCS15
CC14
-6
RU
RP
1
CAN
B
B
I
330 Ω
19.1
E
YU
YP
B
EM7-37
EM7-53
Y
CC14
-9
330 Ω
CAN
NOTE: Kickdown Switch and circuit – early production vehicles only.
EM7-36
O
G
19.1
BY
OR
YB
I
EM7-52
CC14
-8
330 Ω
BU
UY
BRD*
I
EM7-51
CC14
-4
330 Ω
Y
51
OK
OG
B
RB
W
S
Y
O
CC14
-3
RU
EM53-5
O
G
– C
330 Ω
EM53-15
I
II
CC2R
C+
EM7-83
CAN
RB
14
CC14
-1
OU
RS
O
B+
EM7-54
EMS42
S
WS
B+
330 Ω
VARIANT: AJ26 N/A Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
BK
CCS4
CC3L
XJ Series 1998
AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission
Fig. 05.2
AJ26 SC Automatic Transmission
NOTE: Gear Selector Illumination Module –
CAN “listen only” node for
gear selector position indicators.
NOTE: Pressure regulators:
MD – modulation pressure
SD – shift pressure
NOTE: n2 and n3 are internal
gear ratio speed sensors.
O
B+
O
I
O
O
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
TRANSMISSION
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
O
n2
SPEED
SENSOR
O
n3
SPEED
SENSOR
FLUID
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
SOLENOID
VALVES
P
PRESSURE
REGULATORS
R
CC8
-4
RU
CC8
-5
CC8
-3
RS WS
CC8
-2
CC8
-7
CC8
-6
CC8
-8
CC8
-1
SWITCH
(NOT USED)
OPEN – P, N
N
υ
B LGB LGU LGP LGN
1,2,4,5
2,3
3,4
TCC
MD
SD
D
4
PARK, NEUTRAL
03.2
PARK, NEUTRAL
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
04.6
RU
04.5
03.2
GB1
-7
GB1
-3
GB1
-1
GB1
-12
GB1
-4
GB1
-6
GB1
-13
GB1
-8
GB1
-9
GB1
-11
GB1
-2
GB1
-10
3
RS
B
EM63-11
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
2
WS
B+
330 Ω
330 Ω
–
II
G
C
CC14
-3
330 Ω
+
C
CC14
-4
330 Ω
–
C
CC14
-8
330 Ω
+
C
Y
G
Y
CC14
-9
330 Ω
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
B
B
I
330 Ω
CCS15
CC14
-6
WS
16
14
CC14
-1
II
CC2R
EM63 EM63 EM63 EM63 EM63
-12
-1
-2
-3
-4
* NOTE: Programming circuit – early production vehicles only.
YU
TCM PROGRAMMING
VIA DATA LINK CONNECTOR *
EM61-1
30
WB
II
CAN
D
19.1
B+
EM61-29
G
I
EM61-2
I
EM61-3
I
EM61-25
I
EM61-26
I
EM61-27
I
EM61-28
I
EM61-30
EM44 EM44
-7
-3
EM44
-1
EM44
-12
EM44
-4
EM44 EM44
-6
-5
EM44
-8
EM44
-9
EM44
-11
19.1
EM44
-10
B
BS
P
LGB
LGU
LGP
LGN
B
BS
BK
CC18-1
EM53-15
EMS17
1000 Ω
P
C+
EM62-H
I
EM62-12
O
EM62-13
O
EM62-14
O
EM62-15
O
EM62-16
O
EM62-17
O
EM62-33
I
EM62-34
I
EM62-35
O
EM62-36
O
EM62-37
O
EM62-38
BG
BW
BK
BLG
BP
BS
CC4
-9
EM63-8
WS
270 Ω
B
BY
BU
BO
BN
BR
7
47
Fig. 01.2
MODE SWITCH
EMS4
B
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
10.2
BK
MODE STATE
EM8R
Fig. 01.1
II
CC4
-10
B
6
15
CC4
-8
510 Ω
RLG
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
1
CCS5
CC3R
C–
Y
BK
CC18-3
KICKDOWN SWITCH
EM62-L
CAN
EM44
-2
VARIANT: AJ26 SC Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CC4
-1
DIMMER OVERRIDE
BK
CCS4
CC3L
XJ Series 1998
Gearshift Interlock
WO
9
II
US
CC40-4
CC40-1
US
CA19-16
US
CAS81
US
US
US
LSS1
LS3-1
BRAKE SWITCH
US
EMS21
EM1-1
Gearshift Interlock
I
EM10-10
Y
Y
EM2-7
C +
EM10-28
G
G
EM2-6
C –
EM10-27
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
Y
C +
CC14-4
FC7-8
G
C –
CC14-3
FC7-2
Y
Y
FC11-12
C +
CC14-9
G
G
FC11-15
C –
CC14-8
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
Y
C +
FC24-24
G
C –
FC24-47
–
U
U
S
FCS2
FC24-20
+
S
S
S
FCS3
FC24-19
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
INSTRUMENT PACK
NB
13
B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
NY
17
B+ SOLENOIDS
FC15-104
–
U
S
FC15-84
WO
2
I
II
+
S
S
FC15-15
WN
10
FC15-85
I
I
OG
OG
O
FC15-32
FC15-48
GEARSHIFT
INTERLOCK
CONTROL
RW
FC15-51
BK
CCS4
SB
CC13-3
CC13-1
SB
CCS15
CC2R
RW
SC1-1
I
FC7-18
CC12
-2
GEARSHIFT INTERLOCK
SOLENOID
O
BK
B
B
CC12
-1
FC7-17
B
SC5
-1
B
SC5
-2
SC1-2
B
FCS10
FC15-58
KEYLOCK SOLENOID
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
FC29L
LOGIC
CC3L
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Fig. 05.3
XJ Series 1998
Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control
Anti-lock Braking; Traction Control
BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
NR
70
B+
II
EM37-2
EM1-4
LS27-20
UB
I
UB
LS27-13
B+
LS27-25
EM1-5
S
I
S
LS27-3
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
EM37-1
B+
NY
69
UO
LS27-1
WU
39
UO
O
LS27-9
Y
C +
G
LS27-5
G
LS27-4
G
FR1-2
LS2-2
FR1-1
LS2-1
C –
RH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
LS27-15
Y
Y
O
LS27-7
RA2-1
CA9-2
O
I
UP
NOT USED
Y
LS3-8
LS27-6
O
LS3-7
RA2-2
CA9-1
LS27-19
EM51-9
RH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
WO
9
US
II
CC40-4
US
US
CAS81
CA19-16
CC40-1
US
US
LSS1
LS3-1
I
W
I
LS27-2
W
R
BRAKE SWITCH
FL1-2
LS1-2
LS27-17
R
FL1-1
LS1-1
LS27-18
LH FRONT
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
II
CC1-5
P
I
520 Ω
WS
17
RY
RY
CC1-11
STABILITY / TRACTION
STATE
RY
LS3-5
CA19-9
LS27-16
CCS4
U
R
CC1-2
CC1-12
R
CA19-10
R
LS3-6
LS27-14
CA29-2
LA2-1
LH REAR
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR
B
LS27-8
I
LA2-2
U
LS3-10
LS27-22
B
P
CA29-1
U
I
B
P
LS3-9
LS27-21
O
B
I
LS27-24
STABILITY / TRACTION
CONTROL SWITCH
CC3L
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
LS29R
LS29L
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Fig. 06.1
XJ Series 1998
Climate Control: Part 1
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ASPIRATOR
ASSEMBLY
IN-CAR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
VENT
SERVO
ASPIRATOR
MOTOR
SOLAR
SENSOR
VENT ASSEMBLY
EVAPORATOR / HEATER MATRIX
ASSEMBLY
DEFROST
SERVO
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
υ
BW
OY
LS16
-2
LS16
-1
BW
OY
BW
RG
PR
SR
OR
RY
RU
P
P
O
KU
UG
BW
SU
UO
GU
FC40
-1
FC40
-3
FC40
-4
LS3
-3
LS3
-4
FC44
-2
FC44
-3
FC44
-5
FC44
-4
FC44
-6
FC44
-8
FC44
-7
FC44
-9
FC52
-1
FC52
-2
CC34
-1
CC34
-10
CC34
-2
CC34
-3
CC34
-5
CC34
-4
UB BW
LGW
BW
OY
BW
RG
PR
SR
OR
RY
RU
P
P
OP
KU
UG
BW
SU
UO
GU
FC11
-7
FC7
-20
CA19
-8
CA19
-7
FC11
-6
FC11
-4
FC11
-5
FC11
-3
FC11
-1
FC11
-2
FC11
-18
UB
LGW
BW
OY
RG
PR
SR
OR
RY
RU
OP
FC7-7
FCS37
WP
WP
WN
WN
II
B+
CC31-1
I
I
CC31-3
NY
NY
B+
CC31-5
CA50
NY
GY
5
GY
CA20-5
B
B
2
GW
1
CAS37
CA31L
B+
CC31-2
GW
CA20-4
O
08.1
ENGINE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
SG
SG
FC11-9
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
08.1
OU
OU
FC11-10
19.2
19.2
CC28-13
O
CC28-19
O
CC28-20
O
CC28-21
O
CC28-22
O
CC28-25
O
CC28-26
I
CC29-1
I
CC29-2
I
CC29-3
I
CC29-5
I
CC29-10
I
CC29-11
I
CC29-13
I
O
CC30-2
D
CC30-3
I
CC30-5
I
CC30-6
D
CC30-7
I
CC31-16
K
D
CC31-10
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O
I
CC31-6
FC11-8
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CC28-12
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO
CC34
-7
CC34
-9
UY UW
UR
P
P BW
YG
PY
Y
CC32
-2
CC32
-6
CC32
-12
CC32
-7
P BW
YG
PY
Y
CC32
-1
P BW YW
RB
NR
CC33
-6
CC33
-12
CC33
-7
P BW YW
RB
NR
CC33
-1
CC33
-2
P
CCS13
FC7-6
BW
BW
RY
PR
PY
RB
UW
UO
RU
SR
Y
NR
UR
GU
CCS14
OP
RG
YW
SU
OR
YG
UY
CC29-6
PY
PY
CC28-9
O
FRESH / RECIRCULATION
SERVO
CC31-15
AIR CONDITIONING
ISOLATE RELAY
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CC28-8
O
CC34
-8
CC34
-6
O
D
O
CC30-8
I
CC30-11
I
CC30-12
O
CC31-4
O
CC31-8
O
CC31-12
I
CC31-13
O
CC31-14
O
CC31-18
O
CC31-19
I
CC31-20
S
SG
OY
UG
SY
SR
UB
KU
CC31-21
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
WU
P
WR
B
B
LGW
BW
BK
B WR WU
SR
SY
SG
S
CC27
-6
CC27
-2
CC27
-3
CC27
-4
CC27
-1
B WR WU
SR
SY
SG
S
B
CCS5
FCS10
BK
B
CC3R
CC27
-7
FC29L
CC27
-5
I
I
I
I
D
D
I
B+
B+
CLOCK
37
3
4
O
P
DATA
36
CC28-7
UR
DATA
13
O
UY UW
START
6
RH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE
υ
P
CC28-6
FOOT WELL
SERVO
B
FCS36
O
COOL AIR BYPASS
SERVO
LGW
FC40
-2
NOTE: When the ignition switched ground input is interrupted
during engine cranking, the A/CCM will not drive high power
consuming components.
NOTE: The A/C Isolate Relay remains energized by the A/CCM
for 30 seconds after the ignition is switched off so that power is
supplied for the A/CCM to “park” the servos.
HEATER MATRIX
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
LH BLOWER
AIR INTAKE
υ
υ
UB BW
Fig. 07.1
Climate Control: Part 1
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
I
RK
RK
I
RG
RLG
CC27-9
CONTROL PANEL
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
10.2
CC27-8
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
10.2
DIMMER
CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
XJ Series 1998
Climate Control: Part 2
Fig. 07.2
Climate Control: Part 2
SH3
NP
81
NOTE: Radiator cooling and air conditioning
compressor circuits are duplicated here for clarity.
Refer to Fig. 04.4 and Fig. 04.7.
67
NLG
OY
CF1-2
CF1-1
B
GK
5
SH4-1
PS
2
WS
1
LSS14
LS32-1
II
WP
LS31-9
EM1-11
EM18R
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
LS31-2
W
W
SH4-2
31
OY
OY
LH RADIATOR FAN
3
RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
62
E
LS31-8
SH2
B
CF2-1
LS32-3
OG
OG
B
CF2-2
LS31-3
LS31-5
LS32-4
68
EM25
B
5
3
NLG
RY
2
1
WP
EM10-2
I
EM10-3
I
EM10-4
I
EM12-5
I
EM12-6
O
EM12-10
O
EM13-15
O
EM13-16
UG
ULG
UN
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RELAY MODULE
RLG
WU
RW
RY
EMS26
W
WU
RLG
PI1-13
59
CC28-4
O
CC28-5
O
CC28-16
O
CC28-17
O
CC28-18
I
CC29-7
O
CC29-8
I
CC29-15
O
CC29-16
NB
30
3
NR
5
NR
CAS34
2
WP
1
EM51-6
LS26-5
LS26-1
29
LS26-2
12 BAR
CA30R
(CA33R)
NR
CA12-4
B
PD8-9
3
UY
5
1
BT4-D
I
CC31-7
O
CC31-9
I
CC31-17
B
CAS40
(LHD)
CA33R
(CA30R)
B
CA21
IC18
LGP
2
BT10-8
IC6
HEATED BACKLIGHT
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BK
LGP
LSS17
BK
REFRIGERANT
4-WAY PRESSURE
SWITCH
CA20-1
BT4-31
LS20L
CA58
42
NU
3
5
UW
UW
UY
2
1
WP
UW
CC33-5
CA20-2
9
II
CA20-6
RH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY
US
GO
UK
GP
1
US
U
4
CC33-13
B
B
2
CC33-8
3
CC33-10
RH BLOWER MOTOR
RW
U
ULG
G
GO
CA19-15
CC30-1
B
CA12-3
UY
BT13-3
EM53 EM53 EM53 EM53
-3
-8
-9
-6
O
B
PDS1
PD8-11
HEATED BACKLIGHT RELAY(#2) †
LS26-4
RLG
U
UY
PS
KW
LGN
RW
LGP
B
CAS40
(RHD)
7
NR
II
BK
LS26-3
B
CA10-3
II
#17 25A
20 BAR
B
DDS1
DD8-11
BT13-10
1
2–30 BAR
PG
DD8-9
PASSENGER MIRROR
P
PG
B
NR
CA10-4
DOOR MIRROR HEATER
RELAY
EM53-7
EM51-10
CC28-3
EM42-4
PS
RW
O
DRIVER MIRROR
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
RLG
EM18L
CA18
B
WU
CC28-2
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
PS
PI36-1
EM51-5
O
32
II
KW
EM53-12
O
WS
1
CA19-14
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
CC28-1
2
SH5-2
LH WINDSHIELD HEATER
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
EM53-10
I
B
GS
5
78
E
LS10R
PS
SHS2
RLG
LS31-1
O
3
SH5-1
LS31-7
EM1-12
NG
80
WU
WU
RH RADIATOR FAN
LS10L
NG
UG
UN
PG
CA58
LS3-32
21
NW
8
10
UR
UR
CA19-12
LGN
U
B
EM40-2
B
EM40-1
B
EMS4
YW
EM36-2
EM36-1
YW
LS7-2
EM1-8
RW
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
5
3
2
1
HEATER PUMP
B
6
WP
8
II
#15 10A
44
LH BLOWER MOTOR
RELAY
II
LS5-5
HEATER VALVE
7
CA20-7
5
UW
CC32-5
1
U
UK
HEATER PUMP RELAY (#1) †
4
CC32-13
EM8R
NOTE: A/CCM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 07.1;
ECM power supplies and grounds are shown on Fig. 04.1 – Fig. 04.6.
B
B
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX
2
CC32-8
G
GP
CC32-10
3
CC2L
LH BLOWER MOTOR
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Instrument Pack; Clock
NR
26
B+
TRIP SELECT
WG
12
UY
I
FC24-25
FC24-13
FC24-2
RESET
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
10.2
SCP
RO
I
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
I
DIMMER OVERRIDE
FC24-27
RLG
FC27-9
000
(RESET)
BR
FC24-33
MESSAGE
S
FC27-2
Y
I
FC24-35
FC25-21
19.1
A/B
(TRIP SELECT)
O
I
FC24-36
10.2
FC27-7
B+
II
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
Fig. 08.1
Instrument Pack; Clock
IMPERIAL;
METRIC;
U.S.A.
S +
FC27-8
CLEAR
FC27-1
MI / KM
R
I
FC24-14
FC24-19
SCP
U
19.1
S –
FC24-20
CAN
19.1
CAN
19.1
Y
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
C +
FC24-24
G
C –
FC24-47
CAN
Y
19.1
C +
NR
B+
FC24-23
CAN
G
19.1
15
FC38-6
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
C –
RK
I
FC24-48
10.2
FC38-2
BK
I
FC38-5
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
16.1
UW
16.2
O
VEHICLE SPEED
O
ENGINE SPEED
O
ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
O
VEHICLE SPEED
O
VEHICLE SPEED
O
VEHICLE SPEED
FC25-20
A/CCM
PY
07.1
CLOCK
FC25-3
A/CCM
SG
07.1
FC25-4
A/CCM
OU
07.1
FC25-5
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
UB
11.1
FC25-6
CIRCUITS CONTINUED
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
OB
11.6
TRIP CYCLE
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
SO
11.6
SU
I
FC25-7
FC24-10
I
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
WARNING
I
CHARGE WARNING
I
AIRBAG WARNING
SU
GENERATOR
03.1
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
17.1
03.2
BK
SC2-9
BK
FCS28
FC17R
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC25-22
YW
BK
SCS1
TRIP CYCLE SWITCH
FC24-6
SW
BK
SC2-5
FC25-16
1 ΚΩ
FUEL LEVEL
SENSOR
900Ω
RW
80Ω
F
E
RW
RW
BT4-26
BT15
FC1-7
O
FC25-14
BT14
BW
BW
BW
BT4-25
FC1-4
I
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
I
OIL PRESSURE (ON / OFF)
FC25-13
P
OS
CLOSES WITH PRESSURE
PI40-1
OS
OS
PI1-48
EM2-16
FC25-19
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
BK
I
BK
BK
EMS36
OP
EM55-1
OP
EM55-2
EM2-17
LOW COOLANT
WARNING
I
B
I
FC25-23
FC24-26
COOLANT LEVEL SWITCH
EM8L
BK
FCS7
FC24-1
FC29R
FC17L
INSTRUMENT PACK
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
XJ Series 1998
Audible Warnings
NB
13
Audible Warnings
B+
FC15-80
NY
17
B+
FC15-104
RW
1
I
FC15-41
WO
2
II
WN
10
I
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
I
FC15-15
I
FC15-32
RW
17.1
D
FC15-10
BK
BK
CA23-8
BK
SMS4D
GB
SM8-1D
SM8-2D
GB
GB
CA23-7
FC5-3
I
FC15-31
GR
AUDIBLE O
WARNING 1
SEAT BELT
SWITCH
CA25R
(CA26R)
FC15-82
GB
GB
AUDIBLE O
WARNING 2
NOTE: SMS4D not used – Manual Seat vehicles.
GR
SC1-10
SC1-11
FC15-83
SPEAKER
AUDIBLE
WARNING
CONTROL
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
SCP SOURCES:
SCP
•
•
•
•
•
DIRECTION INDICATORS; HAZARD WARNING; SIDE LAMPS – Fig. 09.1, Fig. 09.2
VALET SWITCH; TRUNK RELEASE – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
MEMORY – Fig. 12.1
KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR SWITCH – Fig. 13.1, Fig. 13.2
NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH – Fig. 05.2
U
19.1
AUDIBLE WARNINGS:
S –
FC15-84
SCP
S
19.1
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
S +
FC15-85
LOGIC
POWER
DIRECTION INDICATORS
HAZARD WARNING
SIDE LAMPS ON
VALET MODE WARNING
GEAR SELECTOR IN PARK
MEMORY CHIME
AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
SECURITY ARM / DISARM / ERROR
KEY-IN-IGNITION SWITCH / DRIVER DOOR AJAR (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
SEAT BELT DISCONNECTED (NAS VEHICLES ONLY)
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Fig. 08.2
XJ Series 1998
SCP
19.1
SCP
19.1
Exterior Lighting: NAS Front
U
UB
S
–
29
U
S
+
13
S
S
5
NG
NB
5
1
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
RW
WO
II
INSTRUMENT PACK
5
5
S –
S
S +
UY
3
#8 10A
LS6-8
#6 10A
LS6-4
UK
5
1
5
44
LS6-9
3
BR1-2
UB
OG
LS5-8
LS38-3
MAIN
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
UY
OG
FRONT FOG
STATE
10Κ Ω
OG
O
FC3-5
OG
FCS4
FC15-20
US
O
REAR FOG
FC3-6
FRONT FOG
FC3-10
I
FC5-21
DIRECTION INDICATOR
GY
B
BLS1
BL1-1
BL1-4
LS3-11
YK
FC15-27
BL2-2
LS3-22
FC5-23
YK
FC15-38
LSS7
B
BL2-1
GY
FC15-2
OR
OR
FC17L
GY
LS3-17
FC5-24
GY
O
B
FRONT LAMP UNIT
RK
FC15-53
FC3-3
LSS9
LS38-5
SIDE LAMP
LS3-18
FC5-15
RK
BK
B
LS38-1
UG
FC15-45
O
LS3-16
FC5-20
UG
O
DIP
US
FC15-68
10Κ Ω
LS38-4
RK
OG
FC5-13
B
LS38-2
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
560 Ω
BL4-B
FRONT FOG LAMP
LS8-10
2
B
BL4-A
BL1-2
OW
5
1
RO
OB
LS8-3
II
LIGHTING
CONTROL
LEFT HAND:
US
2
#17 15A
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with
Daytime Running Lamps.
10Κ Ω
560 Ω
FCS7
LS5-7
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †
FC3-1
BK
UG
2
FC15-85
RLG
10.2
1
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †
FC15-15
FC3-7
REAR FOG
STATE
10Κ Ω
LS7-10
FC15-84
560 Ω
FC3-9
#19 10A
UW
I
U
560 Ω
LS5-4
5
I
FC15-41
2
#21 10A
B+ LIGHTING 2
FC15-80
FCS3
FC24-19
3
B+ LIGHTING 1
FC15-79
FCS2
FC24-20
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
Fig. 09.1
Exterior Lighting: NAS Front
NOT USED
LS3-19
B
RG
RG
BL1-3
B
B
BL5-1
BL5-2
LSS8
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
B
SIDE MARKER
LS18L
NR
14
PW
CC1-9
BK
BK
CCS5
BK
PW
FC7-11
CC1-3
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
CC1-16
HAZARD STATE
BK
CCS4
CC1-2
PY
PY
CC1-1
HAZARD
O
FC15-96
FC7-12
RIGHT HAND:
I
OW
FC15-59
B
BR4-A
CC3R
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CC3L
BR4-B
FRONT FOG LAMP
UW
LS40-3
U
U
U
SC2-2
HEADLAMP
FLASH
UB
UB
UB
SC2-6
L
YG
R
KG
YG
YG
KG
KG
FC5-17
UY
YU
I
UY
SC2-4
GK
O
GK
FC5-18
FCS28
BK
SC2-9
SIDE
RY
GR
FC15-42
AUTO
RY
RY
SCS2
RY
FCS9
SC2-3
B
BR2-1
BR2-2
LSS4
B
BRS1
BR1-1
B
B
NOT USED
FC1-5
LSS20
RG
RG
BR1-3
DIP
SCS1
BR1-4
DIRECTION INDICATOR
FC15-81
BK
GK
GK
LS3-29
I
SIDE
BK
B
FRONT LAMP UNIT
FC15-61
UY
LSS3
LS40-5
SIDE LAMP
SC2-1
BK
LS40-1
LS3-26
I
FC15-3
DIP
B
RY
RY
FC15-88
SC2-8
LS40-4
DIP
RY
O
FC15-1
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
YU
B
I
FC15-14
SC2-7
11.5
UK
FC15-30
LS40-2
HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
AUTO HEADLAMPS /
MIRROR TINT
MAIN
I
B
BR5-1
I
BR5-2
SIDE MARKER
FC15-16
LSS16
B
LS19R
FC17R
LOGIC
LIGHTING STALK
RG
POWER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
10.2
RY
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
09.3
REAR SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function.
1
RG
LS3-20
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
SCP
19.1
SCP
19.1
Exterior Lighting: ROW Front
U
UB
S
–
29
U
S
+
13
S
S
NB
1
RW
INSTRUMENT PACK
UY
FC15-15
LS6-8
#6 10A
LS6-4
UK
5
1
5
#8 10A
LS6-9
S –
S
FC3-7
3
5
LS8-3
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input used with
Daytime Running Lamps.
10Κ Ω
1
UB
LS5-8
LS38-3
MAIN
FRONT FOG RELAY (#2) †
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
OG
FC3-5
FRONT FOG
STATE
10Κ Ω
OG
O
LS38-2
FCS4
FC15-20
FC5-13
US
O
FC3-6
REAR FOG
OR
FC17L
I
FC15-38
B
BLS1
BL1-1
DIRECTION INDICATOR
GY
LS3-11
BL1-4
YK
YK
FC5-21
FC15-27
BL2-2
LS3-22
FC5-23
YK
O
BL2-1
GY
FC15-2
OR
FC3-10
FRONT FOG
LSS7
B
GY
LS3-17
FC5-24
GY
O
B
FRONT LAMP UNIT
RK
FC15-53
FC3-3
LSS9
LS38-5
SIDE LAMP
LS3-18
FC5-15
RK
BK
B
LS38-1
UG
FC15-45
O
LS3-16
FC5-20
UG
O
DIP
US
FC15-68
10Κ Ω
LS38-4
RK
OG
OG
B
UY
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
560 Ω
BL4-2
BR1-2
OG
2
II
LIGHTING
CONTROL
BL4-1
FRONT FOG LAMP
LS8-10
#17 15A
44
BL1-2
OW
5
FC15-85
B
RO
OB
DIP BEAM RELAY (#5) †
S +
LEFT HAND:
US
2
FC15-84
560 Ω
560 Ω
FCS7
3
5
FC3-1
BK
UG
LS5-7
MAIN BEAM RELAY (#3) †
RLG
10.2
LS7-10
2
I
U
REAR FOG
STATE
10Κ Ω
#19 10A
UW
I
WO
II
LS5-4
B+ LIGHTING 2
FC15-41
2
FC3-9
1
5
#21 10A
5
B+ LIGHTING 1
FC15-80
FCS3
FC24-19
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
560 Ω
3
5
NG
FC15-79
FCS2
FC24-20
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
Fig. 09.2
Exterior Lighting: ROW Front
LS3-19
B
LS17-1
B B
LS17-2
SIDE DI REPEATER
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
LSS8
B
NR
14
LS18L
PW
CC1-9
BK
BK
CCS5
BK
CC3R
CC1-3
HAZARD STATE
BK
CC1-2
PY
PY
CC1-1
HAZARD
O
FC15-96
FC7-11
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
CC1-16
CCS4
PW
FC7-12
I
RIGHT HAND:
FC15-59
B
OW
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CC3L
BR4-1
BR4-2
FRONT FOG LAMP
U
U
U
SC2-2
HEADLAMP
FLASH
UW
I
FC15-30
LS40-3
MAIN
UB
UB
UB
SC2-6
HEADLAMP
MAIN BEAM
FC15-14
LS40-2
SC2-7
KG
SC2-8
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
I
FC15-1
YU
B
LS40-1
UY
SC2-4
LSS3
LS40-5
SIDE LAMP
B
FRONT LAMP UNIT
FC15-61
UY
YU
LS3-26
FC5-17
I
GK
O
UY
DIP
RY
RY
RY
O
FC15-88
KG
KG
R
11.5
LS40-4
DIP
YG
YG
YG
L
REAR VIEW MIRRORS:
MIRROR TINT
B
UK
I
GK
FC5-18
FC15-3
I
GK
GK
LS3-29
B
BR2-1
BR1-4
FC15-42
LSS4
BR2-2
B
BRS1
DIRECTION INDICATOR
BR1-1
SC2-1
SIDE
BK
BK
FCS28
BK
BK
SCS1
SC2-9
DIP
O
SIDE
RY
RY
SCS2
AUTO
RY
RY
FCS9
SC2-3
GR
GR
FC1-5
FC15-81
I
B
CA80-1
B
B
CA80-2
FC15-16
SIDE DI REPEATER
FC17R
CAS40
LOGIC
LIGHTING STALK
B
POWER
CA33R
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
10.2
RY
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NOTES:
DI bulb failure – BPM internal function.
Daytime running lamps – BPM programmed function.
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
LSS16
B
LS19R
XJ Series 1998
Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear
NK
48
B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
US
I
BT1-6
SCP
19.1
U
U
S
S
19.1
S +
19.1
SCP
O
BT1-3
O
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
I
YW
3
1
GW
1
1
#6
BT11-7
#8 10A
BT11-5
I
OG
O
BT1-13
BTS18
BK
O
BT1-14
1
Y
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
5
1
2
BT10-4
#21 5A
1
C +
–
U
U
S
FCS2
FC24-20
C –
FC24-47
+
FCS3
FC24-19
LEFT HAND:
RG
UP
BT11-8
SIDE MARKER
OB
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT51-7
S +
29
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
13
NG
FOG
YW
BTS2
B+ LIGHTING 1
BT51-5
FC15-79
REVERSE
NB
B+ LIGHTING 2
TAIL
FC15-80
NY
17
RW
1
WO
2
II
10Κ Ω
STOP
BT32-6
GY
OB
BTS9
BT32-10
O
FC3-7
REAR FOG
STATE
FC3-9
REAR FOG LAMPS
TRAILER CONNECTED
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS CONTROL
LIGHTING
CONTROL
FC3-1
560 Ω
560 Ω
10Κ Ω
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS B+
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
TAIL LAMP UNIT
B
RK
YW
BTS7
PW
BT40-1
PW
BTS15
BT40-2
BT40
BT32-12
53
B
RIGHT HAND:
BTS1
BT32-13
10Κ Ω
RK
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS
PW
RY
SIDE MARKER LAMPS
BK
FC3-3
I
FC3-6
REAR FOG
FC17L
FC15-12
BK
BK
CCS5
BK
CC1-3
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
CC1-16
HAZARD STATE
BK
CCS4
CC1-2
PW
O
DI
GO
STOP
UW
GO
O
PY
CC1-1
HAZARD
PY
FC7-12
FC15-49
I
FC15-59
FC1-39
YG
L
YG
I
SC2-7
FC15-88
KG
R
KG
I
SC2-8
FC15-61
YU
SC2-4
FC15-28
TAIL LAMP UNIT
BT4-23
CAS59
RG
RG
RG
BT4-12
BT4-24
BTS16
FC1-37
B
BT31-1
RW
RW
O
BT50-2
FOG
RG
GK
FC1-13
FC15-76
B
BT50-1
BT4-11
FC1-12
OB
FC5-16
GY
GK
UY
REVERSE
RB
FC1-36
FC15-50
BT50-3
BT4-27
GY
O
YW
RS
FC1-21
FC15-54
O
TAIL
BT4-20
RB
O
BT50-6
GR
RS
O
BT50-5
RG
BT4-21
FC1-38
FC15-75
FC15-95
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
RW
GO
GR
O
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CC3L
TRAILER CONNECTOR
FC15-96
FC7-11
BT20
BT50-4
FC1-2
BT32-3
PW
B
BTS21
GK
BT32-9
CC1-9
BT26-2
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
GR
TRAILER RH DI
CC3R
RG
BT4-13
BT32-7
TRAILER LH DI
NR
B
BT26-1
UP
TRAILER STOP LAMP
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
14
RY
BTS8
BT32-2
OP
FCS7
BT27-2
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
NP
BT32-5
BK
B
BT27-1
BT32-4
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS RELAY GROUND
FC3-5
FRONT FOG
STATE
BT51-6
DI
BT32-8
10Κ Ω
RLG
10.2
B
BT51-4
GW
FC15-44
BT32-1
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
BT51-3
BT51-2
OG
I
OY
UB
BT32-11
FC15-15
560 Ω
WR
RO
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
I
FC15-41
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
II
RB
B+ HIGH CURRENT
FC15-104
INSTRUMENT PACK
37
BT29-2
FC15-85
REVERSE
GEAR
560 Ω
B
BT29-1
S –
S
S
S
CA31L
RS
BT10-7
FC15-84
B
CAS37
HIGH-MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
RY
SIDE MARKER AND
NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) †
FC24-24
G
3
BT1-7
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
BT22L
B
CA35-2
BT12-10
#19 5A
BK
BT4-40
RK
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †
RO
CA35-3
GB
BT11-9
BT1-4
I
BT31-2
B
BTS5
SIDE MARKER
BT4-10
SIDE
BK
BK
FCS28
BK
SC2-9
BK
DIP
SCS1
RY
SIDE
RY
RY
SCS2
AUTO
SC2-3
RY
FCS9
I
B
FC15-16
RG
LOGIC
YW
POWER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
FRONT SIDE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
11.5
REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
10.2
BT21L
RY
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
1
09.1
LIGHTING STALK
FC17R
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
9
II
CC40-4
US
2
BT2-6
BK
WO
CC40-1
BRAKE SWITCH
GB
5
BT1-5
S
19.1
SCP
US
CA19-16
UW
BT1-8
LIGHTING
CONTROL
US
CAS81
BT11-4
BT1-9
U
US
BT4-18
UB
O
BT1-16
SCP
US
BTS10
BT2-1
S –
Fig. 09.3
Exterior Lighting: NAS Rear
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
BT28R
XJ Series 1998
Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear
NK
48
B+ (REVERSE LAMPS)
US
I
BT1-6
SCP
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
19.1
U
U
S
S
O
S +
O
BT1-3
S
19.1
BK
O
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
I
YW
GW
BK
OG
I
Y
19.1
RO
O
G
19.1
#8 10A
BT11-5
1
1
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
S
+
S
U
U
FCS2
FC24-20
C –
FC24-47
3
B
RK
#19 5A
BT12-10
#21 5A
BT10-4
HIGH-MOUNTED
STOP LAMP
RS
2
UP
LEFT HAND:
BT11-8
OB
TRUNK FUSE BOX
BT51-7
S +
29
LIGHTING
INDICATORS
13
NG
FOG
YW
BTS2
B+ LIGHTING 1
BT51-5
FC15-79
REVERSE
NB
B+ LIGHTING 2
TAIL
FC15-80
NY
17
WO
2
II
10Κ Ω
STOP
BT32-6
GY
OB
BTS9
BT32-10
O
FC3-7
REAR FOG
STATE
FC3-9
REAR FOG LAMPS
TRAILER CONNECTED
TAIL LAMP UNIT
B
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS CONTROL
FC3-1
LIGHTING
CONTROL
560 Ω
RK
10Κ Ω
BULB FAILURE
MONITORING
FC3-5
YW
BTS7
PW
BT40-1
BT40
PW
BTS15
BT40-2
BT32-12
53
B
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS RELAY GROUND
RIGHT HAND:
BTS1
BT32-13
10Κ Ω
RK
NUMBER PLATE LAMPS
PW
RY
SIDE MARKER LAMPS
BK
REAR FOG
FC3-3
FC17L
I
FC3-6
FC15-12
BT20
BT50-4
BK
BK
CCS5
BK
CC1-3
INVERTER
CIRCUIT
CC1-16
HAZARD STATE
BK
CCS4
CC1-2
PW
O
GO
UW
GO
O
PY
CC1-1
HAZARD
PY
FC7-12
FC15-49
I
FC15-59
FC1-39
FC15-95
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
YG
L
YG
I
SC2-7
FC15-88
KG
R
KG
I
SC2-8
FC15-61
SC2-4
GK
FC15-28
CAS59
BK
BK
SC2-9
BK
DIP
NOT USED
RW
FC1-37
RG
BT4-10
NOT USED
LS3-20
RY
SIDE
AUTO
SCS1
RG
BT4-12
SIDE
FCS28
TAIL LAMP UNIT
BT4-24
RW
O
RG
BT4-23
FC1-13
FC15-76
RY
RY
SCS2
SC2-3
RY
FCS9
I
B
FC15-16
YW
LOGIC
LIGHTING STALK
FC17R
BT50-2
FOG
BT4-11
GK
O
B
BT50-1
GY
FC1-12
OB
FC5-16
RB
GY
FC15-50
REVERSE
BT4-27
FC1-36
FC15-54
O
BT50-3
RS
RB
O
UY
YU
BT4-20
FC1-21
TAIL
YW
GR
RS
O
RG
BT4-21
FC1-38
BT50-5
BT50-6
GO
GR
O
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
CC3L
RW
TRAILER CONNECTOR
FC15-96
FC7-11
FC15-75
BK
DI
STOP
FC1-2
BT32-3
PW
B
BTS21
GK
BT32-9
CC1-9
BT26-2
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
GR
TRAILER LH DI
TRAILER RH DI
CC3R
RG
BT4-13
BT32-7
NR
B
BT26-1
UP
TRAILER STOP LAMP
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
14
RY
BTS8
BT32-2
OP
FCS7
BT27-2
BT32-4
BT32-5
BK
B
BT27-1
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
NP
TRAILER REVERSE
LAMPS B+
560 Ω
FRONT FOG
STATE
BT51-6
DI
BT32-8
10Κ Ω
RLG
10.2
B
BT51-4
GW
FC15-44
BT32-1
DIMMER CONTROL:
DIMMER OVERRIDE
BT51-3
BT51-2
OG
I
OY
UB
BT32-11
FC15-15
560 Ω
WR
II
RO
SPLIT CHARGE CONTROL
I
FC15-41
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input activates general bulb failure output.
37
B+ HIGH CURRENT
RW
1
560 Ω
RB
FC15-104
INSTRUMENT PACK
CA31L
BT10-7
FC15-85
REVERSE
GEAR
B
CAS37
CA35-2
RY
5
1
FC15-84
FCS3
FC24-19
CA35-3
S –
S
S
GB
BT4-40
BT11-9
SIDE MARKER AND
NUMBER PLATE LAMP RELAY (#3) †
–
11.5
REAR VIEW MIRROR: MIRROR TINT
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
POWER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
10.2
BT21L
RY
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
9
II
CC40-4
US
2
BT1-7
C +
FC24-24
CAN
BT11-7
STOP LAMP RELAY (#5) †
BK
CAN
WO
CC40-1
BRAKE SWITCH
GB
BT1-4
BT1-14
BT22L
1
1
#6
5
BT2-6
O
BT1-13
BTS18
3
1
BT1-5
I
US
CA19-16
UW
BT1-8
LIGHTING
CONTROL
US
CAS81
BT11-4
BT1-9
U
US
BT4-18
UB
BT1-16
SCP
US
BTS10
BT2-1
S –
Fig. 09.4
Exterior Lighting: ROW Rear
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
BT28R
XJ Series 1998
38
Headlamp Leveling
Headlamp Leveling
WR
II
FC14-2
34
0
WR
II
203 Ω
1
187 Ω
GS
2
GS
FC14-3
FC5-31
GS
LS41-1
GS
LSS11
LS3-27
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
LH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
LS41-2
3
BK
FC14-4
BK
FCS7
LEVELING SWITCH
LS41-3
FC17L
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
B
LSS8
B
LS18L
35
WR
II
LS42-1
GS
SERVO
AMPLIFIER
RH HEADLAMP
LEVELING ACTUATOR
LS42-2
LS42-3
B
LSS16
B
LS19R
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Fig. 09.5
XJ Series 1998
Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener
Fig. 10.1
Interior Lighting; Garage Door Opener
NOTE: ‘Crank’ input is used to switch off
interior lamps during engine cranking.
RW
1
FC15-41
WO
2
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
I
II
PW
ILLUMINATION O
ENABLE
I
FCS13
FC15-101
FC15-15
WN
10
PW
PW
I
NY
17
PW
FC1-1
B+ HIGH CURRENT
INTERIOR LAMPS
ON / OFF
CA53-8
BK
UR
FC4-5
GR
I
1
FC5-8
CA53-2
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
FADE 1
O
FC5-5
7
INTERIOR
LIGHTING
CONTROL
8
B
CAS46
CA30L
LH VANITY LAMP
6
CA53-3
B
B
CAS46
CA69-2
5
NW
FC15-24
B
CA69-1
4
COURTESY
LAMPS
FC15-67
NW
FC5-D
3
I
FC4-4
PW
2
GR
FC15-57
FC29L
PW
FC15-104
FC17L
B
FCS10
FC34
GLOVE BOX LAMP
B+ LIGHTING 2
FC15-80
FCS7
MIRROR MOVEMENT
B+ SUPPLY
FC15-32
NB
13
BK
B
FC33
I
11.3
PW
RIBBON
CONNECTOR
CA53-4
MAP LAMPS
CAS40
CA70-2
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
CA30L
B
B
CA70-1
FC1-3
CA33R
RH VANITY LAMP
ROOF CONSOLE
PW
FADE 2
RW
O
FC15-74
RW
RW
CAS36
FC1-6
RW
IC1-11
B
IC4-2
FC1-29
PW
PW
BTS22
BT4-4
RY
BT46-2
IC4-1
LH TRUNK LAMP
COURTESY
–
LOGIC
U
S
19.1
18
SCP
I
FC15-84
POWER
+
S
S
19.1
WG
WG
PW
IC20
IC4-3
IC1-12
BT46-1
RY
BT47-2
READING
RY
BTS23
BT47-1
BT38-1
BT38
BT38-2
RH TRUNK LAMP
SCP
LH E-POST LAMP
FC15-85
BK
RW
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
B
BK
B
BTS18
RY
BT41-2
CA5-1 CAS37
CA5-2
TRUNK SWITCH
COURTESY
BT22
WG
19
RY
BTS24
BT41-1
CA31L
I
CA5-3
READING
RHD
44
NO
23
LHD
NO
CA10-1
DD10-1
OY
LOCK
NW
8
DD3-10
I
–
U
S
I
+
G
DD3-6
DD3-7
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
CA36L
(CA33L)
SCP
SCP
S
19.1
GW
B
DD14-1
I
B
I
B
DDS1
DD14-2
B
RD10-14
BK
B
B
BK
CA14-4
BK
RDS1
CA33R
CA30R
G
RD3-5
RD3-6
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
DD10-17
CA36L
(CA33L)
I
–
LHD
NO
NO
44
CA12-1
I
U
BK
PDS3
G
PD3-6
PD3-7
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
CA33L
(CA36L)
19.1
SCP
SCP
SCP
SCP
GW
B
PD14-1
I
B
PDS1
B
U
19.1
S
19.1
BK
B
CA30R
BK
CA16-4
BK
RDS1
RP3-6
CA33R
G
RP3-5
PD10-17
CA33L
(CA36L)
7
47
Fig. 01.2
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
22
RHD
I
B
I
B
RP14-1
RP14-2
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
RP10-17
I
RP10-8
Fig. 02.1
LHD
GW
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
Fig. 01.4
43
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
RP11-20
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
BK
NO
CA16-1
RP10-14
RHD
B
NO
RP10-1
O
I
Fig. 01.1
CA36R
(CA33R)
B
B+
S +
CAS40
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
6
B
CA14-3
S –
B
LHD
CA12-3
PASSENGER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
B
I
PD14-2
PD10-8
1
RDS2
RD10-8
RP10-16
PD11-20
BK
B
B
RD14-2
I
RP10-9
PD10-14
BK
RHD
RD10-17
BK
PD10-16
O
CA11-8
19.1
S
S
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
BK
43
DRIVER REAR DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
I
PD10-9
+
LHD
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
S
B+
PD10-1
22
RD14-1
RD11-20
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
23
NO
CA14-1
GW
O
CAS40
LHD
DD10-8
RHD
RD10-1
B
RHD
CA10-3
DRIVER DOOR
PUDDLE LAMP
DD11-20
BK
NO
B+
S +
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
O
BK
DDS3
19.1
RD10-16
DD10-14
BK
S –
DOOR
LAMP
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
SWITCHES
CA8-8
U
19.1
DD10-16
KEY BARREL
BK
SCP
SCP
RD10-9
S
S
DD11-4
DD3-11
19.1
DD10-9
DD11-12
OU
UNLOCK
DD3-12
RH E-POST LAMP
B+
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
B
RPS2
B
CA16-3
CA33R
(CA36R)
Dimmer Controlled Lighting
RO
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL PANEL
RADIO
FC24
-26
IC10
-4
IC10
-3
RLG
B
RLG
RK
IC1
-2
IC1
-1
BRD
FC29R
RG
RK
B
CC1
-10
CC1
-4
RK
RLG
CC27
-7
RLG
RK
CCS5
B
NY
FCS5
RK
CC3R
NY
FC23-11
11
RLG
RO
O
B+
FC29L
RLG
CC4-10
FC23-3
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
RK
UO
UO
UO
SC11-4
G
G
O
RLG
FC23-6
SC3-11
RY
RK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CRUISE CONTROL
ON / OFF SWITCH
FC23-8
UY
RK
YU
FCS28
RK
O
SIDE
BK
FC23-7
SIDE
RY
SCS1
SC2-9
RY
RY
SCS2
RY
RK
B
FC17R
LIGHTING STALK
I
RK
CCS8
FC5-48
RK
BPM:
SIDE LAMPS CONTROL
REAR SEAT SWITCHES:
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
09.2
B
FC27-3
RK
12.9
RK
RK
RK
SM25-4P
12.10
CA27-10
RK
12.8
TRIP COMPUTER
SWITCH PACK
RK
DIMMER MODULE
RK
12.5
CA224
-11
-17
-12
-18
-13
RK
RK
CA53-4
RK
B
B
CA53-7
CAS46
-15 -14 -16
BK
BK
RK
BK
PDS3
CA11-8
PD1-4
PD1-2
FC29L
RK
CA8-6
BK
RD1-2
RK
RK
BK
CA16-4
RK
BK
RPS1
RP1-4
DD1-24
DDS3
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
BK
BK
BK
DD1-20
CA46-1
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CA36L
(CA33L)
RP1-2
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
RK
BK
RK
CA8-8
RK
CA19-3
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
Fig. 01.5
17
I
CA74-1
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CA36L
(CA33L)
CA47L
FRONT
CIGAR LIGHTER
RK
B
CA76
CA45-1
CA75-1
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
REAR
CIGAR LIGHTER
I
1
B
CA74-3
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
Fig. 01.4
FC17R
RK
CAS13
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CA33L
(CA36L)
FCS28
CLOCK
RK
RD1-4
FC38-5
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
BK
RDS1
CA14-4
BK
BK
FC38-2
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
BK
B
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
CA33L
(CA36L)
FCS10
FC14-5
CA30L
RK
CA11-6
B
FC14-6
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
ROOF CONSOLE
1
FC27-4
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FC23-9
RY
09.1
CC2R
RK
FCS19
FC7-1
FC29R
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
CCS15
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
* NOTE: Splice, wire and connector –
early production vehicles only.
RK
FC23-4
CC14-10
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
NOT USED *
FC1-41
I
FCS9
SC2-3
RK
FCS33
B
B
CC14-5
SC2-4
SC2-1
BK
CC20-1
RK
O
BK
B
CC20-5
DIMMER CONTROL
BK
CC3L
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
CC20-10
SC11-3
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
BK
CCS4
MODE SWITCH
(TRANSMISSION)
FC23-5
G
SC11-6
RY
I
SC3-10
CC4-1
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FC23-12
Y
Y
SC11-5
BK
CC4-5
O
SC3-9
Y
FCS10
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
CCS9
I
B
FC3-2
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
FC23-2
WN
I
B
FC3-4
RLG
FCS31
FC23-1
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
RK
CA19
-18
FC7-19
RO
O
B+
FC23-10
CA19
-1
BK
A/CCM
07.1
FC3-1
RLG
NY
HAZARD
BK
CC27 CC27
-9
-8
FCS25
11
TRACTION /
STABILITY
CC1
-16
RLG
SC3-8
RH SEAT
HEATER
CE2
RLG
SC11-2
LH SEAT
HEATER
VALET
RLG
RLG
RLG
LOCATE ILLUMINATION
CENTRAL
LOCKING
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
FC25
-21
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
LOCATE
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
ILLUMINATION
SUPPLY
INSTRUMENT
PACK
FC24
-27
Fig. 10.2
Dimmer Controlled Lighting
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
XJ Series 1998
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CA47R
XJ Series 1998
Power Assisted Steering
10
WP
VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
CA32-6
UB
UB
FC5-11
R
R
O
B+
II
CA32-2
I
LS3-30
CA32-5
LS3-48†
B
I
CA32-8
Fig. 11.1
R
LL2-1
S
S
O
CA32-4
Power Assisted Steering
LL3-1
S
LL2-2
LL3-2
VARIABLE STEERING
CONVERTER
B
CAS46
CA30L
POWER ASSISTED STEERING
CONTROL MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Steering Column Movement
STEERING COLUMN MOTORS
NB
13
B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
TILT
NB
38
Fig. 11.2
Steering Column Movement
REACH
B+ COLUMN
FC15-102
RW
1
I
FC15-41
WO
2
I
II
FC15-15
WN
10
I
I
FC15-32
WU WG
STEERING
COLUMN
MOVEMENT
CONTROL
SK
SK
UP
100 Ω
SC9-3
NP
NP
470 Ω
DOWN
I
FORE
O
SC9-1
SC3-5
FC49
-5
FC49
-3
FC49
-1
WU
BK
YK
PN
FC49
-6
U
G
S
FC50
-3
FC50
-6
FC50
-4
FC50
-1
FC50
-8
BR WU
BK
PU
PG
BS
WU
O
FCS17
FC15-40
18
FC49
-2
R WU WG
FC15-90
I
FC15-87
SC3-6
N
BK
O
270 Ω
K
YK
FC15-93
820 Ω
PN
FC15-99
AFT
BK
BK
FCS28
BK
FC15-100
BK
YB
SCS1 SC9-7
SC2-9
BR
O
COLUMN JOY STICK
YB
SC9-5
AUTO TILT SWITCH
BK
O
I
SC3-7
FC15-91
FC15-11
PU
I
FC15-66
FC17R
PG
O
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
FC15-78
BS
O
BK
BK
UR
FCS7
FC4-5
FC15-52
I
FC4-4
FC15-67
U
– S
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
FC15-84
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
FC17L
S
+ S
FC15-85
BK
BK
SB
CCS4
CC3L
SB
I
FC7-18
CC13-1
CC13-3
POWER
B
I
FC15-58
FC15-25
B
FCS10
LOGIC
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
POWER
FC29L
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
RHD
44
23
LHD
NO
NO
CA10-1
O
BK
BK
DDS3
CA8-8
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
CA36L
(CA33L)
SCP
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
DD10-16
G
DD3-6
DD3-7
S
+ S
DD11-2
BK
19.1
DD10-9
UG
DD1-14
U
– S
B+
DD10-1
I
DD11-20
BK
I
DD10-8
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
NW
9
DD1-1
RHD
SET MEMORY
STATUS
22
LHD
NO
NO
CA14-1
UP
MEMORY 1
UP
DD1-3
CA8-9
UN
MEMORY 2
CA8-10
US
MEMORY 3
CA8-11
KS
MEMORY SET
CA8-15
I
RD11-22
MEMORY
POSITIONS
I
RD11-15
CA13-4
KS
CA13-1
S
+ S
RD10-16
US
KS
DD1-13
I
RD11-5
UN
US
DD1-15
RD10-9
UP
CA13-3
U
– S
B+
RD10-1
CA13-2
UN
DD1-2
NOTE: Memory switches –
driver memory seat vehicles only.
43
I
RD11-13
BK
I
RD10-8
**
I
**
I
BK
BK
RDS1
RD10-19
BK
CA14-4
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
RD11-7
** NOTE: Module identification.
MEMORY SWITCHES
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Powered Column Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Mirror Movement: Memory
NB
13
U
– S
B+ LOGIC
I
II
+
S
BK
CCS4
SCP
SCP
19.1
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
Y
C
S –
–
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
VERTICAL
G
C
FC24-20
SB
FC7-18
CC13-1
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
10.1
VEHICLE
SPEED
I
REVERSE
GEAR
I
INSTRUMENT PACK
PW
HORIZONTAL
K
N
U
G
S
WU WG
K
N
U
G
S
LOGIC
O B+
POWER
FC15-101
DD8
-2
DD8
-6
DD8
-8
DD8
-3
DD8
-5
DD8
-10
DD8
-4
PD8
-2
PD8
-6
PD8
-8
PD8
-3
PD8
-5
PD8
-10
PD8
-4
WU
BK
OK
ON
OU OG
Y
WU
BK
YK
PN
PU
PG
Y
FCS13
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
MEMORY
POSITIONS
RHD
43
LHD
22
NO
NO
NW
UP
MEMORY 1
CA8-9
UN
MEMORY 2
CA8-10
US
CA13-3
CA8-11
KS
CA8-15
+
SCP
19.1
SCP
BK
I
I
RD10-8
I
KS
19.1
RD10-16
**
RD11-15
CA13-1
S
S
RD11-22
CA13-4
U
S
RD10-9
I
US
KS
DD1-13
–
RD11-5
UN
US
DD1-15
MEMORY SET
CA13-2
UN
DD1-2
MEMORY 3
UP
UP
DD1-3
DD1-1
B+
RD10-1
CA14-1
9
VERTICAL
FC15-58
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
HORIZONTAL
FC24-47
I
WU WG
CC3L
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
FC15-32
SB
CC13-3
19.1
FC15-15
I
+
FC24-24
U
FC15-85
WN
10
BK
19.1
S +
FC24-19
S
FC15-41
WO
2
SCP
SCP
FC15-84
FC15-80
RW
1
19.1
S
Fig. 11.3
Mirror Movement: Memory
I
**
RD11-13
BK
I
BK
RDS1
RD10-19
BK
CA14-4
BK
I
CA36L
(CA33L)
RD11-7
** NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
SET MEMORY STATUS
MEMORY SWITCHES
RHD
44
LHD
23
NO
NO
CA10-1
B+
–
UG
+
S
S
PW
FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
CA8-1
YR
DD1-4
19.1
SCP
WU
DD10-20
I
DD1-17
SCP
DD10-16
DD11-2
O
PW
19.1
DD10-9
O
DD1-14
U
S
DD10-1
OK
I
DD11-9
UP
DD10-22
ON
O
LEFT
DD10-4
RIGHT
OU
I
SN
DOWN
DD1-16
DD11-10
MIRROR JOY STICK
OU (LHD)
OB (RHD)
DRIVER
DD1-8 (LHD)
DD1-18 (RHD)
I
OB (LHD)
OU (RHD)
DD11-13
LHD
NO
44
SCP
DD3-6
19.1
U
19.1
B
RHD
CAS40
DDS1
CA10-3
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
MIRROR
COMMON
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
Y
PD10-2
BK
I
BK
PDS3
PD10-8
I
B
I
DD10-17
B
PDS1
B
LHD
BK
CA11-8
B
B
CAS40
CA12-3
RHD
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
CA30R
5
PG
O
PD10-17
B
CA33R
PU
PD10-21
PD10-3
LHD
CA36L
(CA33L)
PD10-4
O
I
B
PN
O
I
DD10-8
B
S +
I
BK
B
PD10-22
DD11-20
BK
YK
I
PD10-16
DD11-1
B
S –
S
I
WU
O
PD10-20
MIRROR
CONTROL
BK
DDS3
B+
PD10-1
PD10-9
SCP
G
BK
NO
CA12-1
MIRROR
CONTROL
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
CA8-8
23
DD11-5
DD3-7
BK
RHD
I
DD1-18 (LHD)
DD1-8 (RHD)
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DD10-2
I
DD1-5
Y
O
DD11-3
YN
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
DD10-3
I
DD1-7
OG
O
DD11-17
OR
PASSENGER
DD10-21
I
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Memory Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
B
CA30R
CA33R
CA33L
(CA36L)
XJ Series 1998
Mirror Movement: Non-Memory
NB
13
–
B+ LOGIC
S
RW
I
+
SCP
19.1
SCP
VERTICAL
S
S
PASSENGER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
HORIZONTAL
VERTICAL
HORIZONTAL
FC15-85
FC15-41
WO
2
19.1
FC15-84
FC15-80
1
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
U
Fig. 11.4
Mirror Movement: Non-Memory
I
II
FC15-15
WN
10
I
I
FC15-32
LOGIC
PW
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
10.1
O B+
POWER
N
FC15-101
FCS13
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
UP
DD1-3
UP
CA8-9
DD1-2
NOT USED
UN
CA8-10
US
CA8-11
DD1-15
DD1-13
S
DD8
-2
DD8
-6
DD8
-8
DD8
-3
DD8
-5
DD8
-10
DD8
-4
PD8
-2
PD8
-6
PD8
-8
PD8
-3
PD8
-5
PD8
-10
PD8
-4
WU
BK
OK
ON
OU OG
Y
WU
BK
YK
PN
PU
PG
Y
RD11-22
NOT USED
US
KS
CA8-15
G
NOT USED
RD11-5
CA13-4
KS
N
NOT USED
UN
CA13-3
US
S
NOT USED
UP
CA13-2
UN
G
NOT USED
RD11-15
KS
CA13-1
RD11-13
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
RHD
44
LHD
NO
23
NO
CA10-1
B+
–
U
S
19.1
SCP
19.1
SCP
DD10-9
DD10-1
+
S
S
DD10-16
PW
PW
FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
CA8-1
NOT USED
YR
DD1-4
WU
DD10-20
I
DD1-17
DD11-9
OK
NOT USED
UP
DD10-22
ON
O
LEFT
DD10-4
RIGHT
OU
NOT USED
SN
DOWN
DD10-21
I
DD1-16
DD10-3
I
DD1-7
DD10-2
I
DD1-5
Y
O
DD11-3
YN
OG
O
DD11-17
OR
DD11-10
MIRROR
CONTROL
MIRROR JOY STICK
OU (LHD)
OB (RHD)
DRIVER
DD1-8 (LHD)
DD1-18 (RHD)
PASSENGER
I
OB (LHD)
OU (RHD)
DD11-13
DD1-18 (LHD)
DD1-8 (RHD)
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
RHD
23
LHD
44
NO
NO
CA12-1
I
DD11-5
SCP
19.1
B+
WU
NOT USED
PD10-20
PD10-1
U
S –
YK
NOT USED
PD10-9
SCP
19.1
S
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
PD10-22
S +
PN
O
PD10-16
PD10-4
PU
NOT USED
PD10-21
BK
BK
BK
I
B
B
RHD
B
CAS40
B
CA10-3
B
DDS1
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
BK
PDS3
PD10-8
B
I
DD10-17
B
PDS1
B
LHD
BK
CA11-8
B
B
CAS40
CA12-3
RHD
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
CA30R
5
BK
I
I
PD10-17
B
CA33R
Y
PD10-2
LHD
CA36L
(CA33L)
PD10-3
MIRROR
COMMON
DD11-1
B
PG
O
O
DD10-8
BK
DDS3
CA8-8
MIRROR
CONTROL
I
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
B
CA30R
VARIANT: Non-Memory Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CA33R
CA33L
(CA36L)
XJ Series 1998
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors
RHD
NOTE: Position Select Switch to neutral
to operate Fold-Back Mirrors.
44
LHD
NO
23
U
– S
B+
CA10-1
19.1
SCP
SCP
S
19.1
DD10-9
DD10-1
S +
Y
+ C
FC24-19
S
+ S
19.1
Fig. 11.5
Interior and Exterior Mirrors; Fold-Back Mirrors
SCP
SCP
U
19.1
DD10-16
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
FC24-24
S –
G
– C
FC24-20
FC24-47
VEHICLE
SPEED
YR
PW
DD1-4
DD11-9
UP
(FOLD-OUT)
LEFT
REVERSE
GEAR
I
DD1-17
MIRROR
CONTROL
INSTRUMENT PACK
RIGHT
R
SN
DOWN
(FOLD-BACK)
CAS35
I
DD1-16
OR
DD1-7
4
CA60
DD11-17
DD1-5
DD8-1
B
I
R
3
5
NB
I
YU
2
1
NB
31
SR
DD11-3
YN
R
CA8-13
SR
CA8-14
32
DD8-7
DD11-10
FOLD-BACK
MOTOR
MIRROR JOY STICK
OU (LHD)
OB (RHD)
DRIVER
DD1-8 (LHD)
DD1-18 (RHD)
NEUTRAL
PASSENGER
OB (LHD)
OU (RHD)
DD1-18 (LHD)
DD1-8 (RHD)
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
FOLD-BACK
RELAY
I
B
9
CA60
SR
8
10
RG
7
6
B
B
RHD
CAS40
I
B
B
DDS1
CA10-3
33
NB
DRIVER DOOR
MIRROR
34
B
MIRROR
COMMON
R
FOLD-OUT
RELAY
I
SR
CA30R
NB
B+ LOGIC
WO
2
10
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
PW
FC5-14 (LHD)
FC1-40 (RHD)
INTERIOR LIGHTING
B+ SUPPLY
10.1
YLG
SCP
CAS41
19.1
PD8-7
YLG
CA11-12
PD8-12
FC15-32
FC15-72
PASSENGER DOOR
MIRROR
YU
FC5-42
RG
RG
FC15-77
PW
FC5-43
YLG
O B+
CA55-4
FC15-101
13
WS
II
MIRROR
FOLD-BACK
CONTROL
YU
CA55-5
FC1-11
YU
YU
UY
BK
I
SC2-4
AUTO
HEADLAMPS
CA55-2
BT4-8
UY
MIRROR
TINT
CA55-1
YU
YW
DIP
MIRROR
TINT
SCP
YU
O
O
FCS13
FOLD-BACK
MOTOR
FC15-85
I
I
PW
S
+ S
FC15-15
WN
19.1
FC15-84
I
II
U
– S
FC15-80
SR
CA11-14
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
13
CA8-1
PD8-1
CA38R
DD10-17
B
CA33R
R
CA11-13
LHD
CA36L
(CA33L)
MIRROR
TINT
-3
NB
CAS50
DD10-8
BK
DD11-1
B
DD8-12
I
BK
DDS3
YLG
-1
I
DD11-5
BK
CA8-8
YLG
-2
CA8-12
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
BK
CA224
DD11-13
BK
CAS61
FC15-42
CA55-3
SC2-1
SIDE
BK
BK
FCS28
BK
SC2-9
BK
DIP
SCS1
CA30R
RY
SIDE
RY
SCS2
AUTO
RY
SC2-3
RY
FCS9
INTERIOR
REAR VIEW MIRROR
I
FC15-16
FC17R
LOGIC
LIGHTING STALK
YW
POWER
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 09.1 and Fig. 09.2 for Lighting Circuit.
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
09.3
09.4
REVERSE LAMPS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
XJ Series 1998
Suspension Adaptive Damping
72
NS
B+
O
EM68-27
43
B+
O
EM68-11
19.2
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
OS
OS
OW
OW
EM68-30
WK
II
Suspension Adaptive Damping
EM64-A
EM64-B
EM68-31
O
LH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
D
EM68-10
19.2
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
K
D
O
EM68-28
OG
OG
OY
OY
EM68-14
O
EM65-A
EM65-B
EM68-33
RH FRONT
DAMPER SOLENOID
INSTRUMENT PACK: FAULT WARNING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
SO
SO
O
EM2-10
INSTRUMENT PACK: VEHICLE SPEED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
EM68-1
OB
EM2-14
OB
O
OB
EM68-24
OB
EM68-13
I
FC5-41
OW
O
CA29-4
OW
LA1-A
OW
OW
EM2-1
EM68-32
OB
OB
EM2-20
FC5-40
CA29-3
LA1-B
LH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
OP
O
OP
EM68-15
FC1-20
OY
O
CA9-4
OY
RA1-A
OY
OY
EM2-11
EM68-34
OP
OP
EM2-12
FC1-19
CA9-3
RA1-B
RH REAR
DAMPER SOLENOID
9
WO
II
US
CC40-4
US
CC40-1
CA19-16
US
CAS81
US
US
LSS1
LS3-1
US
US
EMS21
EM1-1
I
EM68-26
BRAKE SWITCH
PB
I
PB
EM68-20
LATERAL
ACCELERATION
EM28-1
UW
GROUND
EM28-2
U
B+
EM28-3
LATERAL ACCELEROMETER
(FRONT)
UB
I
UB
UW
O
UW
EMS45
EM68-3
U
EMS44
EM68-25
GROUND
EM4-2
U
O
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
EM4-1
EM68-21
B+
EM4-3
FRONT VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
RB
I
RB
EM68-22
EM2-9
UW
B
B
EMS11
UW
EM2-5
I
U
EM68-18
RB
FC1-28
UW
FC1-27
U
EM2-4
RB
BT4-30
UW
BT4-29
U
FC1-26
VERTICAL
ACCELERATION
BT7-1
GROUND
BT7-2
U
BT4-28
B+
BT7-3
EM17
REAR VERTICAL
ACCELEROMETER
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Adaptive Damping Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Fig. 11.6
XJ Series 1998
Driver Seat: Memory
NB
13
B+ LOGIC
–
S
+
S
I
II
WS
17
II
CC1-5
S
BK
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
BK
CCS4
WN
I
CC1-2
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
I
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
O
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER
SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER
SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER
RECLINE
FORE / AFT
SEAT
FORE / AFT
LOGIC
SM13 SM13 SM13 SM13 SM13
-6D
-5D
-2D
-3D
-1D
POWER
I
SM4
-6D
SM4
-5D
SM4
-2D
SM4
-3D
SM4
-1D
SM6
-6D
SM6
-5D
SM6
-2D
SM6
-3D
SM6
-1D
W WU
UO
US
WB
W
WO
KO
KS
SM11 SM11 SM11 SM11 SM11
-6D
-5D
-2D
-3D
-1D
SM12 SM12 SM12 SM12 SM12
-6D
-5D
-2D
-3D
-1D
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L
SCP
FC15-32
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
19.1
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
FC15-15
10
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
SEAT HEATER
STATE
SCP
FC15-85
WO
2
19.1
FC15-84
I
FC15-41
560 Ω
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
U
FC15-80
RW
1
Fig. 12.1
Driver Seat: Memory
WB
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
W WP
GO
GS
WB
WB
W
WR
RO
RS
WB
W WY
PO
PS
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RHD
7
NK
27
LHD
B+
–
U
S
SM3-5D
GW
RAISE
NP
19
HEADREST
I
SM5-16D
I
SM3-8D
UW
RAISE
I
SM5-12D
SM1-13D
UY
LOWER
I
SM5-14D
SM1-14D
KW
RAISE
SEAT REAR
I
SM5-4D
SM1-12D
KY
LOWER
SM1-11D
RW
RECLINE
I
SM5-7D
SM1-16D
RY
AFT
I
SM5-8D
SM1-15D
PY
FORE
SEAT
S
S
I
SM5-6D
SM1-9D
PW
AFT
I
SM5-13D
SM1-10D
B
SM5-1D
B
U
B
SM5-3D
BK
INFLATE
CA25L
(CA26L)
B
SMS3D
CA23-4
LUMBAR
19.1
SCP
O
SM1-1D
O
SM1-2D
O
SM1-3D
O
SM1-4D
O
SM1-5D
O
SM1-6D
O
SM1-7D
O
SM1-8D
O
SM2-1D
O
SM2-2D
O
SM2-5D
O
SM2-6D
I
SM2-8D
RO
RS
US
UO
GS
GO
PS
PO
I
SM5-5D
FORE
SCP
SM3-9D
GY
SM5-15D
SEAT FRONT
+
SM3-6D
LOWER
SM5-9D
19.1
SM3-10D
BK
SM2-9D
I
SM2-10D
I
SM2-11D
I
SM2-12D
O
SM2-14D
O
SM2-15D
O
SM2-18D
O
SM2-19D
SMS1D
SMS2D
SM3-2D
BK
SMS4D
CA23-8
I
I
WB
WB
W
W
WP
WU
WO
WR
WY
WB
WB
W
W
I
SM3-1D
**
O
SM3-3D
O
SM3-4D
KS
KO
DEFLATE
CA25R
(CA26R)
OR
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
** NOTE: Module identification.
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
SM5-11D
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
SM14-D
46
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
NS
NS
3
NS
44
RHD
LHD
23
NO
NO
CA10-1
B+
–
DD10-1
O
+
BK
SCP
2
R
SM7-1D
THERMOSTAT
SM7-3D
INNER
SM9-1D
19.1
SCP
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
SM9-3D
OUTER
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
DD10-16
BK
DDS3
CA8-8
S
S
DD11-2
1
OW
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
19.1
DD10-9
UG
BK
U
S
5
SMS5D
DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
B
CA23-3
U
SM10-1D
I
DD10-8
PRESSURE SWITCH
CA36L
(CA33L)
9
NW
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
B
SM10-3D
UG
DD1-1
43
RHD
LHD
22
NO
NO
CA14-1
UP
UP
DD1-3
CA8-9
CA8-10
CA8-11
CA8-15
S
I
RD11-15
KS
I
RD11-13
47
4
II
II
48
82
19.1
SCP
SCP
BK
**
**
BK
I
S
S +
BK
SCP
BK
19.1
U
S –
–
G
C
FC24-20
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
FC24-47
CA14-4
RD10-19
Y
C
FC24-24
VEHICLE
SPEED
BK
I
+
FC24-19
RDS1
RD11-7
19.1
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
CA36L
(CA33L)
45
E
63
E
1
Fig. 01.5
INSTRUMENT PACK
I
Fig. 01.4
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
B
SMS3D
B
CA23-4
CA25L
(CA26L)
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
** NOTE: Module identification.
Fig. 01.1
1
SCP
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
7
S
I
MEMORY SWITCHES
6
19.1
RD10-8
US
CA13-1
U
RD10-9
RD11-22
KS
DD1-13
+
MEMORY
POSITIONS
I
CA13-4
KS
S
RD10-16
UN
US
DD1-15
MEMORY SET
I
CA13-3
US
MEMORY 3
RD10-1
–
RD11-5
UN
DD1-2
B+
UP
CA13-2
UN
MEMORY 2
SM10-2D
SOLENOID VALVE
DD1-14
SET MEMORY
STATUS
MEMORY 1
1
OR
VARIANT: Driver Memory Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered
NB
13
B+ LOGIC
–
S
+
S
U
I
WO
2
I
II
WS
S
17
II
CC1-5
BK
10
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
BK
CCS4
CC1-2
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
I
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
SCP
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER
SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER
SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER
RECLINE
FORE / AFT
SEAT
FORE / AFT
FC15-32
LOGIC
O
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
SM13 SM13
-3D
-1D
POWER
I
SM4
-3D
SM4
-1D
SM6
-3D
SM6
-1D
UO
US
KO
KS
SM11 SM11
-3D
-1D
SM12 SM12
-3D
-1D
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L
I
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
SEAT HEATER
STATE
19.1
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
FC15-15
WN
SCP
FC15-85
FC15-41
560 Ω
DRIVER SEAT MOTORS
19.1
FC15-84
FC15-80
RW
1
Fig. 12.2
Driver Seat: 5-Way Powered
GO
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
GS
RO
RS
PO
PS
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RHD
7
LHD
NK
27
B+
–
U
S
GW
RAISE
NP
19
HEADREST
I
SM5-16D
GY
UW
SCP
RO
O
SM1-13D
UY
LOWER
SM1-1D
I
SM5-14D
RS
O
SM1-14D
KW
RAISE
SM1-2D
I
SM5-4D
US
O
SM1-3D
SM1-12D
KY
LOWER
I
SM5-5D
UO
O
SM1-11D
RW
FORE
SM1-4D
I
SM5-7D
GS
O
SM1-5D
SM1-16D
RY
AFT
I
SM5-8D
GO
O
SM1-6D
SM1-15D
PY
FORE
SEAT
19.1
SM3-9D
I
SM5-12D
RECLINE
S
SM3-8D
RAISE
SEAT REAR
SCP
I
SM5-15D
SEAT FRONT
+
S
SM3-6D
LOWER
SM5-9D
19.1
SM3-10D
SM3-5D
I
SM5-6D
PS
O
SM1-7D
SM1-9D
PW
AFT
I
SM5-13D
PO
O
SM1-8D
SM1-10D
B
SM5-1D
KS
O
U
B
B
CA23-4
SM5-3D
BK
INFLATE
CA25L
(CA26L)
LUMBAR
B
SMS3D
BK
CA23-8
SM3-3D
I
SM3-2D
BK
SMS4D
SM3-1D
KO
O
I
SM3-4D
**
DEFLATE
** NOTE: Module identification.
CA25R
(CA26R)
OR
SM14-D
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
SM5-11D
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
NS
46
NS
3
5
SMS5D
NS
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
1
2
R
OW
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
SM7-1D
THERMOSTAT
SM7-3D
INNER
SM9-1D
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
UG
SM9-3D
OUTER
DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
B
CA23-3
U
SM10-1D
NOT USED
DD11-2
PRESSURE SWITCH
OR
B
SM10-3D
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
UG
SOLENOID VALVE
DD1-14
UP
NOT USED
UP
UP
CA8-9
UN
CA13-2
RD11-5
UN
UN
DD1-2
CA8-10
US
CA13-3
RD11-22
CA8-11
DD1-15
KS
CA13-4
RD11-15
KS
DD1-13
CA8-15
KS
CA13-1
RD11-13
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
NOT USED
US
US
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
B
SMS3D
B
CA23-4
CA25L
(CA26L)
DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
DD1-3
1
SM10-2D
VARIANT: Driver 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Driver Seat: Raise / Lower
Fig. 12.3
Driver Seat: Raise / Lower
SEAT RAISE
RELAY
B
RHD
NP
LHD
27
NK
NK
SEAT
4
SM18-D
5
3
1
2
US
SMS1D
SM16-1D
UW
RAISE
19
7
B
SM17-4D
UY
LOWER
SM17-9D
SM17-5D
DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACK
B
NK
9
SM18-D
10
8
6
7
UO
SM16-3D
B
DRIVER SEAT MOTOR
SEAT LOWER
RELAY
NB
13
B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
RW
1
I
FC15-41
WO
2
WS
17
II
CC1-5
BK
WN
I
I
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
SEAT HEATER
STATE
CC1-8 (LHD)
CC1-14 (RHD)
BK
CCS4
FC15-15
10
560 Ω
CC1-2
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
CC1-7 (LHD)
CC1-13 (RHD)
OP (LHD)
OU (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FCS12 (LHD)
FCS14 (RHD)
46
NS
NS
O
FC15-69 (LHD)
FC15-17 (RHD)
I
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
3
5
SMS5D
NS
1
2
OW
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
R
SM7-1D
THERMOSTAT
SM7-3D
INNER
B
SM9-1D
SM9-3D
DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC5-44 (LHD)
FC1-8 (RHD)
UG
CA23-3
NOT USED
DD11-2
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
UG
DD1-14
UP
UP
UP
DD1-3
NOT USED
CA8-9
UN
CA13-2
RD11-5
UN
UN
DD1-2
CA8-10
US
CA13-3
RD11-22
US
US
CA8-11
DD1-15
KS
CA13-4
DD1-13
CA8-15
KS
CA13-1
RD11-13
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
NOT USED
RD11-15
KS
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
B
SMS3D
B
CA23-4
OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
LOGIC
FC15-86 (LHD)
FC15-35 (RHD)
FC7-4 (LHD)
FC7-13 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
FC15-32
OK (LHD)
OY (RHD)
FC7-5 (LHD)
FC7-14 (RHD)
SM14-D
I
II
VARIANT: Driver Raise / Lower Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CA25L
(CA26L)
XJ Series 1998
Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered
NB
13
B+ LOGIC
–
S
+
S
U
I
WO
I
II
560 Ω
WS
17
II
CC1-5
BK
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
SEAT HEATER
STATE
CC1-14 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)
BK
CCS4
CC1-2
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
CC1-13 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD)
WN
I
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
FC7-14 (LHD)
FC7-5 (RHD)
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
I
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
FCS14 (LHD)
FCS12 (RHD)
S
19.1
SCP
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER
SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER
RECLINE
FORE / AFT
SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER
SEAT
FORE / AFT
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
FC15-32
O
FC15-17 (LHD)
FC15-69 (RHD)
I
LOGIC
SM13 SM13
-3P
-1P
POWER
SM4
-3P
SM4
-1P
SM6
-3P
SM6
-1P
UO
US
KO
KS
SM11 SM11
-3P
-1P
SM12 SM12
-3P
-1P
FC15-35 (LHD)
FC15-86 (RHD)
FC7-13 (LHD)
FC7-4 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L
FC15-15
10
SCP
FC15-85
FC15-41
2
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
19.1
FC15-84
FC15-80
RW
1
Fig. 12.4
Passenger Seat: 5-Way Powered
GO
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
GS
RO
RS
PO
PS
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
RHD
27
LHD
NK
7
B+
–
U
S
GW
RAISE
NU
41
HEADREST
I
SM5-16P
GY
UW
SCP
RO
O
SM1-13P
UY
LOWER
SM1-1P
I
SM5-14P
RS
O
SM1-14P
KW
RAISE
SM1-2P
I
SM5-4P
US
O
SM1-3P
SM1-12P
KY
LOWER
I
SM5-5P
UO
O
SM1-11P
RW
FORE
SM1-4P
I
SM5-7P
GS
O
SM1-5P
SM1-16P
RY
AFT
I
SM5-8P
GO
O
SM1-6P
SM1-15P
PY
FORE
SEAT
19.1
SM3-9P
I
SM5-12P
RECLINE
S
S
SM3-8P
RAISE
SEAT REAR
SCP
I
SM5-15P
SEAT FRONT
+
SM3-6P
LOWER
SM5-9P
19.1
SM3-10P
SM3-5P
I
SM5-6P
PS
O
SM1-7P
SM1-9P
PW
AFT
I
SM5-13P
PO
O
SM1-8P
SM1-10P
B
SM5-1P
KS
O
B
U
SM3-3P
I
SM3-2P
SM5-3P
KO
O
SM3-4P
INFLATE
LUMBAR
DEFLATE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
OR
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
SM14-P
SM5-11P
47
NS
NS
5
SMS5P
NS
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
3
1
2
OW
R
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
SM7-1P
THERMOSTAT
SM7-3P
INNER
B
SM9-1P
OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
FC1-8 (LHD)
FC5-44 (RHD)
SM9-3P
PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
CA27-3
U
SM10-1P
PRESSURE SWITCH
OR
B
SM10-3P
SM10-2P
SOLENOID VALVE
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
B
B
CA27-4
CA26L
(CA25L)
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
1
SMS3P
VARIANT: Passenger 5-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB
NB
13
B+ LOGIC
–
S
+
S
I
I
II
560 Ω
WS
17
II
CC1-5
BK
I
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
SEAT HEATER
STATE
CC1-14 (LHD)
CC1-8 (RHD)
BK
CCS4
CC1-2
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
FC7-14 (LHD)
FC7-5 (RHD)
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
CC1-13 (LHD)
CC1-7 (RHD)
OU (LHD)
OP (RHD)
I
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
FCS14 (LHD)
FCS12 (RHD)
S
19.1
SCP
SEAT FRONT
RAISE / LOWER
HEADREST
RAISE / LOWER
SEAT REAR
RAISE / LOWER
RECLINE
FORE / AFT
SEAT
FORE / AFT
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
FC15-32
O
FC15-17 (LHD)
FC15-69 (RHD)
I
LOGIC
SM13 SM13
-3P
-1P
POWER
SM4
-3P
SM4
-1P
SM6
-3P
SM6
-1P
UO
US
KO
KS
SM11 SM11
-3P
-1P
SM12 SM12
-3P
-1P
FC15-35 (LHD)
FC15-86 (RHD)
FC7-13 (LHD)
FC7-4 (RHD)
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
CC3L
FC15-15
WN
10
SCP
FC15-85
FC15-41
WO
2
PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS
19.1
FC15-84
FC15-80
RW
1
U
Fig. 12.5
Passengers Seat: 5-Way Powered / LWB
GO
(LH – LHD / RH – RHD)
GS
RO
RS
PO
PS
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
27
RHD
LHD
7
NK
B+
–
NU
SMS7P
HEADREST
I
SM5-16P
I
I
SM1-2P
KW
I
SM5-4P
SM1-3P
KY
I
SM5-5P
RW
I
SM1-6P
PY
I
SMS11P
SM1-7P
PW
I
SMS9P
PS
O
SM1-9P
PW
SM5-13P
GO
O
SM1-15P
PY
GS
O
SM1-5P
RY
SMS10P
SM5-6P
AFT
I
SM1-16P
RY
SM5-8P
FORE
SM1-4P
RW
SMS8P
UO
O
SM1-11P
SM5-7P
US
O
SM1-12P
LOWER
RS
O
SM1-14P
RAISE
SEAT
SM1-1P
UY
SM5-14P
AFT
SCP
RO
O
SM1-13P
LOWER
FORE
19.1
SM3-8P
UW
SM5-12P
RECLINE
S
S
I
SM5-15P
SEAT REAR
SCP
SM3-9P
GY
RAISE
SEAT FRONT
+
SM3-6P
LOWER
SM5-9P
19.1
SM3-10P
GW
RAISE
NU
41
U
S
SM3-5P
PO
O
SM1-8P
SM1-10P
B
SM5-1P
KS
O
B
U
SM3-2P
SM5-3P
SM3-3P
I
KO
O
SM3-4P
INFLATE
LUMBAR
DEFLATE
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
OR
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
SM14-P
SM5-11P
NS
47
NS
NS
PW
5
SMS5P
PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACK
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
3
1
2
OW
NU
SM25-5P
SM19-6P
RK
INNER
B
SM9-1P
SM9-3P
OUTER
PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
CA27-3
U
SM10-1P
PRESSURE SWITCH
PY
OR
SM25-2P
B
B
SM19-9P
SM7-3P
SM25-1P
PY
SM19-10P
THERMOSTAT
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
PW
NU
SM7-1P
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
FC1-8 (LHD)
FC5-44 (RHD)
SM19-1P
R
OY (LHD)
OK (RHD)
SM19-7P
B
SM10-3P
SM10-2P
SOLENOID VALVE
SM20-1P
10.2
RK
SM25-7P
SM20-6P
RK
PPS1
RY
RW
SM20-10P
SM25-9P
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RW
SM25-6P
B
SM20-9P
SM20-7P
B
SM25-8P
PASSENGER SEAT
RECLINE REAR SWITCH
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
B
CA27-4
CA26L
(CA25L)
PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
RY
NU
B
SM25-3P
PASSENGER SEAT
FORE / AFT REAR SWITCH
NU
SMS3P
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: LWB Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD
NB
13
Fig. 12.6
Heaters Only Front Seats: LHD
B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
RW
1
I
FC15-41
WO
2
II
II
WN
10
560 Ω
WS
17
I
FC15-15
I
I
FC15-32
CC1-5
SEAT HEATER
STATE
OK
OK
CC1-8
OK
FCS12
FC7-5
OP
O
FC15-69
OP
CC1-7
I
FC15-86
FC7-4
SM14-D
DRIVER
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
560 Ω
OY
CC1-14
CCS4
NS
OY
CC1-13
CC1-2
FCS14
FC7-14
OU
BK
OY
O
OW
R
SM7-1D
1
I
THERMOSTAT
OK
2
SM7-3D
INNER
B
SM9-1D
POWER
SM9-3D
B
CA23-4
OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
CA25L
DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
FC15-35
FC7-13
5
LOGIC
FC15-17
OU
3
SMS5D
NS
SEAT HEATER
STATE
BK
NS
46
PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
CC3L
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
OK
OK
FC5-44
CA23-3
SM14-P
NS
47
NS
3
5
OW
SMS5P
R
SM7-1P
NS
1
2
OY
THERMOSTAT
SM7-3P
INNER
B
SM9-1P
SM9-3P
OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
OY
OY
FC1-8
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
1
Fig. 01.5
CA27-3
I
Fig. 01.4
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
B
CA27-4
VARIANT: Heaters Only Front Seats LHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CA26L
XJ Series 1998
Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD
NB
13
Fig. 12.7
Heaters Only Front Seats: RHD
B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
RW
1
I
FC15-41
WO
2
II
17
II
WN
10
560 Ω
WS
I
FC15-15
I
I
FC15-32
CC1-5
SEAT HEATER
STATE
OY
CC1-14
OY
OY
FCS14
FC7-14
OU
CC1-13
O
FC15-17
OU
I
FC15-35
FC7-13
SM14-D
DRIVER
SEAT
HEATER
CONTROL
560 Ω
OK
CC1-8
CCS4
NS
NS
OK
CC1-2
FCS12
FC7-5
OP
BK
OK
CC1-7
O
LOGIC
I
POWER
FC15-69
OP
5
OW
R
SM7-1D
1
2
SM7-3D
THERMOSTAT
OY
INNER
B
SM9-1D
SM9-3D
B
CA23-4
OUTER
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
CA26L
DRIVER SQUAB
HEATER
DRIVER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
FC15-86
FC7-4
3
SMS5D
NS
SEAT HEATER
STATE
BK
46
PASSENGER
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
CC3L
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK
OY
OY
FC1-8
CA23-3
SM14-P
47
NS
NS
3
5
OW
SMS5P
R
SM7-1P
NS
1
2
OK
THERMOSTAT
SM7-3P
INNER
B
SM9-1P
SM9-3P
OUTER
PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION HEATERS
PASSENGER SQUAB
HEATER
PASSENGER SEAT HEATER
RELAY
OK
OK
FC5-44
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
1
Fig. 01.5
CA27-3
I
Fig. 01.4
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
B
CA27-4
VARIANT: Heaters Only Front Seats RHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
CA25L
XJ Series 1998
Rear Seats: Powered
LH REAR SEAT
FORE / AFT
MOTOR
SW
BS4-17
54
NK
Fig. 12.8
Rear Seats: Powered
LH REAR SEAT
HEADREST
MOTOR
RH REAR SEAT
FORE / AFT
MOTOR
RH REAR SEAT
HEADREST
MOTOR
B+
BS2-4
56
NW
B
B+
BS2-6
58
NW
BC8-10
DEFLATE
57
BC8-1
INFLATE
NW
B
B+ LUMBAR
BS2-12
SY
BC8-6
BS21-1
BS6-9
SY
BS4-16
LH LUMBAR
INFLATE CIRCUIT
BS1-10
I
BS21-3
PS
BS1-11
PO
BB3-1L
BB3-3L
GS
BS22-1
PW
GO
BS22-3
PR
BB3-1R
GS
BB3-3R
GO
RK
BC8-9
PS
O
B
BS3-3L
BS6-3
BC8-7
LOCATE
BS3-4L
BS5-3R
BS5-4R
PO
O
BS6-4
LH LUMBAR SWITCH
GS
O
BS6-5
59
NW
UW
BC3-10
FORE
BC3-1
AFT
BC3-6
UW
BS4-7
UY
I
BS6-6
UY
BS4-6
I
PW
O
BS7-18
BS6-8
RK
PR
O
BC3-9
BS6-7
B
GW
O
BC3-7
LOCATE
BS6-11
NW
BS6-12
YG
BC4-10
LOWER
BC4-1
RAISE
BC4-6
GR
O
LH FORE / AFT SWITCH
60
GO
O
BS7-19
YG
BS4-8
YW
I
BS7-16
YW
BS4-9
I
BS7-17
RK
BS10
BC4-9
55
B
NW
8
OU
OU
10
BS3-6L
BC4-7
SW
LOCATE
6
B
BB4-3L
B
BBS1L
BB4-2L
B
7
SOLENOID VALVE
LH HEADREST SWITCH
61
NW
OS
RW
BC6-10
DEFLATE
BC6-1
RW
BS4-12
INFLATE
BC6-6
PRESSURE SWITCH
BS7-20
RY
RY
BB4-1L
LH LUMBAR
DEFLATE RELAY
I
BS4-13
I
LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
BS7-8
RK
OW
O
BC6-9
BS6-10
BS3-5L
B
BC6-7
LOCATE
62
OU
BS5-6R
BS6-2
NW
PW
BC5-10
OU
O
RH LUMBAR SWITCH
FORE
BC5-1
AFT
BC5-6
PW
BS4-11
PY
B
BBS1R
OS
OS
O
PY
BB4-2R
SOLENOID VALVE
I
BS7-10
BS4-10
B
BB4-3R
BS6-1
I
BS5-5R
BB4-1R
BS7-9
BS5-2R
BS3-2L
PRESSURE SWITCH
RK
BC5-9
RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR PUMP
B
BC5-7
LOCATE
RH FORE / AFT SWITCH
NW
GY
BC7-10
LOWER
BC7-1
RAISE
BC7-6
GY
BS4-14
GW
NOTE: Wires used only for
mechanical strength.
BS7-14
I
BS7-15
B
I
BS2-3
BC7-9
BS2-5
BCS1
BC7-7
B
B
CA109-8
B
I
B
RK
BSS5
BS1-22
GW
BS4-15
B
I
RK
BCS2
B
B
BS1-12
63
B
B
CA109-3
CA109-9
LOCATE
BS4-18
CA110L
RH HEADREST SWITCH
RK
CA109-12
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
1
10.2
B
CA110R
REAR SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
RK
B
CA38L
B
BS4-3
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RK
10.2
Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats
RK
CA109-12
RK
BS4-18
R
R
RS
BS3-1L
NP
64
Fig. 12.9
Rear Seat Heaters: Powered Seats
BB1-1L
R
BS8-3
BS8-1
BB1-3L
B
BB5-1L
LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER
BSS2
B
BBS1L
BB5-3L
B
BS3-2L
LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
WU
25
II
R
BS8-4
R
BC1-10
BS4-1
U
TIMER
BS8-5
STATE
U
BC1-1
BS4-2
B
RK
BS8-2
BCS2
B
BC1-9
BC1-7
LOCATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
RS
R
RS
BS5-1L
NP
65
BB1-1R
RS
BS9-3
BS9-1
BB1-3R
RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER
BSS4
B
B
BB5-1R
BB5-3R
BBS1R
B
BS5-2R
RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
WU
26
II
RS
BS9-4
RS
BC2-10
BS4-4
US
TIMER
BS9-5
STATE
US
BC2-1
BS4-5
B
RK
BS9-2
B
BC2-7
BC2-9
B
BCS1
B
BS4-3
LOCATE
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
BSS5
B
CA109-3
B
CA38L
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: LWB / Powered Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
Rear Seat Heaters
RK
10.2
Fig. 12.10
Rear Seat Heaters
RK
CA109-12
R
R
BS13-1
NP
64
RS
BB1-1L
R
BS8-3
BS8-1
BB1-3L
B
BB5-1L
LH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER
BSS2
BB5-3L
B
BS13-3
LH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
WU
27
II
R
BS8-4
B
BS11-10
U
TIMER
BS8-5
STATE
U
BS11-6
BS11-4
B
RK
BS8-2
BSS6
B
BS11-9
BS11-5
LOCATE
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
LH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
RS
R
BS15-1
NP
65
RS
BB1-1R
RS
BS9-3
BS9-1
BB1-3R
RH REAR SEAT CUSHION HEATER
BSS4
B
B
BB5-1R
BB5-3R
BS15-3
RH REAR SEAT SQUAB
HEATER
WU
28
II
RS
BS9-4
B
BS12-10
US
TIMER
BS9-5
STATE
US
BS12-6
BS12-4
B
RK
BS9-2
B
BS12-5
BS12-9
LOCATE
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER TIMER
RH REAR SEAT
HEATER SWITCH
BSS5
B
CA109-3
B
CA38L
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Heaters Only Rear Seat Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
BK
BK
FCS7
UR
FC4-5
Central Door Locking: ROW
I
FC4-4
WO
I
WY
BK
CCS5
SG
CC1-16
SG
CC1-15
WN
CC3R
I
NB
B+
SP
SP
CC1-6
I
SR
8
10
B
NU
B
7
6
OU
9
B
NW
9
10
8
SG
NW
6
7
SR
-14
BTS19
OR
BT43-1
BT43-2
DOOR LOCKING
RELAY †
YU
BT4-38
FCS7
FC14-4
FC14-1
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
FC17L
U
S
–
SCP
SCP
U
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
44
LHD
23
NO
NO
CA10-1
B+
S +
U
19.1
SCP
SCP
NW
DD3-10
S
S
19.1
SCP
SCP
SG
LOCK STATUS
I
DD3-2
YN
DD11-4
DD3-9
DDS3
CA8-8
G
DD3-6
DD3-7
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
CA36L
(CA33L)
BK
S
B
RHD
CAS40
B
RD3-3
RD10-5
SU
O
RD3-1
**
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
**
LHD
44
NO
NO
CA12-1
BK
BK
PDS3
CA11-8
SG
LOCK STATUS
PD3-2
YU
G
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
CA33L
(CA36L)
B
LHD
B
CAS40
B
PDS1
BK
SU
B
RDS2
B
BK
CA36L
(CA33L)
CA14-3
I
U
S
S
+
19.1
CA33L
(CA36L)
SCP
PD10-9
19.1
SCP
RP10-6
SG
CA45-4
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
RP3-2
SCP
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
PD10-16
19.1
U
RP10-9
SCP
19.1
S
G
I
DOOR
LOCK
S –
CONTROL
S +
22
LHD
RHD
BK
RP3-5
RP11-20
RP3-6
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
BK
I
RP10-16
I
43
CA16-1
RP10-1
O
RP3-1
SG
NO
NO
B+
RP10-5
SU
CA11-8
BK
DOOR
– S
LOCK
CONTROL
O
RP3-3
PD3-1
PD11-20
B
I
BK
RPS1
RP10-8
PD10-17
RP10-17
B
RPS2
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
CA30R
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
BK
CA16-4
B
CA16-3
CA33R
(CA36R)
B
CA33R
B
PDS3
SY
PD10-6
I
B
B
CA12-3
RHD
BK
CA14-4
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
BK
PD3-9
PD3-3
PD10-5
PD10-8
B
BK
RDS1
RD10-19
** NOTE: Module identification.
SG
CA11-4
SY
O
B+
PD10-1
PD3-6
PD3-7
BK
I
CA36R
(CA33R)
O
BK
RD11-7
RD10-17
PD3-8
23
BK
I
I
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
CA30R
RHD
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
RD10-8
RD3-2
CA46-4
BK
I
SG
SG
CA36L
(CA33L)
RD10-6
RD3-6
DD10-17
B
CA33R
RHD
BK
RD3-5
RD11-20
I
DDS1
CA10-3
LHD
43
LHD
I
B
B
G
I
O
DD10-8
B
22
S +
DDS3
DD3-1
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
NO
CA14-1
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
CA8-8
I
DD11-20
19.1
NO
B+
RD10-1
CA8-4
BK
DD3-3
SU
DD10-6
BK
BT22L
RD10-16
BK
BK
S –
SY
DD10-5
O
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
SG
SY
O
KEY BARREL
BK
U
BK
DD3-8
I
DD3-11
BTS18
BT1-14
RD10-9
DD11-12
OU
UNLOCK
DD3-12
19.1
DD10-9
DD10-16
8
BK
I
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
S
–
DD10-1
OY
BT1-13
BK
+
LOCK
BK
I
BT1-8
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
RHD
BK
BT42-2
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
S –
S
19.1
FC15-85
BT41-2
BT42-1
I
BT1-16
S
S
+
POWER
BT2-3
BT2-19
FC15-84
LOGIC
FASCIA SWITCH PACK
19.1
BT4-39
BT41-1
RG
I
BT2-7
YN
CA8-5
FC15-5
I
BK
RY
BTS24
BT2-5
YU
I
RY
I
YN
SO
TRUNK SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
ACTUATOR
CA11-5
BK
O
BT1-1
B
-12
BT28L
CA31L
BRD
B
-15
I
FC15-58
BT6-1
BT6-2
-13
CAS16
NOT-IN-PARK MICROSWITCH
BK
BT34
W
FUEL FILLER FLAP
UNLOCK RELAY
CA223
CA50
-11
FC7-18
BT33
-2
O
I
NW
28
CC13-1
OU
FC1-47
CAS37
CC13-3
51
BT1-15
BT1-2
FC15-71
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
SB
NY
B+
BT33
-1
SR
O
FC7-16 FC15-55
SB
O
B
B
BK
OB
BT16-1
VALET SWITCH
CC3L
49
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK RELAY
BT23
CC1-2
CCS4
OB
BT1-10
CENTRAL
LOCKING
CONTROL
BK
BK
1
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
13
FC15-80
CENTRAL
LOCKING SWITCH
2
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK ACTUATOR
10
FC15-32
FC7-15 FC15-63
B
NU
BT16-2
8
FC15-33
I
B
NU
4
II
I
BK
5
BTS27
II
I
3
2
FC15-15
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
BY
BT23
1
FC15-41
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
FC17L
RW
I
FC15-67
Fig. 13.1
Central Door Locking: ROW
CA33L
(CA36L)
XJ Series 1998
BK
BK
FCS7
UR
FC4-5
Central Door Locking: NAS
I
FC4-4
WO
I
WY
BK
CCS5
SG
CC1-16
SG
WN
CC1-15
FC7-15 FC15-63
CC3R
I
NB
B+
SP
SP
I
SR
8
10
B
NU
B
7
6
OU
9
B
NW
10
8
SG
NW
6
7
SR
9
B
-15
BTS19
-13
OR
BT43-1
BT43-2
DOOR LOCKING
RELAY †
YU
YU
BT4-38
SO
I
FC14-1
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
FC17L
U
S
–
FC15-5
19.1
SCP
+
19.1
SCP
SCP
S –
BK
I
BT1-13
S
19.1
FC15-85
BT42-2
TRUNK RELEASE
SWITCH
BT1-16
S
S
BK
I
U
19.1
BT41-2
BT42-1
BT2-19
FC15-84
LOGIC
BT2-3
YN
BT41-1
RG
I
BT2-7
BT4-39
SCP
I
BK
RY
BTS24
BT2-5
YN
FC14-4
RY
I
CA8-5
BK
TRUNK SWITCH
TRUNK RELEASE
ACTUATOR
CA11-5
FCS7
O
BT1-1
B
-12
BT28L
CA31L
BRD
BT6-2
I
FC15-58
BT6-1
-14
CAS16
NOT-IN-PARK
MICROSWITCH
BK
BT34
W
FUEL FILLER FLAP
UNLOCK RELAY
CA223
CA50
-11
FC7-18
S +
BK
I
BT1-8
BTS18
BT1-14
BK
POWER
FASCIA
SWITCH PACK
BT33
-2
O
I
NW
28
CC13-1
OU
FC1-47
CAS37
CC13-3
51
BT1-15
BT1-2
FC15-71
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
SB
NY
B+
BT33
-1
SR
O
FC7-16 FC15-55
SB
O
B
B
BK
OB
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK RELAY
BT23
CC1-6
49
BT16-1
VALET SWITCH
CC3L
OB
BT1-10
CENTRAL
LOCKING
CONTROL
CC1-2
CCS4
1
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
13
FC15-80
BK
BK
2
FUEL FILLER FLAP
LOCK ACTUATOR
10
FC15-32
CENTRAL
LOCKING
SWITCH
B
NU
BT16-2
8
FC15-33
I
B
NU
II
I
BK
5
4
BTS27
II
I
3
2
FC15-15
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
BY
BT23
1
FC15-41
IGNITION SWITCH
(KEY-IN SWITCH)
FC17L
RW
I
FC15-67
Fig. 13.2
Central Door Locking: NAS
BT22L
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
23
NO
NO
CA10-1
B+
U
S
–
DD10-1
19.1
SCP
SCP
+
OY
LOCK
8
DD3-10
S
S
19.1
SCP
SG
DD3-8
I
DD11-4
BK
G
DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
CA36L
DD3-9
BK
S +
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
SG
SY
RD3-2
CA46-4
RD3-3
RD10-5
DRIVER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
**
I
**
I
NO
PDS3
CA11-8
SG
LOCK STATUS
PD3-2
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH
CA33L
U
PDS1
19.1
SCP
PASSENGER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
PD10-9
B
B
CA12-3
SG
SG
CA45-4
SY
RP3-2
O
RP3-3
S
S
19.1
NO
B+
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
G
I
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
LOCK ACTUATOR
SCP
SCP
U
S –
19.1
S
S +
RP3-6
BK
I
RP10-16
I
BK
RP3-5
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
RP10-9
SCP
PD10-16
19.1
43
CA16-1
RP11-20
CA33L
NO
RP10-1
RP10-5
BK
S
+
PDS3
BK
PD3-3
PD11-20
I
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
CA11-8
PD10-8
B
PD3-9
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
–
SG
CA11-4
SY
PD10-5
I
BK
CA36L
** NOTE: Module identification.
BK
YU
O
PD10-1
PD3-6
PD3-7
B
CA36R
B+
G
BK
B
I
PD10-17
BK
RPS1
RP10-8
RP10-17
CA33R
B
RPS2
CA33L
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
BK
CA16-4
B
CA16-3
CA33R
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
1
BK
CA14-4
CA14-3
DD10-17
CA12-1
BK
B
RDS2
RD10-17
PD3-8
BK
BK
RDS1
B
I
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
NO
BK
RD10-19
CA33L
44
BK
RD11-7
I
DDS1
CA10-3
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH
I
B
B
RD3-6
RD10-8
CA36L
DRIVER DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
BK
I
BK
RD3-5
RD11-20
O
DD10-8
B
G
I
DDS3
BK
I
22
CA14-1
CA8-8
DD11-20
NO
RD10-1
CA8-4
BK
DD3-3
DOOR
LOCK
CONTROL
DD3-6
DD3-7
19.1
S
NO
B+
RD10-16
SG
DD10-5
BK
DDS3
SCP
SG
SY
O
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
S –
BK
YN
KEY BARREL
CA8-8
DD3-2
I
DD3-11
BK
LOCK STATUS
DD11-12
OU
UNLOCK
DD3-12
U
RD10-9
DD10-16
NW
19.1
DD10-9
XJ Series 1998
Wash / Wipe System
Fig. 14.1
Wash / Wipe System
3
5
#7 30A
1
5
B
YR
5
LS6-1
LS43-2
LS43-1
YS
2
LS6-10
POWERWASH
PUMP
POWERWASH RELAY (#4) †
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
13
NB
YS
O
B+ LOGIC
FC15-80
17
NY
FC15-18
FC15-104
2
WO
FC15-6
I
II
YW
FC15-15
FC15-26
YW
LS44-3
LS3-31
FC5-47
YG
O
YS
LS3-23
YW
I
B+ MOTORS
YS
FC5-25
YG
B
LS44-2
LS3-D
FC5-F
FLUID LEVEL
YG
LS44-1
LSS15
B
WINDSHIELD WASH PUMP
AND
FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
WO
5
WO
II
LGR
LGR
WASH
SC1-9
I
FC15-37
SC1-8
LGK
LGK
I
LGO
LGO
KG
I
B
NU
4
5
NU
LSS2
NU
LGU
FLICK WIPE
3
FC15-94
SC1-5
SLOW WIPE
LS11
FC15-34
SC1-6
FAST WIPE
LS19L
LGU
1
WLG
2
LSS10
I
SC1-7
B
FC15-9
INTERMITTENT
WIPE
WLG
O
FC15-43
WIPER RUN / STOP
RELAY †
WLG
FC5-26
LS18R
LS3-24
560 Ω
KG
3
5
U
R
NU
1
2
BLG
LS12
1.3 ΚΩ
WASH / WIPE
CONTROL
2.7 ΚΩ
DELAY
4
5.1 ΚΩ
WIPER FAST / SLOW
RELAY †
11 ΚΩ
BLG
O
51 ΚΩ
FC15-19
BLG
FC5-27
LS3-25
FAST
EM33-3
B
UY
DIP
B
EMS11
YU
N
SLOW
EM33-2
NLG
BK
BK
BK
SCS1
SC2-9
EM17
DIP
SIDE
RY
RY
RY
SCS2
AUTO
RY
FC15-16
RY
EM33-1
RY
EM3-4
WIPER MOTOR
RY
I
FC17R
FC15-60
COLUMN SWITCHGEAR
10.2
PARK SWITCH
I
FCS9
SC2-3
LIGHTING STALK
DIMMER MODULE:
SIDE LAMPS ON
U
EM51-4
SC2-4
SIDE
FCS28
R
EM51-3
U
BR
EM33-4
SC2-1
BK
R
BW
WASH / WIPE STALK
LOGIC
RY
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
71
XJ Series 1998
Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD
YW
YW
YW
CA8-16
DD1-12
I
FC5-1
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH
RW
1
I
BN
I
DD1-11
DRIVER SIDE UP
DD11-22
WO
2
CENTRAL
LOCKING
SWITCH
BY
CC1-15
CC3R
NB
U
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
SCP
S
19.1
CA64-5
CA64-6
NW
BO
I
DD1-9
DD1-10
PASSENGER UP
DD1-21
U
19.1
S –
DD10-18
BG
DRIVER DOWN
SCP
SCP
51
BT34
BP
BK
BK
I
BTS18
BT1-14
1Κ Ω
BK
DD1-24
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
SCP
S
19.1
S +
FC24-19
CA8-8
SCP
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
S –
19.1
CAN
19.1
CAN
FC24-24
G
C
FC24-47
INSTRUMENT PACK
OY
LOCK
I
DD3-10
DD11-12
OU
UNLOCK
DD3-12
–
Y
C
FC24-20
CA36L
NW
+
VEHICLE
SPEED
U
19.1
BK
8
BT22L
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
BK
DDS3
BK
I
DD11-7
DD1-22
CA30L
BT6-2
I
BT1-13
PASSENGER DOWN
ROOF CONSOLE
B
BRD
REMOTE
ALL
CLOSE
I
CAS46
W
BT6-1
DD10-19
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
B
I
BT1-8
DD10-10
BR
NY
B+
S +
CLOSE
SLIDING ROOF
SWITCH
BT33
-2
BT1-15
S
19.1
CA53-6
CA64-3
BT1-16
I
CA53-1
B
I
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
I
–
U
S
19.1
SCP
SCP
U
19.1
DD10-9
DD11-4
DD3-11
KEY BARREL
S
+ S
S –
NO
B+
RD10-9
19.1
SCP
SCP
S
19.1
DD10-16
NO
RD10-1
S +
22
CA14-1
BO
I
NW
RD11-6
RD10-16
RD1-1
WINDOW UP
RD1-5
WINDOW DOWN
10
RD1-3
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
23
NO
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
NO
CA10-1
DD10-1
OW
O
DD10-15
BK
B
U
O
OW
RD16-1
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
I
O
I
B
RD16-2
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
RD10-8
RD10-7
**
**
I
DDS1
BK
RD10-15
UW
DD16-1
O
DD10-8
B
CA10-3
U
DD16-2
I
DDS3
CA8-8
O
UW
DD10-7
BK
RD11-21
B+
O
BK
BG
I
BK
RD11-7
BK
I
BK
RDS1
RD10-19
B
I
DD10-17
BK
CA14-4
B
RDS2
RD10-17
B
CA14-3
** NOTE: Module identification.
CA36L
CA30R
44
NO
NO
CA12-1
39
WINDOW UP
PD1-1
WINDOW DOWN
PD1-5
BK
BK
I
CA11-8
B
B
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
+
CA12-3
U
19.1
S –
S
S
19.1
SCP
SCP
S
19.1
S +
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
OW
PD10-15
PD10-8
O
U
U
PD16-2
O
OW
RP16-1
UW
O
PD10-17
PD10-7
Fig. 01.5
WINDOW UP
RP1-5
WINDOW DOWN
PD16-1
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
RP16-2
17
I
O
RP11-21
BK
I
BK
RPS1
RP10-8
O
40
RP1-3
BG
I
RP10-15
UW
B
I
RP10-17
RP10-7
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
CA16-4
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
BK
B
RPS2
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
I
Fig. 01.4
1
NG
RP1-1
RP11-15
O
I
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
U
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
43
BO
RP11-6
RP11-8
NOT USED
NO
CA36L
CA16-1
RP10-1
RP10-16
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
5
NO
B+
RP10-9
PD10-16
I
CA33R
Fig. 01.1
1
PDS1
SCP
CA36R
U
B
B
SCP
I
BK
PDS3
19.1
PD10-9
PD11-21
CAS40
CA33L
U
S
PD11-6
BG
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
–
B+
PD10-1
BO
NG
PD1-3
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
B
CA16-3
CA33R
WN
CA53-5
OG
I
DD11-21
DD1-19
DRIVER UP
OS
POWER
S +
FC15-85
BT33
-1
DD1-1
OPEN
LOGIC
I
REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
9
SLIDING
ROOF
CONTROL
FC15-84
I
SLIDING ROOF
MOTOR
SR2-3
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
S –
U
O
13
FC15-63
19.1
O
O
FC15-80
I
FC7-15
45
I
CA64-2
FC5-29
B+
SG
SCP
NK
B+
CA64-1
YLG
YLG
FC15-47
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
I
FC15-33
SG
CCS5 CC1-16
DD11-6
BS
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN
BK
I
DD1-23
PASSENGER SIDE UP
BK
DD11-15
DD1-6
DRIVER SIDE DOWN
I
I
CA64-4
SR2-1
FC15-15
WY
II
BW
FC5-30
I
II
8
FC15-46
WINDOW
LIFT
O
CONTROL
FC15-41
YB
YB
O
FC15-89
Fig. 15.1
Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: LHD
CA33L
VARIANT: LHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
16
I
XJ Series 1998
Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD
YW
YW
YW
CA8-16
DD1-12
I
FC1-10
FC15-89
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH
RW
1
I
FC15-41
BY
I
DD1-23
DRIVER SIDE UP
DD11-22
WO
2
CENTRAL
LOCKING
SWITCH
DRIVER SIDE DOWN
I
DD11-15
DD1-19
BN
CC1-15
CC3R
SCP
NB
B+
U
BR
DD1-21
DRIVER UP
DRIVER DOWN
DD1-22
PASSENGER UP
DD1-9
S +
SCP
U
19.1
OG
I
SCP
S
19.1
S +
NY
51
CA30L
BT6-2
BK
BK
BTS18
BK
I
DD11-7
BT1-14
1Κ Ω
ROOF CONSOLE
B
BT34
I
I
CAS46
BRD
REMOTE
ALL CLOSE
BT1-13
BG
B
BT6-1
I
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE
W
I
BT1-8
DD10-19
CLOSE
SLIDING ROOF
SWITCH
BT33
-2
BT1-15
DD10-10
DD1-10
CA53-6
CA64-3
BT1-16
I
CA53-1
B
I
B+
BT22L
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
BK
DD1-24
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
FRONT WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
SCP
S
19.1
S +
FC24-19
CA8-8
SCP
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
U
19.1
S –
OY
NW
DD3-10
I
U
– S
19.1
SCP
SCP
U
19.1
19.1
SCP
SCP
S
19.1
DD10-16
S +
DD10-1
OW
O
DD10-15
B
U
U
O
DD16-2
OW
RD16-1
DD16-1
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
O
I
O
I
B
DDS1
WINDOW UP
RD1-5
WINDOW DOWN
BK
10
RD1-3
RD16-2
DRIVER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
RD10-8
BK
RD11-7
RD10-7
DD10-8
B
RD1-1
BG
I
RD10-15
UW
I
DDS3
CA10-3
O
UW
DD10-7
BK
BK
NW
RD11-6
B+
O
CAS40
I
RD11-21
NO
CA10-1
43
CA14-1
BO
RD10-16
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
NO
NO
RD10-1
DRIVER DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
B
CAN
NO
B+
RD10-9
S
+ S
CA8-8
19.1
FC24-47
S –
DD10-9
DD11-4
KEY BARREL
BK
– C
DD11-12
DD3-11
44
CAN
I
OU
UNLOCK
DD3-12
G
INSTRUMENT PACK
CA33L
LOCK
19.1
FC24-24
FC24-20
BK
8
Y
+ C
VEHICLE
SPEED
I
DD10-17
**
I
**
I
BK
BK
RDS1
RD10-19
B
BK
CA14-4
B
RDS2
RD10-17
B
CA14-3
** NOTE: Module identification.
CA33L
CA33R
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
23
NO
NO
CA12-1
39
NG
BO
PD1-3
PD1-1
WINDOW UP
I
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
BK
BK
CA11-8
B
PDS1
CA36L
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
U
19.1
S –
S
+ S
19.1
SCP
SCP
S
19.1
S +
PD10-15
O
U
U
PD16-2
O
OW
RP16-1
44
II
II
PD10-7
O
UW
UW
O
PD10-17
PD16-1
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
45
E
63
E
Fig. 01.5
RP11-21
WINDOW LIFT
MOTOR
RP16-2
17
I
BK
I
WINDOW UP
RP1-5
WINDOW DOWN
O
B
I
RP10-17
RP10-7
RP1-3
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK
CA16-4
B
RPS2
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
BK
BK
RPS1
RP10-8
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
I
Fig. 01.4
1
NG
RP1-1
BG
I
RP10-15
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
5
BO
I
RP11-15
OW
PD10-8
CA30R
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
U
O
I
22
RP11-6
RP11-8
NOT USED
NO
CA33L
CA16-1
RP10-1
RP10-16
WINDOW
LIFT
CONTROL
I
NO
B+
RP10-9
I
B
B
CA12-3
SCP
U
BK
PDS3
SCP
PD10-16
PD11-21
PD1-5
19.1
PD10-9
PD11-6
BG
WINDOW DOWN
U
– S
B+
PD10-1
CA33R
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
B
CA16-3
CA36R
WN
CA53-5
CA64-5
POWER
S –
DD10-18
BO
PASSENGER DOWN
OS
I
CA64-6
I
BP
DDS3
OPEN
LOGIC
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
NW
BK
SLIDING
ROOF
CONTROL
DD11-21
DD1-6
SLIDING ROOF
MOTOR
SR2-3
BT33
-1
DD1-1
U
O
13
FC15-80
FC15-85
REAR WINDOW LIFT SWITCHES
9
O
O
KEY FOB
ANTENNA
S –
S
19.1
I
45
I
CA64-2
FC15-63
FC15-84
CENTER CONSOLE
SWITCH PACK
NK
B+
CA64-1
YLG
FC5-29
I
FC7-15
19.1
I
CA64-4
YLG
FC15-47
(INERTIA
SWITCH)
I
SG
SCP
FC5-30
SR2-1
FC15-33
SG
CCS5 CC1-16
DD11-6
BW
PASSENGER SIDE DOWN
BK
I
DD1-11
PASSENGER SIDE UP
BK
YB
FC15-46
WINDOW
LIFT
O
CONTROL
FC15-15
WY
II
BS
YB
O
I
II
8
Fig. 15.2
Window Lifts, Sliding Roof: RHD
CA36L
VARIANT: RHD Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
40
16
I
XJ Series 1998
Standard In-Car Entertainment
Fig. 16.1
Standard In-Car Entertainment
RADIO
ANTENNA
NG
20
RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS
CA7
CA3
B+
IC10-10
CAN
Y
19.1
CAN
G
19.1
NO CODE
WY
21
C +
B+
I
FC24-24
FRONT DOOR
TWEETER
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS
REAR DOOR
MID-BASS
REAR DOOR
TWEETER
PD5
PD5
-2
-1
(LHD) (LHD)
PD6
PD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
RP6
RP6
-2
-1
(LHD) (LHD)
RP5
RP5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
DD5
DD5
-2
-1
(RHD) (RHD)
DD6
DD6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
RD6 RDP
-1
-1
(RHD) (RHD)
RD5
RD5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
IC10-11
C –
FC24-47
VEHICLE
SPEED
UW
O
FC25-20
FC5-6
IC1-5
NG
50
UW
UW
BT19-3
I
B
IC10-1
LGB
O
LGB
IC10-5
INSTRUMENT PACK
LGB
IC1-14
BT4-6
BT19-6
B
NOT USED
BTS19
BT19-4
CA54
-1
BT28L
CA54
-2
ANTENNA
MOTOR
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
10.2
DIMMER OVERRIDE
10.2
RK
RK
RLG
RLG
IC10-3
SK
IC10-4
SK
IC3-9
SO
KP
BS
SO
IC3-10
RADIO TELEPHONE
16.3
PK
PK
PK
RT2-2
16.3
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC1-6
PR
PR
16.3
PO
16.3
UY
16.3
IC10-20
IC10-12
IC10-19
LGY
SO
KG
IC1-10
BW
KP
KP
SR
PY
PY
SW1-2
SC3-2
PY
FC5-36
PY
IC1-3
CA10-6 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD)
IC3-6
SP
I
IC10-2
CA14-5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
SR
IC10-6
CASSETTE
CA14-6 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)
IC3-7
SP
IC10-7
SR
IC19
IC5
VOLUME +
IC19-2
IC5-2
BRD
CASSETTE
VOLUME –
BO
BO
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES
SW4-2
SW1-6
SW2-6
BK
BO
IC19-5
IC5-5
SC3-12
CA56
-1
R
FCS28
IC19-3
IC5-3
STEERING WHEEL
IC19-4
SP
DDS4 (LHD)
PDS4 (RHD)
KP
SR
SP
SR
KP
BS
CA56
-2
DD5
DD5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
DD6
DD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
RD6
RD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
RD5
RD5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
PD5
PD5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
PD6
PD6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
RP6
RP6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
RP5
RP5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
NOT USED
G
FC17R
SR
BS
IC3-11
W
20 Κ Ω
RDS4 (LHD)
RPS4 (RHD)
KP
DDS5 (LHD)
PDS5 (RHD)
SP
SP
CD LINK LEAD
6.8 Κ Ω
RDS5 (LHD)
RPS5 (RHD)
CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)
IC3-5
IC3-12
SEEK
BS
RPS5 (LHD)
RDS5 (RHD)
BS
IC3-8
IC10-9
SW2-2
BS
BS
IC10-8
PY
RPS4 (LHD)
RDS4 (RHD)
IC10-13
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
SW4-1
3.3 Κ Ω
KP
KP
CA16-6 (LHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)
IC3-4
BS
MODE
SO
PDS5 (LHD)
DDS5 (RHD)
CA16-5 (LHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)
LGY
RT2-9
SO
SK
PDS4 (LHD)
DDS4 (RHD)
CA12-6 (LHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)
IC3-3
BW
IC1-4
LGY
IC10-14
CA12-5 (LHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)
IC3-2
UY
RT2-7
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC10-17
KG
IC1-8
UY
IC10-16
SK
SK
IC3-1
PO
RT2-3
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC10-18
SO
IC1-7
PO
IC10-15
PR
RT2-1
RADIO TELEPHONE
SK
IC5-4
U
IC19-6
IC5-6
Y
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
IC19-7
FRONT DOOR
TWEETER
IC5-7
O
IC19-1
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS
REAR DOOR
MID-BASS
LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS
IC5-1
BRD
IC19-8
IC5-8
CD AUTO-CHANGER
BRD
CE2
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
REAR DOOR
TWEETER
XJ Series 1998
Premium In-Car Entertainment
Fig. 16.2
Premium In-Car Entertainment
RADIO
ANTENNA
RIGHT SIDE SPEAKERS
CA7
CA3
NG
20
B+
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS
REAR DOOR
MID-BASS
REAR DOOR
TWEETER
PD5
PD5
-2
-1
(LHD) (LHD)
PD6
PD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
RP6
RP6
-2
-1
(LHD) (LHD)
RP5
RP5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
DD5
DD5
-2
-1
(RHD) (RHD)
DD6
DD6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
RD6
RD6
-2
-1
(RHD) (RHD)
RD5
RD5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
‘A’ POST
TWEETER
NO CODE
IC10-10
CAN
Y
19.1
CAN
G
19.1
WY
21
C +
B+
I
FC24-24
IC10-11
NG
50
BT19-3
C –
B
FC24-47
VEHICLE
SPEED
UW
O
FC25-20
UW
UW
FC5-6
IC1-5
I
LGB
O
IC10-1
LGB
IC10-5
LGB
IC1-14
BT19-6
BT19-4
BT4-6
RK
10.2
SK
52
RLG
RLG
10.2
CA54
-1
BT28L
RK
IC10-3
DIMMER OVERRIDE
NOT USED
NP
NP
ICS1
SK
IC31-6
B+
SO
RADIO TELEPHONE
PR
16.3
PO
UY
16.3
RADIO TELEPHONE
UY
LGY
16.3
LGY
U
R
BT52-1
IC2-5
U
U
IC31-17
I
BT52-2
IC2-6
BRD
PY
SW1-2
PY
SC3-2
PY
PY
FC5-36
IC1-3
S
I
IC10-2
S
IC31-8
BT53-1
IC2-7
K
CD LINK LEAD
SEEK
IC19
6.8 Κ Ω
K
IC31-18
BT53-2
IC2-8
IC5
W
VOLUME+
IC19-2
20 Κ Ω
SUB-WOOFER
IC5-2
BRD
VOLUME –
IC19-5
CASSETTE
BO
BO
SW1-6
SW2-6
BS
RPS5 (LHD)
RDS5 (RHD)
IC31-1
CASSETTE
PY
SW4-2
BS
R
IC31-7
I
O
RADIO CONTROL
SWITCHES
KP
RPS4 (LHD)
RDS4 (RHD)
CA16-6 (LHD)
CA14-6 (RHD)
IC3-4
IC30-1
IC34-5
IC34-6
SW2-2
KP
I
R
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
SW4-1
3.3 Κ Ω
CA16-5 (LHD)
CA14-5 (RHD)
BW
BW
IC30-6
IC34-4
MODE
KG
IC3-3
SO
IC30-3
IC34-3
IC10-13
IC1-10
IC31-3
PDS5 (LHD)
DDS5 (RHD)
G
IC10-12
LGY
RT2-9
I
SO
IC30-7
IC34-2
IC1-4
IC31-11
IC30-2
Y
IC10-14
UY
RT2-7
RADIO TELEPHONE
IC34-1
IC1-8
I
BS
SK
PDS4 (LHD)
DDS4 (RHD)
CA12-6 (LHD)
CA10-6 (RHD)
IC3-2
KG
B
IC10-16
PO
RT2-3
SO
IC31-13
PR
IC1-7
PO
16.3
IC10-15
PR
RT2-1
RADIO TELEPHONE
SO
IC1-6
CA12-5 (LHD)
CA10-5 (RHD)
IC3-1
PK
PK
RT2-2
SK
SK
IC31-14
PK
KP
IC3-10
SK
IC30-12
16.3
SO
SO
IC31-16
B+
SK
IC3-9
IC30-5
NP
IC10-4
RADIO TELEPHONE
CA54
-2
ANTENNA
MOTOR
INSTRUMENT PACK
DIMMER CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
B
BTS19
BK
BO
SC3-12
R
FCS28
IC31-2
IC19-3
SR
SR
IC31-4
IC19-6
SP
SP
IC31-12
IC19-7
SR
SR
IC31-15
IC19-1
IC3-12
IC19-8
IC31-5
B
IC30-4
CD AUTO-CHANGER
SR
SP
DDS4 (LHD)
PDS4 (RHD)
BS
KP
SR
SP
SR
KP
BS
IC3-11
IC5-8
BRD
KP
DDS5 (LHD)
PDS5 (RHD)
SP
SP
SP
IC5-1
BRD
RDS4 (LHD)
RPS4 (RHD)
CA10-5 (LHD)
CA12-5 (RHD)
IC3-5
IC5-7
O
CA10-6 (LHD)
CA12-6 (RHD)
IC3-6
IC5-6
Y
CA14-5 (LHD)
CA16-5 (RHD)
IC3-7
IC5-4
U
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
KP
KP
IC31-10
IC19-4
FC17R
STEERING WHEEL
CA14-6 (LHD)
CA16-6 (RHD)
IC3-8
IC5-3
G
RDS5 (LHD)
RPS5 (RHD)
BS
BS
BS
IC5-5
B
CA56
-1
ICS8
IC30-11
CA56
-2
DD5
DD5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
DD6
DD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
RD6
RD6
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
RD5
RD5
-1
-2
(LHD) (LHD)
PD5
PD5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
PD6
PD6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
RP6
RP6
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
RP5
RP5
-1
-2
(RHD) (RHD)
B
NOT USED
RADIO / CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
CE2
POWER AMPLIFIER
IC2-4
B
BT22R*
‘A’ POST
TWEETER
* NOTE: Early production vehicles – BT44.
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
FRONT DOOR
MID-BASS
LEFT SIDE SPEAKERS
VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
REAR DOOR
MID-BASS
REAR DOOR
TWEETER
XJ Series 1998
Radio Telephone
Radio Telephone
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
NP
35
NP
NP
RT3-3
NP
RT4-10
LG
WG
20
I
RT4-11
RT4-5
RT3-2
PR
PO
UY
RT64-1
BRD
U
W
RT66-1
BRD
RT64-2
RT5-11
RT5-10
RT4-15
RT1-1
16.1
16.2
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
16.1
16.2
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
UY
16.1
16.2
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
16.1
16.2
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RT2-7
LGY
NOTE: Wires not color-coded.
W
ICE (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RT2-3
RT4-16
W
16.2
RT2-1
PO
B+
RT2-10
16.1
RT2-2
PR
B+
RT3-10
RT65
PK
PK
B+
RTS2
RT2-8
LGY
RT2-9
RT4-8
BRD
SK
RT66-2
RT5-12
RT5-9
RT1-10
RT4-14
W
RT5-1
RT1-7
RT4-12
W
RT5-2
RT1-3
RT4-7
BRD
RT4-1
SR
RT5-3
RT1-4
RT4-4
SO
RT5-4
RT1-5
RT4-3
K
RT5-5
RT1-6
RT3-8
B
RT5-6
RT1-2
RT4-13
G
RT5-7
RT1-8
O
RT5-8
RT3-6
BRD
B
RT4-6
BRD
RT1-9
RT3-1
HANDSET
Y
Y
CA67-1
RT2-4
RT3-11
BRD
BRD
CA67-2
RT2-5
RT3-12
MICROPHONE
B
RT3-4
RTS3
B
RT3-9
B
TELEPHONE
TRANSCEIVER
RT2-6
RADIO TELEPHONE CIRCUIT
B
CAS50
B
CA38R
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Fig. 16.3
XJ Series 1998
Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners
Airbags / Seat Belt Pretensioners
CAUTION: Do not substitute another fuse value
for the 10A battery fuse.
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPLACE
THE 10A BATTERY FUSE UNLESS THE AIRBAG
SYSTEM HAS FIRST BEEN DEACTIVATED.
CASSETTE
WK
5
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
Y
O
B+
II
19.2
OS
YR
CA61-10
CA61-5
SW10-1
SW11-1
DRIVER SIDE
AIRBAG
D
CA61-9
CASSETTE
INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
INSTRUMENT PACK: AIRBAG WARNING BULB FAILURE
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
08.1
YW
YR
-6
FC5-10
08.2
RW
YU
CA225
YR
-5
Y
-8
SW10-3
SW11-3
CA61-7
Y
FC5-35
Y
CA61-11
O
-7
O
CA61-40
STEERING WHEEL
Y
O
NOTE: Splice header CA225 – early production
vehicles only.
RG
CA61-13
CA81-1
PASSENGER SIDE
AIRBAG
YR
KP
CA61-14
S
I
CA15-2
CA61-22
P
LH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
CA81-3
I
CA15-3
CA61-20
R
U
O
CA61-1
I
CA15-1
CA62-1
CA61-24
N
CA61-2
CA65-1
CA61-23
P
RH SIDE IMPACT SENSOR
CA61-3
I
CA22-2
CA62-3
U
O
S
CA61-4
CA61-21
R
RH SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
N
I
CA22-3
LH SEAT BELT
PRETENSIONER
CA65-3
I
CA22-1
CA61-25
Y
O
Y
CA61-16
SM15-1D (LHD)
SM15-1P (RHD)
CA66-1
LH SIDE AIRBAG
YU
YR
CA61-17
SM15-2D (LHD)
SM15-2P (RHD)
CA66-3
Y
O
Y
CA61-18
SM15-1P (LHD)
SM15-1D (RHD)
CA72-1
RH SIDE AIRBAG
BK
I
YR
CA61-6
YR
CA61-19
SM15-2P (LHD)
SM15-2D (RHD)
CA72-3
CA48
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
WARNING: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO MEASURE THE
RESISTANCE THROUGH THE AIRBAG ASSEMBLY.
DOING SO MAY TRIGGER AIRBAG DEPLOYMENT
AND POSSIBLY RESULT IN PERSONAL INJURY.
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
Fig. 17.1
XJ Series 1998
Ancillaries
YB
NB
13
YB
LS7-1
#11 10A
B+
LS48
CASSETTE
GU
GU
SW2-1
SW1-1
5
GU
3
5
1
2
YW
FC15-4
5
LS20R
GS
YW
LS6-6
GU
LS46
CASSETTE
HP2
LS49
LS7-5
#13 10A
I
SC3-1
RH HORN
B
FC15-80
HP1
Fig. 18.1
Ancillaries
S
BK
SW2-5
SW1-5
BK
SCS1
BK
HORN RELAY (#6) †
BK
FCS28
SC2-9
LSS10
ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX
HORN
SWITCHES
GS
O
FC17R
LS47
B
GS
FC15-70
LH HORN
B
HORN
CONTROL
LS18R
EM3-1
EM1-10
STEERING WHEEL
LOGIC
CAUTION: The steering wheel contains two logic ground
circuits that must remain separate. Do not connect or
cross-switch the BO and BK circuits.
POWER
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
HORNS
NLG
25
BT25-1
PN
PN
BT12-1
#11 10A
BTS6
BT25-3
B
1
3
5
2
1
NY
FCS5
NY
NY
EPS2
FC23-10
EP1-10
NY
NY
FC23-11
EP1-11
BT25-2
BT12-5
#13
1
NY
11
TRUNK
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
BT21R
WN
RO
10.2
17
FC23-1
EP1-1
I
BT11-6
RO
10.2
FC23-2
ACCESSORY CONNECTOR RELAY (#6)
EP1-2
WN
10.2
EP1-3
FC23-3
TRUNK FUSE BOX
NLG
24
FC23-4
CA71-1
PN
PN
CA71-3
BT4-C
RY
10.2
B
PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
EP1-4
Y
10.2
DIMMER CONTROLLED LIGHTING
FC23-5
EP1-5
G
10.2
FC23-6
CA71-2
EP1-6
RK
10.2
FC23-7
CA31R
EP1-7
RK
10.2
FC23-8
EP1-8
UO
10.2
FC23-12
B
ACCESSORY CONNECTORS
EP1-12
B
B
EPS1
FC23-9
FC29R
22
WU
EP1-9
DIMMER MODULE
B
I
CA74-2
CA74-1
NY
FRONT CIGAR LIGHTER
EP4
CA47L
NY
EP2-2
5A
EP2-1
B
EP3
23
WU
B
I
CA75-2
CA75-1
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING
MODULE
REAR CIGAR LIGHTER
CA47R
CIGAR LIGHTERS
1
6
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
+
C
–
C
Y
LS27-5
Y
EM1-6
C +
+
C
C –
–
C
G
EM1-7
Y
AJ26 N/A
Y
G
AJ26 N/A
G
EM7-86
EM7-83
G
LS27-15
CAN and SCP Networks
+
C
C –
–
C
Y
EM10-26
EM7-85
EM7-82
C +
EM10-28
Y
EM2-7
G
EM10-27
EM10-25
Y
FC7-8
G
EM2-6
FC7-2
C +
+
C
C –
–
C
Y
CC14-4
CC14-9
G
Fig. 19.1
CAN and SCP Networks
FC11-12
G
CC14-8
CC14-3
B+
CC6-16
C +
WK
24
FC24-24
G
FC11-15
NU
12
Y
II
C –
WN
14
FC24-47
I
ABS / TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
+
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (AJ26 N/A)
Y
C
LS27-5
–
Y
G
LS27-15
AJ26 SC
G
AJ26 SC
II
G
+
FC24-23
–
C
–
C
Y
C
EMS32
EM1-7
Y
FC24-48
C +
CC6-6
FC7-10
G
C
ABS/TRACTION CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE
+
CC6-1
EMS31
EM1-6
C
Y
CC6-8
WO
3
GEAR SELECTOR
ILLUMINATION MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
B+
CC6-9
G
C –
CC6-14
FC7-9
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK (CAN)
Y
EM62-H
G
EM62-L
TRANSMISSION CONTROL
MODULE (AJ26 SC)
U
S –
FC24-20
S
S +
FC24-19
INSTRUMENT PACK
–
U
S
+
S
FCS3
FC15-85
U
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
U
U
S
BT1-16
U
U
U
BT4-15
S
S
+ S
BT1-8
BT4-16
-2
-6
-4
-7
-5
-3
DD10-9
+
U
U
S
-15
-12
-16
-14
-17
-11
BK
FC1
-48†
BK
-13
CCS4
U
U
CA23-5
BK
S +
CC3L
CC6-5
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
SM3-9D
CA23-6
DRIVER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
U
U
S
CA8-3
S –
RD10-9
CA46-2
S
CA46-3
S +
RD10-16
DRIVER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
U
U
U
S
S
S
CA223
U
U
S
-10
-9
CA11-2
PD10-9
+
S –
SM3-10D
S
S
S
S
DD10-16
–
S +
CC6-2
S
-18
CA8-2
S
FC1
-32
U
U
U
U
U
S
S
S
S
S
-1
-8
S
S
S
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL MODULE
–
S
CA19-5
CC6-4
CA222
–
S –
CC6-10
CA19-4
S
S
U
U
FCS2
FC15-84
S
S
S
-8
-18
CA11-3
PD10-16
-19
PASSENGER DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
U
U
CA27-5
S
S –
SM3-10P
S
CA27-6
S +
SM3-9P
PASSENGER SEAT
CONTROL MODULE
-20
U
U
S
S –
RP10-9
CA45-2
S
CA45-3
S +
RP10-16
PASSENGER REAR DOOR
CONTROL MODULE
† NOTE: Early production vehicles have connector pin numbers that differ
from the volume production pin numbers shown. Use the wire color code
for pin identification on early production vehicles.
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Serial Data Links
Fig. 19.2
Serial Data Links
Y
D
FC15-39
SU
D
FC15-92
SO
D
FC15-21
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
SECURITY SYSTEM
SERIAL LINK
SO
D
FC22-11
SU
D
FC22-9
Y
D
FCS30
FC22-17
O
D
FC22-16
O
D
FC22-6
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
O.K. TO START
D
SECURITY
ACKNOWLEDGE
D
O
EM10-6
EM10-17
WK
II
Y
WN
I
FCCP
II
CC6-1
P
P
D
EM11-3
VFP
CC6-8
WO
3
NOTE: FCCP – Flash Communication Control Port
VFP – Voltage, Flash Programming
W
EM13-2
K
O
O
FCS16
EM3-2
K
K
CCS10
FC11-17
O
EMS40
EM10-13
K
EM3-3
O
D
ECM PROGRAMMING LINK
K
EMS39
EM10-12
O
O
O
CCS11
FC11-16
SERIAL DATA LINK
BK
CC6-4
CCS4
OS
CA225
OS
-9
CA19-2
OS
-10
D
O
NOTE: Serial Data Link
K wire – serial input
O wire – serial output
O wire only – bi-directional serial communication
AIRBAG / SRS
SINGLE POINT SENSOR
EM68-10
K
ADAPTIVE DAMPING
CONTROL MODULE
CC3L
D
CC31-10
O
D
CC31-21
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
1
6
7
47
Fig. 01.2
Fig. 01.1
1
4
II
II
48
82
Fig. 01.3
5
44
II
II
45
E
63
E
I
Fig. 01.4
1
Fig. 01.5
17
I
BK
CC6-5
BK
CA61-9
EM68-28
D
D
CC6-7
NOTE: Splice header CA225 deleted – early
production vehicles only.
K
D
CC6-15
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE
D
D
CC6-13
EM53-19
K
D
D
CC6-12
EM53-18
W
D
B+
CC6-9
14
EM2-13
B+
CC6-16
24
EM2-15
Y
NU
12
O
Input
O
Output
D
Serial and Encoded
Communications
Signal Ground (SG)
C
CAN (Network)
S
SCP Network
Fig. 02.1
VARIANT: All Vehicles
VIN RANGE: All
DATE OF ISSUE: SEPTEMBER 1997
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
V
I
I
0
Pin
FC15-15
FC15-32
FC15~97
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
IGNITION
SWITCHED
GROUND
iGNiTiONSWITCHED
GROUND
RELAY
COlLDRi”E
Inactive
BB+
Active
GROUND
GROVND
COMPONENTS
BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
Location / Access
TRUNK,BA”ERYCOVER
Connector I Type I Color
BT%/BATTERY
CABLE
CLAMP
8767,BArrERYCABLE
CLAMP
FC15:14-WAY~MPEEEC,GREY
Component
BATTERY
BULKHEAD,
BEHIND
GLOVE
BOX
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
FVSE BOX- RH HEELBOARD
CA41 i ,&WAY
“.T.A
CA42: 10.WAY
913,
EYELET
ST, 4, EYELET
“.T A. FUSE BOX I BLACK
ELECTRICAL
iSOLATlON
MODULE
BT60 i EYELET
BT61, EYELET
8162, EYELET
BT63, EYELET
TRUNK,
ADJACENT
DE”lCE
BTU,
LUCAR - STRAlGHT
BTGS, BATTERY CABLE CLAMP
ADMCENT
FVSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
CONTROL MODULE ENCLOSURE
RH HEELBOARD / HEELBOARD COVER
FUSE BOX, NATURAL
TRUNK
BT10,1O~WAY
“.T.A
BTll :,o~WAY
“.TA.
BTlZ,
,@WAY”
TA
BTlS,,o~WAY
U TA
BT64, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
TRANSIT
LH FRONT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,
FUSE BOX- ENGINE MANAGEMENT
HlGH POWER PROTECTION
COMPARTMENTi
BOX, NATURAL
BOX, BLACK
BOX/GREEN
BOX/BLUE
CARRlER
TO BA”ERY
TO BATTERY,
BATTERY
COVER
RELAYS
Relay
AUXILIARY
POSlTl”E
IRH HEELBOARD
RELAY
FUSE BOX1
EMS CONTROL RELAY
(ENGINE MANAGEMENT
Location
/ Color
/ Access
Case Color
Connector
BROWN
BUS
RH HEELBOARD
BROWN
BUS
ENGINE
MANAGEMENT
BROWN
BUS
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
BUS
LH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX/HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX,
COVER
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOW
,GNlTlON
POSITIVE RELAY
(ENGINE COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX,
BROWN
IGNITION POSITIVE RELAY
CLH HEELBOARD
FUSE BOX)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
FUSE BOXIHEELBOARD
COVER
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
BT4
54.WAY
FC1
54.WAY THROUGH
SE
ST6
Location
THROUGH
PANEL,
/ Access
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK,~E~~
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
EYELET
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
EYELET
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,RH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
B”LKHEAD,RH
SIDE AIR VENT/
GLOVE
SIDE
BOX ASSEMBLY
RH FALSE
BULKHEAD
FALSE
BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
BT65
EYELET
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type
(SINGLE)
- BA”ERY
GROUND
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+I
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS
Location
Connector
FUSE BOX - LH HEELBOARD
CA,, ,O~WA” V.T.A. FUSE BOX, NATURAL
CAZ, IO-WAY U T.A. FUSE BOX f BLACK
ST15, EYELET
LH HEELBOARD,
HEELBOARD
COVER
F”SE
CA.,, , ,O~WAY “.T A. FUSE BOX,
CA&?, ,&WAY
” T.A. FUSE BOX,
ST13, EYELET
5714, EYELET
RH HEELBOARD,
HEELBOARD
COVER
i HEELBOARD
COVER
BOX-
RH HEELBOARD
I Type I Color
/ Access
Component
NATURAL
BLACK
SPLICE HEADER
- CA222
CA222!
SPLICE HEADER,
GREY
RH HEELBOARD
SPLlCE
HEADER
- CA223
CA223,20-WAY
SUMITOMO
SPLICE HEADER,
BLACK
RH HEELBOARD!
HEELBOARD
COVER
SWCE
HEADER
- CA224
C~224,
SUMITOMO
SPLlCE
GREEN
LH HEELBOARD:
HEELBOARD
COVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
ZO~WAY SUMITOMO
20.WAY
HEADER,
CONNECTORS
Location
I Access
Connector
Type I Color
BT4
54.WAY THROUGH
PANEL,
CA\10
BYWAY MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
DRIVER
CA12
B-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
YELLOW
PASSENGER
‘4’ POST,
CA14
6.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
DRIVER ‘B/c’
POST,
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘B,C
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK!REAR
BLACK
‘N POST,
B”LKHEAD,RH
DOOR HARNESS
DOOR HARNESS
DOOR HARNESS
POST,
SIDE
GAITER
GAlTER
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
CA16
B-WAY MULTILOCK
CA19
ZO~WAY MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
LH 'N POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTlNG
BRACKET,
LOWER
‘4’ POST FINISHER
CA20
2%WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
RH ‘K POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
CA23
IO~WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
BELOW
DRIVER SEAT
WHITE
CA27
10.WAY
M”LTliOCK
070,
BELOW
PASSENGER
SEAT
FC1
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
SlDE AIR VENT/GLOVE
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
ICI
14.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,WHITE
BOX ASSEMBLY
COiN TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS
Connector
Component
COMPARTMENT
KS,
IO~WAY
LS6, ,&WAY
LS7, ,&WAY
LSB, IO-WAY
ST,9 i EYELET
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
MANAGEMENT
EM19,,0-WAY
EM20,,0-WAY
STX,
EYELET
ST21 t EYELET
U.T.A.
“.T.A
BTlO, ,&WAY
BT,, 1 ,&WAY
BT12, ,&WA,’
BT13, ,&WAY
8164, EYELET
U.T.A.
“.T A.
” T.A.
U.T.A.
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
I Type I Color
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
U.T.A.
“.T.A
“.T A.
“.T.A
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
BOX,
BOX,
BOX,
BOX,
FUSE BOX:
FUSE BOX,
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
BOX,
BOX,
BOX,
BOX,
NATURAL
BLACK
GREEN
BLUE
NATURAL
BLACK
COMPARTMENT,
LH FRONT
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT!
CONTROL
TRUNK
NATURAL
BLACK
GREEN
BLUE
/ Access
ENGINE
ELECTRlCAL
Type / Color
BS4
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
BT4
WWAY
THROUGH
CA109
12~WAY MULTILOCK
EM42
I-WAY
IC2
S-WAY MULTILOCK
LS32
I-WAY
CARRIER
YAZAKI,
YAZAKI
Location
070,
PANEL!
070,
WHITE
BLACK
WHITE
GREY
070,
, GREY
WHITE
BELOW
/ Access
REAR CENTER
CONSOLE
SEAT SWITCHES
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK,REAR
BELOW
B”LKHEAD/RH
SIDE
REAR SEAT CUSHION
BULKHEAD,
REAR OF ENGINE
REARWARD
OF FUEL TANK,
FORWARD
OF LH FRONT
BATTERY
SUSPENSION
COVER
ARM
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF ISSUE:
ENCLOSURE
CONNECTORS
Connector
DATE
MODULE
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
COMPONENTS
Connector
Component
FUSE BOX
ENGINE
LS5,
LSS i
I 57 /
;iB,
ST19,
COMPARTMENT
,&WAY
10.WAY
1”.WAY
l&,AY
EYELET
HEADER
RH HEELBOARD
/ HEELBOARD
COVER
” T.A.
U.T.A.
” T.A.
U.T.A.
TRUNK
CA225,20-WAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
FUSE BOX,
FUSE BOX,
NATURAL
BLACK
EYELET
BTlO, 10.WAY
BT,, , ,&WAY
BT,2,,0-WAY
BT13, ,&WAY
BT64, EYELET
- CA225
LH FRONT
” T.A. FUSE BOX/NATURAL
“.T.A
FUSE BOX/BLACK
CA41, lo-WAY
CA.42 i IO-WAY
SPLlCE
/ Access
COMPARTMENT,
COVER
FUSE BOX-RI-
ST14,
ENGlNE
BOX / NATURAL
BOX i BLACK
BOX / GREEN
BOX, BLUE
HEELBOARD
CA,, ,&WAY
U.T.A.
CA2,10-WAY
“.T.A
ST15, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
LH HEELBOARD,
FUSE BOX - LH HEELBOARD
HEELBOARD
Location
I Type I Color
U T A.
U.T.A.
U.T.A.
U T.A.
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
BOX,
BOX,
BOX,
BOX /
SUMlTOMO
NATURAL
BLACK
GREEN
BLUE
SPLiCE
HEADER,
ELECTRICAL
LH HEELBOARD,
NATURAL
CARRIER
HEELBOARD
CONNECTORS
Location
/ Access
Connector
Type / Color
BT4
!&WAY
THROUGH
CA19
Z&WAY
MULTiLOCK
070,
CA20
Z&WA’,
MULTILOCK
070 iYELLOW
CA109
IZ-WAY
MULTiLOCK
070,
EMI
1%WAY
AUGAT
EM42
I-WAY
EM51
12.WAY
AUGAT
ENGINE
COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO
FC1
54-WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR
/ BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR
i BLACK
BELOW
DRl”ER
IC1
II-WAY
MULTILOCK
LS3
54~WAY THROUGH
YAZAK,
PANEL,
BELOW
BLACK
YELLOW
WHITE
1.6, BLACK
1 6, GREY
070,
WHITE
CONNECTOR/BLACK
SHELF ITRUNK,
REAR BULKHEAD,
RH SIDE
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
LOWER
RH ‘Yt’ POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
BELOW
REAR SEAT CUSHION
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
BULKHEAD,
, GREY
PANEL
PARCEL
‘A’ POST FINISHER
ABS PUMP
REAR OF ENGINE
ABS PUMP
SIDE AIR VENT,
SIDE AIR VENT,
GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
LH ‘A’ POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
COVER
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS
Location / Access
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT:CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
Connector I Type I Color
EM,9,,0-WAYU.T.A.FUSEBOX,NATURAL
EM20,IO-WAY
u T.A.FUSEBOX/ BLACK
ST20!EYELET
ST21,EYELET
Component
FUSEBOX-ENGINE
MANAGEMENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector
EM2
EM51
FC1
Type / Color
20.WAY
MULTlLOCK
070:GREY
12~WAY
AUGAT1.6,GREY
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR
I BLACK
Location I Access
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST)ILOWER
‘N POSTFINISHER
ENGlNE COMPARTMENT:
ADJACENT
TO ABSPUMP
BELOW
PASSENGER
PI1
57.WAY
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENTS
SUMITOMO
TS090
: BLACK
SIDE AIR VENT
BULKHEAD,
I GLDVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
REAR OF ENGINE
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS
Location
I Access
Component
,GNlTlON
SWTCH
Connector
/ Type / Color
FCd,I-WAYM”LT,LOCK
070/WHITE
STEERlNG
,NERTlA
CM,
RH ‘N POST,
SWITCH
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
3.WAY
ECONOSEAL
Ill LC, BLACK
COLUMN
LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
CONNECTORS
Location
/ Access
Connector
ST4
Type I Color
54.WAY
THROUGH
CA19
Z&WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
LOWER
‘X’ POST FINISHER
CA20
10.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET
I LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
FCI
54.WAY
THROUGH
FCll
,B-WAY
MULTILOCK
LS3
54~WAYTHROUGH
PANEL,
PANEL
070,
PANEL
BLACK
BELOW
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
WHITE
CONIuECTOR,
BLACK
PARCEL
SHELF /TRUNK,
BELOW
PASSENGER
ABOVE
DIMMER
LH ‘A’ POST,
SIDE AIR VENT,
MODULE
LOWER
REAR BULKHEAD
GLOVE
I RH SIDE
BOX ASSEMBLY
1 COIN TRAY
‘N POST FlNlSHER
GROUNDS
Ground
FCI’L
Location
/ Type
EYELET (PAW-EMS
BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v
Pin
Description
I FC15.7
NEUTRAL
SWITCH STATUS
D
x15-21
SERIAL
D
FClS-39
SECURITY
Inactive
Bt ,P.R,D,4.3, 21
Active
GROUND
,Ni
COMMUNICATION
-KEY
TRANSPONDER
ACKNOWLEDGE
ENCODED
COMMUNICATION
ENCODED
COMMUNICATIONS
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector
I Type I Color
Location
BATTERY
BT66,
BT67,
CABLE
CABLE
TRUNK,
BATTERY
BA”ERY
I
FC15-41
STARTER
ENGAGE
GROUND
ICRANKING)
B+
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
FC15,14-WAY
0
FC15-73
STARTER
RELAY ACTIVATE
GROVND
ICRANKINGI
Bt
ENGINE
MODULE
I
FCl5~80
BA”ERY
SUPPLY
B+
B+
D
FC15-92
ENCODED
EMlO, 28.WAY
EM,, ,,6-WAY
EM12, Z-WAY
EM13,34-WAY
EM14,,2-WAY
EM,S,ZZ-WAY
Active
Inactive
B+ (P. N1
GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL
REQUEST
VOLTAGE
CONTROL
COMMUNiCATlONS
MODULE
‘J
D
Pin
Description
EM10-6
OKTOSTART-ENCODED
I
EM10-15
PARK,
D
EM,&77
SECURITY
I
EM,,-6
ENGINE
NEUTRAL
GENERATOR
HlGH POWER PROTECTION
COMMUNlCATlONS
CONFlRMATlON
ACKNOWLEDGE
ENCODED
CRANK
GROUND
COMMUNICATIONS
El+
iCRANKING,
IGNITION
MODULE
STARTER
V
D
Pin
Description
FCZZ-9
SERlAL
COMMUNlCATiON
D
FCZZ-1,
SERIAL
COMM”NlCATlON
D
FCZZ-16
OKTO
D
FC22-17
SECURITY
START
(ENCODED
ACKNOWLEDGE
IENCODED
COMMUNICATIONi
ENCODED
BOX
COMPARTMENT,
BT60 i EYELET
BTS1, EYELET
BT62 1 EYELET
BT63, EYELET
TRUNK,
ADJACENT
AN3,
MODULE
GLOVE
ENGlNE
M”LT,LOCK
STEERING
070 i WHlTE
MULTILOCK
3.WAY
040, GREY
040, GREY
040, GREY
040, GREY
4I:WHITE
47,WHITE
MULTlLOCK
070,
SUMITOMO
BELOW
040 i GREEN
GREY
92, BLACK
X-WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC, RED
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RH FRONT
TO BA”ERY
COLUMN
INSTRUMENT
GEAR SELECTOR
ST,, EYELET
ST2, EYELET
ST31 EYELET
MOTOR
SUPPRESSION
BPM
GREY
COVER
BEHIND
AN1 i EYELET
AN2, EYELET
ST4, EYELET
PISO, SWAY
Inactive
Active
BVLKHEAD,
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
CC>,,
iGENERATOR
/ Access
BA”ERY
ENGlNE
MULTiLOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
FC22,20-WAY
MODULE
SWITCH
REGULATOR
AMP EEEC,
FC4,8-WAY
SWlTCH
KEYTRANSPONDER
NEUTRAL
KEY TRANSPONDER
MODULE
(R.D.4.3.2~
CLAMP
CLAMP
PACK
ASSEMBLY,
CENTER
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RH FRONT
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
ENGINE
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
RIGHT
CONSOLE
BLOCK i RH SIDE
FRONT
COMMUNiCATiON
COMMUNlCATlONi
(ENCODED
COMMUNICATION)
RELAYS
Relay
Case Color
Connector
STARTERRELAY
BROWN
EM50,
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
/ Color
CONTROL
BROWN
/ Access
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
/ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
CONNECTORS
Location
/ Access
Connector
Type / Color
EM2
IO~WAY MUWLOCK
070,
GREY
PASSENGER
‘K POST,
LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
EM3
II-WAY
M”LT,LOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘iz’ POST,
LOWER
EM60
2-WAY
ECONOSEAL
FC7
20.WAY
Pi.
PI2
ST5
EYELET
ENGlNE
ST6
EYELET
ENGlNE
POST FINISHER
ENGlNE
MULTILOCK
070,
ABOVE
57.WAY
SUMITOMO
TS090,
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
IWVAY
ECONOSEAL
111iC,
BLACK
ENGINE
COwARTMENTi
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
COMPARTMENT,
RH FALSE
BULKHEAD
COMPARTMENT,
RH FALSE BULKHEAD
WHITE
COMPARTMENT,
‘I’
/II HC, GREY
DIMMER
MODULE,
ADJACENT
RH TO FALSE
BULKHEAD
COlN TRAY
/ REAR OF ENGINE
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
BT65
EYELET
CCBR
EYELET (PAIR,
FC17L
EYELET
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type
(SINGLE)
- BATTERY
iii, FRONT
(PAIR) -EMS
GROUND
STUD
BULKHEAD
STVD,
BULKHEAD
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CABIN
SIDE
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE1
4-
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
Pin Out data:
communications
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active”
B+
V
Hz
circuit
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
operation.
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
TJ
I
MODULE
Pin
FC15-7
NEUTRAL
FC15-21
SERIAL
D
FC15-39
SECURITY
I
FC15~4.1
STARTER
ENGAGE
GROUND
iCRANKlNGi
0
FC15-73
STARTER
RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND
(CRANKING,
I
FC15-80
BATTERY
SUPPLY
*+
D
FC15-92
ENCODED
D
Description
ENGINE CONTROL
‘J
D
Active
SWITCH
STATUS
GROUND
COMMUNICATION
- KEY TRANSPONDER
ACKNOWLEDGE
REOUEST
VOLTAGE
COMPONENTS
Inactive
(Ni
Bt ,P, R, D. 4, 3, 21
ENCODED
COMMUNiCATlON
ENCODED
COMMUNICATIONS
Component
Connector
/ Type I Color
Location
BA”ERY
BT65,
BTU,
BA”ERY
BA”ERY
CABLE
CABLE
TRUNK,
FC15,
II-WAY
BODY PROCESSOR
B+
Bt
Bc
DUAL
LINEAR
ENGINE
MODULE
CONTROL
MODULE
Pin
Description
OK TO START-
I
EMI&15
PARK,
D
EM,O-17
SECURITY
I
EM,,-6
ENGINE
NEUTRAL
CONFlRMATl0N
GROUND
B+ IP. N)
ACKNOWLEDGE
ENCODED
GROUND
iR.D.4.3.21
HlGH
POWER PROTECTION
ICRANKING)
Bt
,GNlT,ON
MODULE
STARTER
Pin
Description
X22-9
SERIAL
COMMUNICATION
(ENCODED
D
FC22-ll
SERIAL
COMMUNICATION
- BPM
D
FC**-16
OK TO START
D
FC**-17
SECURITY
0
CC%4
NEUTRAL
0
CC8-5
PARK,
NEUTRAL
HAND
GLOVE
BOX
SlDE OF GEAR SELECTOR!
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
/ RH FRONT
CENTER
MODULE
CONSOLE
ENCLOSURE
47, WHlTE
47, WHITE
MOTOR
SUPPRESSION
MULTlLOCK
070,
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
P150, S-WAY SUMITOMO
(GENERATOR)
COMMUNICATION)
ENCODED
TRUNK
MODULE
ST,,
ST*,
ST3,
EYELET
EYELET
EYELET
AN3,
SWAY
ECONOSEAL
STEERING
WHITE
040 i GREEN
92,
i ADJACENT
BLACK
111LC, RED
TO EATERY
COLUMN
BELOW
lNSTR”MENT
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
PACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,ENGlNE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
RH FRONT
BLOCK,
RIGHT
RH SIDE
FRONT
COMMUNICATION
COMMUNICATION)
ACKNOWLEDGE
SWITCH
FC**,
MODULE
Inactive
Active
DUAL LINEAR SWITCH
v
Pin
Description
I CC8~2
TCM, DUAL LINEAR
GREY
GREY
GREY
EYELET
EYELET
EYELET
EYELET
FC4,8-WAY
SWITCH
REGULATOR
v
D
BT60,
BT61,
BT62,
BT63,
MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS
KEY TRANSPONDER
iENCODED
040,
040,
040,
COVER
BEHlND
COMMUNICATIONS
CRANK
KEY TRANSPONDER
RlGHT
WHITE
Inactive
Active
ENCODED
070,
EM,0,28-WAY
MULTILOCK
EM,, ,16-WA’,’
MULTILOCK
EM,*/**-WAY
MULTILOCK
EM,3,34~WAYM”LTlLOCK040,GREY
EM14, ,*-WAY MULTlLOCK
EM15 122.WAY
MULTILOCK
MODULE
COMMUNICATIONS
EM10-6
MULTILOCK
I Access
BATTERY
BULKHEAD,
AMP EEEC i GREY
CC8,lZ~WAY
SWITCH
CLAMP
CLAMP
(ENCODED
SWITCH
COMMON
COMMUNICATIONI
GROUND
RELAYS
Inactive
Active
GROUND
SUPPLY
STATUS
GROUND
CONFIRMATION
Relay
Case Color
Connector
STARTERRELAY
BROWN
EM50,
Location
/ Color
CONTROL
BROWN
/ Access
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS/ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
GROUND
B7(P.R,D.4.3, 21
iN)
GROUND
B+ (P, N,
CR. D, 4, 3.2)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Location
/ Access
Connector
Type I Color
EM*
2O~WAY MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3
,&-WAY
070 /WHITE
PASSENGER
‘N POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM50
*-WAY
ECONOSEAL
111HC, GREY
ENGlNE
EM63
,&WAY
MULTliOCK
070 iYELLOW
PASSENGER
FC7
*O-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
ABOVE
PI1
57.WAY
SUMITOMO
TS090,
Pi2
1%WAY
ECONOSEAL
ST5
ST6
MULTILOCK
WHITE
COMPARTMENT,
‘K POST,
DIMMER
ADJACENT
LOWER
MODULE,
RH TO FALSE
BULKHEAD
‘A’ POST FINISHER
COIN TRAY
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD,
111LC, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMiSSlON
REAR OF ENGINE
EYELET
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
RH FALSE
BULKHEAD
EYELET
ENGINE
COMPARTMENTiRH
FALSE
BULKHEAD
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
BT65
EYELET
(SINGLE)
FC17L
EYELET
(PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD
EMBR
EYELET
(PAIR)
CONTROL
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
- BATTERY
GROUND
EMS LH GROUND
STUD
GROUND
STUD
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data:
communications
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
MODULE
I Type
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
COMPONENTS
Inactive
0”
*A
Active
BA
B-
BB,
B+
BA
GROUND
B+
Component
BRAKE
SWITCH
CANISTER
CLOSE
VALVE
CKPSCRANKSHAFT
POSITION
SENSOR
CMPSCAMSHAFT
POSlTlON
SENSOR
ECMANDTCMCOOLlNG
FAN
Connector
I Type I Color
cc40: 4~WAY
MULTILOCK
cm! WHITE
C”, , P-WAY
YAZAKI
90/ BLACK
Location
/ Access
ADJACENTTO
THE BRAKE
P117 j 2.WAY
ECONOSE*L
111HC, BLACK
ENGINE,
P,,5,2~WAY
ECONOSEAL
III HC,
ENG,NE
COMPARTMENT,
‘8’ BANK
CYLINDER
WHITE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
i CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
ENGINE
EMlO: Z-WAY
EM, 1 : 16 WAY
EM12 /22-WAY
EM,3;34-WAY
EM14 ‘12-W*,’
EM15 I 22 WAY
I GREY
GREY
GREY
’ GREY
WHITE
WHITE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT:
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
CONTROL
EMS6 :2~WAY
MODULE
iR.D.4.32~
GROUND
5v
GROUND
ECTS. ENGINE
EVAPP
CODLANTTEMPERAT”RE
EVAP CANlSTER
FUELTANK
HEATED
OXYGEN
SENSOR
I”PSTREAM,-A
HOX
HEATED
OXYGEN
SENSOR
iUPSTREAM
*+
B+
AIR TEMPERATURE
KS. KNOCK
SENSOR
-‘ti
KS- KNOCK
SENSOR
- ‘B’ BANK
MAW
025
5v
,NTAKE
MASS
OzS’ OXYGEN
SENSOR
(DOWNSTREAMI
B
GROUND
AND MECHANlCAL
GUARD
SENSORS
MOTOR
POSITION
SWlTCHiNG
VALVE
i
“AC”“M
SWlTCHlNG
VALVE
- 2
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE
- 3
VALVE
TiblNG
SOLENOlD
VALVE
‘A’ BANK
VARIABLE
VALVE
TlMlNG
SOLENOID
VALVE
- ‘B’ BANK
TOP HOSE
i BULKHEAD
.‘TR”NK
CARPET
EM23 !4~W*Y
SUMlTOMO
90 II, GREY
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT!
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT!REARWARD
111LC , BLACK
ENGINE
“EE,
UNDER
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
111LC I BLACK
ENGlNE
“EE,
UNDER
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
REARWARD
90 II, GREY
ENG,NE
COMPARTMENT!
BRACKET
ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
BRACKET
0N Top
YAZAK,
92, BLACK
Z~WAY ECONOSEN
YAZAKI
92,
BLACK
SVMITOMO
EMZ~ i Z-WAY
SUMITOMO
90 /I i GREY
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT:
CC,,
MULTILOCK
040,
CENTER
CONSOLE
/ Z-WAY
P142,i~WAY
YAZAK,
P133, ?-WAY
TWIN
BLACK
1 BRACKET
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
OF AIR CLEANER
OF AIR CLEANER
92,
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
CLIP,
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE
ON THROTTLE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ONTHRO”LEASSEMBLY
90 DC/ BLUE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
EM58 / *-WAY
SUMITOMO
90 DC i BROWN
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT
/ BULKHEAD
TS90,
BLACK
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
SUMITOMO
SUMITOMO
m TRANSMIWON
ASSEMBLY
EM57,2-W*Y
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
P131, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER/BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
‘i\’ BANK
CYLINDER
HEAD,
FRONT
P132, ?-WAY
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
‘B’ BANK
CYLlNDER
HEAD,
FRONT
Case Color
Connector
/ Color
BROWN
EM49,
EM59,
“AR,ABLE
REAR
COMPARTMENT
P,6,4-WAY
SENSOR
“ACUUM
REAR OF ENGINE
HEAD,
ENGlNE
EM22,2-W*Y
BRAKE SWTCH
ASSEMBLY
90 II, GREY
P135 i 5.WAY
- A
MOUNTING
REAR OF BED PLATE
TOP OF FUEL TANK
070, WHITE
111LC I BLACK
~127, ?~WAY ECONOSEAL
,DOWNSTRE*MI
THROTTLE
J2- 1 BL*CK
PEDAL
RH REAR
SUMITOMO
Pi26,
BANK
AIR FLOW SENSOR
PEDAL POSlTlON
E JZ I GREY
VEHICLE,
EM21 i I-W*Y
P135,5-WAY
SENSOR
SENSOR
THROTrLE
GROUND
- B
OXYGEN
PARKlNG
040
MO!
040,
040
47:
47:
BT5, S-WAY MULTILOCK
FP, , S-WAY ECONOSEAL
SENSOR
ti02S:
,ATS
MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
EM39 / Z~WAY ECONOSEAL
GROUND
BLACK
070!
Pid! 2~WAY ECONOSEAL
SENSOR
PURGE VALVE
PRESSURE
MULTlLOCK
UNDER
?~WAY YAZAKI
90, GREY
AMP JUNIOR
RELAYS
Relay
THRO”LE
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
B+
Bt
Bt
BB-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
OPEN)
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
D
C
S
(VALVE
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
GROUND
GROUND
BBT
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
MOTOR
POWER RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
CONTROL
BROWN
/ Access
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
i ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
CONNECTORS
Location
/ Access
Connector
ST4
Type / Color
CA19
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
EM1
12.WAY
dUGAT
EM2
WWAY
MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
PASSENGER
‘R POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM3
,&WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘K POST,
LOWER
‘N POST FINISHER
EM53
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,WHITE
PASSENGER
‘& POST,
LOWER
‘K POST FINISHER
FC1
54 WAY THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
LS3
WWAYTHROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BL*CK
LH ‘A’ POST,
PI1
57.WAY
S”MlTOM0
Pi2
1%WAY
ECONOSEAL
54~WAYTHRO”GH
PANEL,
070,
BELOW
BLACK
PARCEL
SHELF,
LH ‘R POST CONNECTOR
YELLOW
ENGlNE
1.6, BLACK
TRUNK
i REAR BULKHEAD/
MOUNTlNG
BRACKET,
COMPARTMENT,*DJ*CENTTO
PASSENGER
A’&
SIDE AIR VENT,
LOWER
GLOVE
RH SIDE
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
PVMP
BOX ASSEMBLY
‘A’ POST FINISHER
TSO90,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD,
111ic,
BLPiCK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
REAR OF ENGINE
ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
GROUNDS
Location
/ Type
Ground
EMBL
EYELET
(PAIR)
EMIGL
EYELET
(PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
EM1GR
EYELET
(PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
EM?,
EYELET
(SINGLEI
CONTROL
MODULE
EMS LH GROUND
- EMS BULKHEAD
STUD
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
IGNITION
SWITCHED
POWER
SVPPLY
lGNlTlON
SWiTCHED
POWER
SUPPLY
OK TO START
ENCODED
COMM”NlCAT,ONS
SERIAL
COMM”NlcAT,ONS
PARKING
PARK,
BRAKE
NEUTRAL
B+
B+
B*
GROUND
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector
BRAKE SWITCH
CC40,l~WAY
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT
GROUND
CONFiRMATlON
B+ (P, N)
GROUND
REL*.Y ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS! ECTS ,TPS!
MECHANlCAL
GUARD POSITION
PEDAL POSlTiON
COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
ECM AND KM
GUARD POSITION I PEDAL
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
POSITION
GROUND
B+
CONTROL
MODULE
GROUND
ECTS- ENGINE
5”
5”
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
COOLANT
TPS FEEDBACK
4.75 ” = WOT
IATS FEEDBACK
0.98”
MAFS
1.2 ” @ IDLE, INCREASING
FEEDBACK
@ 10°C. DECREASING
AIR FLOW SENSOR
UPSTREAM
‘B’ BANK
H02S
0.1 - 0.9 ” @ IDLE ,SWlNG,
UPSTREAM
‘N BANK
H02S
0.1 - 0.9 ” @ IDLE iSWlNG,
MAFS
REFERENCE
GROUND
SWITCHING
SWITCHING
SWlTCHlNG
VALVE
VALVE
VALVE
#3ACTl”ATE
#1 *CT,“ATE
#2 *CT,“ATE
GROUND
THRO”LE
THRO”LE
IGNITION
GROUND
THROTTLE
THROTTLE
GROUND
KNOCK
SENSORS
COMMON
SHIELD
GROUND
5” @ ,000
GROUND
MOTOR
SUPPLY
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
POWER
POWER
HEATER
GROUND
GROVND
HOE
HEATER
GROUND
GROUND
VALVE
VALVE
TIMING
TIMING
SOLENOID’B’
SOLENOID’X
GROVND
GROUND
BANK
BANK
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
COMPARTMENT,
CENTER
CONSOLE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE
CC,,
, Z-WAY
MULTILOCK
P142, S-WAY YAZAKI
SENSORS
040,
BLACK
92, BLACK
CLIP,
BLACK
REARWARD
OF AIR CLEANER
ASSEMBLY
I ON THROTTLE
B”LKHE*.D
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE
- 2
EM%,
Z~WAY SUMlTOMO
90 DC! BROWN
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
VACUUM
SWlTCHlNG
VALVE
- 3
EM59,
?-WAY YAZAKI
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
SUMITOMO
TSX
90, GREY
VARIABLE
VALVE
TiMlNG
SOLENOID
VALVE
- ‘A’ BANK
P13, !N’$AYAMPJ”NIOR
POWERTIMER,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,‘X
VALVE
TlMlNG
SOLENOID
VALVE
- ‘B’ BANK
PM,
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
Case Color
Connector
/ Color
BROWN
EM49,
POWER
RELAY
2.WAY
AMP JUNiOR
Location
CONTROL
BROWN
,‘B’
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
BANK
CYLlNDER
HEW,
FRONT
BANK
CYLINDER
HE*D,
FRONT
/ Access
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS,
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
CONNECTORS
Location
I Access
Connector
BT4
Type I Color
CA19
X-WAY
MULTILOCK
EM?
EM2
EM3
EM53
12.WAY
AUGAT
2%WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
LOWER
‘R POST FINISHER
,l~WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
LOWER
‘N POST FINISHER
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
LOWER
‘X POST FlNlSHER
54.WAYTHROUGH
PANEL,
BELOW
BLACK
SHELF,
LH ‘N POST CONNECTOR
070 /YELLOW
ENGINE
1.6, BLACK
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK
PARCEL
070 /WHITE
TRUNK,
BRACKET,
COMP*RTMENT,ADJACENTTO
FCI
54.WAY THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
LS3
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
LH ‘PI’ POST,
PII
57.WAY
SUMlTOMO
P12
13WAY
ECONOSEAL
PASSENGER
RH SIDE
LOWER
‘2’ POST FlNlSHER
ABS PUMP
SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
LOWER ‘4’ POST FINISHER
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMP*RTMENT,B”LKHEAD,
111LC, BLACK
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,BR*CKETON
TS090,
REAR BULKHEAD,
MOUNTING
REAR OF ENGINE
TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
Ground
EMlL
EYELET
Location
(PAIRI - EMS LH GROUND
EMIGI
EYELET
,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
EM,GR
EYELET
iPAIR
GROUND
STUD
EM17
EYELET
ISINGLE)
MODULE
/ Type
- EMS BULKHEAD
- EMS BULKHEAD
STUD
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
“EE I UNDER
ENGINE
B+
Bt
OPEN)
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
ENGINE
GROUND
GROVND
,“AL”E
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
//I LC, BLACK
92, BLACK
ON THROTTLE
+
HO2S
‘B’ BANK
UPSTREAM
‘A’ BANK
E”AP VALVE *CTI”*TE
ECONOSEAL
COMPARTMENT,
GROUND
GROUND
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
PI27 /?-WAY
COMPARTMENT,
GROUND
B+
POWER
MANIFOLD
ENGlNE
CONTROL
POWER
INTAKE
ENGINE
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
MOTOR
“EE / UNDER
, BLACK
GROUND
GROUND
MOTOR
symbols
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE
VARIABLE
VARIABLE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
THRO”LE
ENGlNE
GROUNDS
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
/II LC, BLACK
RPM = 45 Hz: 2000 RPM = 90 HZ
B+
GROUND
GROUND
UPSTREAM
20 KHz = KNOCK
GROUND
POWER
MOTOR
MOTOR
2
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
5” @ 1000 RPM = 45 Hz. 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
5 Hz @ lDLE
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SlGNAL
CMPS i CKPS,
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
B+
B+
Bi
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK,
ECONOSEAL
PIS, 4-WAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
‘8’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘4’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
PI26 i Z-WAY
5~WBY Y*Z*KI
BLACK
OF AIR CLEANER
Y*z*KI
PI%,
92,
REARWARD
P135,5-WAY
P133, P-WAY TWIN
MOTOR
TOP HOSE
WITH RPM lNCREASE
ECM PROGRAMMING
VACUUM
VACUUM
VACUUM
GUARD
Relay
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
02S, HOZS COMMON
SHIELD
AND MECHANICAL
I-WAY
90 DC, BLUE
THROTTLE
WITH TEMPERATURE
BULKHEAD
Er.457, Z-WAY SUMlTOMO
RELAYS
0.5 ” = IDE;
REAR OF ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BLACK
- 1
GROUND
FEEDBACK
COMPARTMENT:
ENGINE
J2+,
VALVE
0.5 ” = IDLE, 4.75 ” = WOT
GROUND
0.5 ” = IDLE. 4 75 ” = WOT
POSITON
ENGINE
E J2: GREY
SENSOR
FEEDBACK
PEDAL
PI4 I P-WAY ECONOSEAL
POSlTlON
MECHANICAL
TPS SHlELD
ENCLOSURE
SWITCHING
VARIABLE
POSITION,
MODULE
VACUUM
GROUND
I PEDAL
COMP*RTMENT/CONTROL
THRO”LE
GROUND
POSITION
ENGlNE
REAR
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
SENSOR
MOTOR
GUARD POSITION,
PEDAL POSlTlON
COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
GUARD
EMlO,28-WAYM”LTlLOCK040iGREY
EM,, ,,B~WAY
MULTILOCK
/GREY
EM12,22~WAY
MULTlLOCK040:GREY
EM13,WWAY
M”LTlLOCK04WGREY
EM14;,2~WAY
MULTlLOCK47,WHITE
EMIS,ZZ~WAY
MULTILOCK
47 {WHITE
HEAD.
COMPARTMENT,
B
BRAKE SWITCH
IATS, ECTS ,TPS,
MECH*NIC*L
F”ELT*NK
PRESSURE SENSOR
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
ENCLOSURE
CYLINDER
ENGINE
-A
AIR TEMPERATURE
PARKING
WITH TEMPERATURE,
MODULE
BANK
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
CAN NETWORK
0.41 ” @ 195’F ,DECRE*SlNG
0.5 ” = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT
0.5 ” = IDLE. 4 75 v = WOT
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
I BRACKET
‘B’ BANK
ECT FEEDBACK
COMPARTMENT,‘B’
ENGlNE
i BRACKET
SENSOR
TPs FEEDB*cK
ENGINE
070 I WHITE
COMPARTMENT
MAFS.
5”
,/I HC, BLACK
MULTILOCK
COMPARTMENT
KS- KNOCK
B+
ECONOSEAL
?-WAY
ENGINE
CAN NETWORK
,CRANKING,
Pi15 t Z-WAY
ENGlNE
CAN NETWORK
5”
ASSEMBLY
90 II, GREY
- ‘N BANK
PED*L POSlTlON,
TPS,
COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
MOUNTING
90 ,I, GREY
SENSOR
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION,
FUELTANK
PRESSURE SENSOR
PEDAL
REAR OF BED PLATE
II/ HC, BLACK
SUMlTOMO
SENSOR
THROTiiE
THE BRAKE
ENGINE,
ECONOSEAL
SUMiTOMO
SENSOR
OXYGEN
KS: KNOCK
B+
/ Access
EM23,
OXYGEN
HEATED
CAN NETWORK
B+
GROUND
Location
ADJACENTTO
EM21,4-WAY
HEATED
MASS
WHITE
EM39 II 2~WAY ECONOSEAL
HOE:
IATS: lNTAKE
SENSOR
070,
PURGE VALVE
H02S’
PEDAL POSITION
I
0
SG
TEMPERATURE
EVAP CANISTER
/ Type / Color
MULTILOCK
2.WAY
EM66,
iR.D.4.3.2~
EvAPP:
ECM PROGRAMMlNG
ENGINE CRANK
The following
SENSOR
FAN
COMM”NlCATlONS
GROUND
:
POSiTION
COOLING
PI,,,
SENSOR
B+
i*PPLlEDi
ENCODED
i
POSITION
CMPS: CAMSHAFT
ENGINE
SWITCH
EMS CONTROLLED
MECHANICAL
TPS COMMON
Inactive
0”
B+
COMMUNlCATlONS
EATERY
POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE WATCH
SERIAL
Active
B+
B+
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
IGNITION
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
OK TO START-ENCODED
Active
B+
B+
Inactive
0”
B+
B+
Bt
BA
B-
COMPONENTS
Component
BRAKE SWITCH
COMM”N~C*TIONS
BAmERY
POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWlTCH
PARKING BRAKE SW,TCH
SERIAL
SERIAL
COMMUNlCATlONS
COMMUNICATIONS
PARK,
NEUTRAL
GROUND
GROUND
,APPLlEDi
CKPS
CRANKSHAFT
CMPS
CAMSHAFT
ECMANDTCM
ENGINE
CONFlRMATlON
B- IP. NJ
GROUND
ENCODED
EMS CONTROLLED
RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
GROUND
CONTROL
MECHANlCAL
TPS COMMON
5”
5”
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
ECTS
ENGINE
COOLANT
EVAP CANISTER
BLACK
ENGINE,REAROFBEDPL*TE
P115, ?-WAY
ECONOSEAL
111HC,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,‘B’
BANK
CYLINDER
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENTi
CONTROL
MODVLE
ENCLOSURE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENTi
REAR OF ENGlNE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
Z-WAY
MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
PI4 i 2~WAY ECONOSEAL
SENSOR
E J2 i GREY
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT
i BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
90 II, GREY
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
REARWARD
111LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
“EE / UNDER
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
111LC, BLACK
ENGINE
“EE,
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
ENGINE
COMP*RTMENT,
CENTER
CONSOLE
AIR TEMPERATURE
P135, B-WAY YAZAKI
SENSOR
92,
-‘K
BANK
Pl26,2-WAYECONOSEAL
KS: KNOCK
SENSOR
-‘B’
BANK
P,27,2-WAY
ECONOSEAL
CAN NETWORK
MAFS’
Pi%,
5.WAY
YAZAK,
CAN NETWORK
PARKiNG
CC,,
, Z~WAY MULTILOCK
ENGINE
CRANK
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION,
FVEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
PEDAL POSlTlON
,TPS,
COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
(CRANKINGI
5”
ECT FEEDBACK
0.41 V @ 195°F iDECREAS,NG
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
0 5 ” = IDLE: 4.75 v = WOT
0.5 v = IDLE, 4.75 v = WOT
lATS/ ECTS ITPS,
MECHANICAL
FUELTANK
PRESSURE SENSOR
GUARD POSlTlON
, PEDAL POSlTlON
COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
GROUND
MECHANICAL
FEEDBACK
05”=IDLE,475”=WOT
GUARD
POSITION
MECHANICAL
GVARD POSlTlON,
PEDAL POSITtON FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK
PEDAL
POSITION
,TPS
SHlELD
AIR FLOW SENSOR
BRAKE SWiTCH
UPSTREAM
‘A’ BANK H02S
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
OZS, HOE
SHlELD
ECM PROGRAMMING
VACUUM
SWlTCHlNG
VALVE
KNOCK
KNOCK
SENSOR
SENSOR
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK,
FEEDBACK
FEEDBACK
KNOCK
CMPS SIGNAL
GROUND
THROTTLE
THROTTLE
MOTOR
MOTOR
SENSORS
COMMON
POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE
THROTTLE
UPSTREAM
MOTOR
MOTOR
POWER SUPPLY
POWER WPPLY
HOZS HEATER
GROUND
UPSTREAM
‘& BANK H02S HEATER
E”*P VALVE ACTIVATE
VARIABLE
VALVE TIMING SOLENOID
VARIABLE
VALVE TIMING SOLENO,
GROUND
‘B’ BANK
GROUND
‘B’ BANK
‘4’ BANK
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
COMPARTMENTiTHROTTLEASSEMBLY
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
ON THRO”LE
90 DC, BLUE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
90 DC, BROWN
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
SENSOR
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE
- 1
EMS,,
2-WAY
VACUUM
SWTCHING
VALVE
- 2
EMS:
2~WAY SUMITOMO
“AC”“M
SWlTCHlNG
VALVE
3
EM%!
Z-WAY YAZAKI
Relay
MOTOR
POWER
RELAY
SUMITOMO
TS90,
SUMITOMO
BLACK
90, GREY
Case Color
Connector
BROWN
EM49,
ASSEMBLY
Location
/ Color
CONTROL
BROWN
/ Access
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS/ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
CONNECTORS
Location
/ Access
Connector
Type / Color
BT4
WWAY
CA19
?&WAY
MULTILOCK
EM1
1%WAY
AUGAT
EM2
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
EM3
,l~WAY
MULTILOCK
070,WHITE
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM53
20.WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,WHITE
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
FC1
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
LS3
54~WAY THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
LH ‘K POST,
PI,
5%WAY
SUMITOMO
PI2
II-WAY
ECONOSEAL
THROUGH
PANEL,
BELOWPAIRCELSHELF,TR”NKiREARB”LKHEAD,RHSlDE
BLACK
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR
070 /YELLOW
ENGINE
1.6, BLACK
GREY
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FiNISHER
COMPARTMENT,*DJACENTTO*BSP”MP
PASSENGER
LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE
LOWER
BOX ASSEMBLY
‘A’ POST FINISHER
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
111LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,BRACKETON
TS090,
Ground
Location
EM%
EYELET
IPAIR) - EMS LH GROUND
BULKHEAD,
REAR OF ENGINE
TOP OF TR*NSMISSION
/ Type
STUD
GROUND
EM1GL
EYELET
(PAIR) -EMS
BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
BT
B-
GROUND
GROUND
EMIGR
EYELET
(PAIR) -EMS
BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
GROUND
BI
B,
GROUND
GROUND
EM17
EYELET
iS,NGLEi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
CONTROL
MODULE
- EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
(VALVE
OPEN,
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
COMPARTMENT!ONTHRO”LEASSEMBLY
ENGINE
POSITION
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
ENGlNE
BLACK
GROUNDS
GROUND
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
MOTOR
20 KHz = KNOCK
5 Hi @ IDLE
GROUND
5” @ ,000 RPM = 45 Hz: *oclo RPM = 90 HZ
SHIELD
lGNlTlON
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE
GROUND
2
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHZ = KNOCK
5” Q 1000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS, CKPS,
CKPS SIGN*L
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE #I ACTIVATE
“ACVUM
SWITCHING
VALVE #2 *CTl”ATE
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER REL*IY *CT,“*TE
OF AIR CLEANER
ASSEMBLY
BLACK
THRO”LE
P16: 4.WAY
REARWARD
92,
MOTOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
9 ” @ KXE ,SWING1
9 ” Q IDLE ,SWlNGi
GROUND
#3 ACTlVATE
P133, Z~WAYTWlN
BLACK
UNDER
CLIP,
P142, S-WAY YAZAKI
SENSORS
040,
THROTTLE
THRO”LE
GROUND
GROUND
COMMON
‘B’ BANK
‘A’BANK
= WOT
0 98” @ 1O’C. DECREASING
WITH TEMPERATURE
1.2 “Q
IDLE, INCREASlNG
WITH RPM INCREASE
0 1 -0
0 1 -0
GUARD
92, BLACK
OF AIR CLEANER
RELAYS
GROUND
OS”=IDLE,475”=WOT
H02S
AND MECHANICAL
BLACK
GROUND
GROVND
0.5 ” = IDLE; 4.75”
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM
‘B’ BANK
WITH TEMPERATUREi
TOP HOSE
90 II, GREY
SENSOR
8;
B5”
REAR
SUMITOMO
-A
J21 i BLACK
HEAD,
SUMITOMO
SENSOR-B
ECONOSEAL
KS. KNOCK
B+
GROUND
040 I GREY
0.40, GREY
040, GREY
040, GREY
47 /WHITE
47 /WHITE
ASSEMBLY
EM23 1 I-WAY
SENSOR
OXYGEN
Z-WAY
WHlTE
MOUNTING
EM21 ! h-WAY
OXYGEN
HEATED
MASS
070,
PEDAL
EM39,
HEATED
PEDAL POSlTlON
I
0
SG
111HC,
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
ECM PROGRAMMlNG
The following
TEMPERATURE
H02S’
INTAKE
ECONOSEAL
TO THE BRAKE
PURGE VALVE
~02s
,*TS
PI17 I %W*Y
EMlO II ?E~WAY
EM, 1 , 1B~WAY
EM12 IZ2~WAY
EM13,34
WAY
EM14 I ,Z~WAY
EM15,22-W*Y
MODULE
/ Access
ADJACENT
EM66:
iR.D.4.3.21
EVAPP
POSlTlON,
SENSOR
FAN
COMMUNlCATlONS
GROUND
GUARD POSlTlON
I PEDAL
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
POSITION
COOLING
SENSOR
B+
ME,
ECTS ,TPS:
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITiON,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON
REFERENCE GROVND
GROVND
GROUND
POSITION
Location
Connector
/ Type / Color
cc40, &WAYMULTILOCK
070,WHITE
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on thisdata page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING
‘7
I
0
Pin
cc*&,
cc30-1
CONTROL
MODULE
Description
COMPRESSORCLUTCHSTAT”s
AIR CDNDlTlONlNG
ELECTRICAL
I
cc31-7
LOAD INHIBIT
0
CC31~9
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
I
CC31~17
REFRIGERANT
4 WAY PRESSURE
ENGINE CONTROL
3
0
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
0
Pin
EM10-2
EM,&3
EM10-4
EMlO-,,
EMlL,
EM,,-4
EMII~S
EM12-5
EMIZ-B
EM,*-8
EM,*-9
EM1Z-10
Active
B+iON1
COMPONENTS
Inactive
0”
LOAD SiGNAL
Bt
0”
ON REOUEST
SWlTCH
B+ iOUT
OF ACTIVE
RANGEI
MODULE
Description
NCCMLOADINHIBIT
NCCMELECTRICAL
LOADSlGNAL
A,CCMCOMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
REOUEST
CRUISE
CONTROL
BRAKE
CANCEL
REOUES,
Active
CRUISE
CONTROL
SET+,CRUISE
CONTROL
ONREWEST
CRUISE
CONTROL
CANCEL,
RESUME
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL
BRAKE
CANCEL
ON ! OFF SWITCH
CRUlSE
CONTROL
SWITCHES
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE
FVEL INJECTOR-
E+
FUELINJECTOR-1B
WPPLIEDI
7.3” = it), 8.8 ” = ,-I
B+
7.3 V = RESUME,
8.8 V = CANCEL
SW3,3-WAY
WHEEL)
0
CRUISE
CONTROL
0
SERIES
iLOW
0
PARALLEL
0
IGNITION
COIL RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND
0
IGNITION
MODULE
1 SWiTCHiNG
5 Hz @ IDLE
0
IGNITION
MODULE
2 SWITCHING
5 Hz @ IDLE
0
lGNlTlON
MODULE
2 SWlTCHlNG
5 Hz @ IDLE
0
IGNITION
MODULE
1 SWlTCHlNG
5 HZ @ IDLE
0
IGNITION
MODULE
2 SWlTCHlNG
5 Hz @ IDLE
0
IGNITION
MODULE
1 SWITCHING
5 HZ @ IDLE
0
IGNITION
MODULE
I SWITCHING
5 HZ Q IDLE
0
IGNlTlON
MODULE
1 SWlTCHlNG
5 HZ @ IDLE
SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE
GROUND
SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
GROUND
‘38’ ACTIVATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘28’ ACTi”ATE
GROVND
INJECTOR
‘4A’ ACTl”ATE
GROVND
INJECTOR
‘1A’ACTl”ATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘48’ ACTIVATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘3&ACTl”ATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘2A’ACTl”ATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘1B’ACTl”ATE
GROUND
070,
WHITE
ADJACENT
CENTER
LOCK i NATURAL
WHITE
2.WAY
P,,,
,1-WAY
P,B, g-WA’,
AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER/BLACK
AMP JUNIOR
AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
TO THE BRAKE
CONSOLE
TUNNEL,
PEDAL
GLOVE
MOUNTING
BOX ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
CENTER
OF STEERING
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
WHEEL
CONTROL
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
INTAKE
MANlFOLD,
FUEL RAlL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
INTAKE
MANIFOLD,
FUEL RAIL
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
INTAKE
MANIFOLD,
FUEL RAIL
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
INTAKE
MANIFOLD,
FUEL RAIL
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
iNTAKE
MANlFOLD,
FUEL RA,iL
MODVLE
ENCLOSURE
FUEL INJECTOR
- 28
GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR-W
P19,Z~WAY
FUELINJECTOR-3B
P113, ?-WAY
AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
INTAKE
MANlFOLD,
FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR-W
P,,O,
AMP JUNlOR
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
INTAKE
MANIFOLD,
FUEL RAIL
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
INTAKE
MANIFOLD,
FUEL RAIL
P1,2,2-WAYAMPJUNIOR
BT
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
POWERTIMER,BLACK
AMP JUNIOR
2.WAY
POWER TIMER!
P1,4,2-WAYAMPJUNlOR
- 48
FUEL PUMP
BT9,
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
BTlO ,
BT, 1 ,
BTll,
BT13,
BT64,
a-WAY
SUMITOMO
,&WAY
10.WAY
10.WAY
,&WAY
EYELET
U.T A.
U.T A.
U TA
U T.A
DL90,
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
WSE
COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT
COVER
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
90 ! BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
90, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
90,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
YAZAKI
90,
BLACK
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT/CAMSHAFT
Z-WAY YAZAKI
90,
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENTiCAMSHAFT
!GNITION
COIL-Z4
P,,9,
lGNlTlON
COIL - 28
P123,2-WAY
YAZAK!
IGNlTlON
COIL-%
P120, Z-WAY
YAZAKI
90,
IGNlTlON
COIL - 38
P,24,2-WAY
YAZAKI
IGNITION
COIL-4A
P12, ,2-WAY
IGNITION
COlL - 48
P,Z,
IGNITION
MODULE
- 1
EM27,
IGNITION
MODULE
- 2
EM29,,2-WAY
RADIATOR
FAN - LH
RADlATOR
FAN - RH
I-WAY
PRESSURE
CARRIER
ENGlNE
P122, Z~WAY YAZAKl
LS3,
ELECTRICAL
ENGlNE
,718,
IB
RELAY MODULE
TRUNK
BOX, NATURAL
BOX, BLACK
BOX/GREEN
BOX, BLUE
CARPET
BLACK
,A
COIL-
FAN CONTROL
TOP OF FUELTANK,TRUNK
NATURAL
90 , BLACK
COIL-
,GNlTlON
RADIATOR
BLACK
POWERTIMER,BLACK
,GNlTlON
REFRlGERANT
INJECTOR
RH SlDE OF TRANSMlSSlON
B+
B+
Bt
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
GREY
GREY
GREY
GREY
2A
B+
GROUND
LED
PI,,
A,C COMPRESSOR
47,
47,
47,
47,
QUAD
EPC, BLACK,
I Access
COMPARTMENT,
FUEL INJECTOR
B+
RELAYACTlVATE
MICRO
ENGlNE
BLACK
EMiO, 28~‘A’AY MULTILOCK
040, GREY
EM,?,
16.WAY MULTlLOCK
040, GREY
EM12, ‘Z-WAY MULTILOCK
040, GREY
EM13 I34-WAY
MULTILOCK
040, GREY
EMl4.i
12.WAYMULTlLOCK47,WHlTE
EM15 i 22~WAY MULTILOCK
47, WHITE
1A
FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL PUMP
MULTILOCK
CC20 , ,O~WAY AMP
(STEERING
90 A TYPE,
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
CC.40, d-WAY
SWITCH
CONTROL
GROUND
GROUND
SUMITOMO
CC28,26-WAY
CCZ9,16-WAY
CC30,12-WAY
CC31, Z-WAY
MODULE
Location
I Type I Color
P136, ,-WAY
CLUTCH
CRUISE
B+
B+
0
IHIGH)
COMPRESSOR
GROUND
l WAYREFRIGERANT
SWTCHHIGHPRESSURE
4WAYREFRlGERANT
SWlTCH
HIGHPRESSURE
IGNITION
MODULE
2 SWlTCHlNG
FEEDBACK
IGNITION
MODULElSWITCHING
FEEDBACK
COMPRESSOR
RELAYACTlVATE
AIRCONDlTlONlNG
ON STATUS
AIR CONDlTlONlNG
Inactive
B+
GROUND
Connector
Component
Z-WAY YAZAKI
90,
Z-WAY YAZAKI
,2-WAY
/B-WAY
COVER
COVER
IGNlTlON
POWER
MODULE,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
IGNITION
POWER MODULE,
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO
TRW,
BLACK
CFI , P-WAY REINSHAGEN
, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CF2,2-WAY
, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/BELOW
111LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
REINSHAGEN
LSZG, S-WAY ECONOSEAL
SWITCH
BELOW
LH CRUSH
TUBE
LH FAN
RH FAN
LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
RELAYS
EM25,
BROWN
CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
BROWN
EMS2,
BROWN
CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
RELAY
BROWN
BUS
COIL RELAY
BROWN
EMX,
FUEL PUMP
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
RELAY
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
/ Color
/ Access
Connector
BROWN
FUEL INJECTION
IGNiTlON
Location
Case Color
Relay
AIR CONDlTlONlNG
RELAY#4,TRUNKFUSE
CONTROL
BROWN
MODULE
BOXiTRUNK
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
/ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
CONNECTORS
Location
Connector
Type / Color
BT4
54.WAY
THROUGH
EM,
7%WAY
AUGAT
EM3
II-WAY
MULTILOCK
EM51
12.WAY
AUGAT
EM53
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
FC1
S&WA’,
LS32
I-WAY
Pi,
S%WAY
SUMlTOMO
PE
1%WAY
ECONOSEAL
SC3
12.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
SW1
12-WAY
MULTILOCK
0.40, BLACK
SW2
B-WAY ST,
PANEL,
ENGlNE
1.6, BLACK
070,
THROUGH
YAZAKl,
PANEL
COMPARTMENTIADJACENTTO
PASSENGER
WHITE
ENGiNE
1.6, GREY
070,
I Access
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TRUNK/REARBULKHEAD/RHSIDE
BLACK
CONNECTOR,
BELOW
BLACK
‘A’ POST,
PASSENGER
FORWARD
GREY
LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
SlDE AIR VENT,
OF LH FRONT
SUSPENSlON
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD,
111LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
TS090,
ADJACENT
GREY
lNSlDE
CENTER
WHITE
ABS PUMP
LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
COMPARTMENTIADJ~CENTTOABSPUMP
PASSENGER
WHITE
‘R POST,
TO STEERING
STEERING
COLUMN
OF STEERING
COLUMN
GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
ARM
REAR OF ENGINE
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
MOTOR
COWL
WHEEL
GROUNDS
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
Pin Out data:
understanding
B+
V
Hz
circuit
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
operation.
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
Ground
Location
8120
EYELET
(SINGLE)
EMBR
EYELET
(PAIRI -EMS
EM17
EYELET
(SINGLE)
FC17R
EYELET
(PAIR, -EMS
LSlOL
EYELET
iPAIR
- LH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
LSlOR
EYELET
,PAIR) - LH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
LS20L
EYELET
,PAIR, - RH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type
-TRUNK,
RH REAR GROUND
LH GROUND
- EMS BULKHEAD
BULKHEAD
STUD
STUD
GROUND
GROUND
STUD
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE
‘;;I pin
Description
Active
Bt
IGNITION SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION
SWlTCHED
POWER SUPPLY
OKTO STARTENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
BA”ERY
POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWiTCH
SERlAL COMMUNICATIONS
SERIAL COMMUNlCATlONS
PARKING BRAKE SWTCH
PARK, NEUTRAL CONFIRMATION
EMS CONTROLLED
RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
Bt
Inactive
0”
B+
Bt
GROUND
B+
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector
BRAKE SWITCH
CC40,4~WAY
CANISTER
cv1,
CLOSE VALVE
CKPS: CRANKSHAFT
CMPS
GROUND ,APPLlEDi
Bt iP, NI
GROUND
ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
GROUND
BT
GROUND
B-
5V
SV
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
iR.D.4.3.2
EGR”
0
0
0
0
SG
EM12-1
EM,Z-2
EMIZ-18
EM12-19
EM,&22
FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION ,TPS,
COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
EVAPP
E”AP
UPSTREAM
‘B’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM
‘R BANK H02S
EVAP VALVE ACTlVATE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
HEATER
HEATER
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPlY
SUPPLY
HEATED
OXYGEN
SENSOR
iUPSTREAM)
HEATED
OXYGEN
SENSOR
IUPSTREAM)
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK,
0 KHz = NO KNOCK,
GROUND
5 v @ ,000
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
SENSOR
- ‘X’ BANK
KS KNOCK
SENSOR
‘B’ BANK
MASS
Module
communications
SENSOR
AIR TEMPERATURE
KS. KNOCK
GROUND
GROUND
2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
i REAR OF BED PLATE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT!‘B’
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
MULTILOCK
070 /WHITE
02S: OXYGEN
SENSOR
iDOWNSTREAMi
B
BRAKE SWITCH
AND MECHANICAL
GUARD
BANK
COMPARTMENT!REAR
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
P14,Z~WAYECONOSEALEJ2,GREY
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
REAR OF ENGINE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD
S”MlTOM0
92, GREY
ECONOSEAL
J-2+, BLACK
EM21 ! I-WAY
SUMITOMO
90 II, GREY
EM23,
SUMITOMO
90 II, GREY
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
REARWARD
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
‘A’ BANK
92,
BLACK
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
ENCLOSURE
TOP HOSE
COMPARTMENT!
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
OF AIR CLEANER
INTERCOOLER,
REAR
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
ENGINE
VEE,
UNDER
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
P127, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL
III LC, BLACK
ENGINE
VEE,
UNDER
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
REARWARD
90 II, GREY
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
S-WAY YAZAKI
921 BLACK
SUMITOMO
EM24,
*-WAY
SUMITOMO
90 II, GREY
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CC??,
Z-WAY
MULTlLOCK
040:
CENTER
CONSOLE
TWIN
92,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/ON
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
THRO”LE
,THRO”LE
POSITION
SENSOR
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/ON
SWITCHING
VALVE
- 1
EMS,,
Z-WAY SUMITOMO
90 DC, BLUE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE
- 2
EMSB,
P~WAY SUMlTOMO
90 DC, BROWN
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE
-3
EMS,
P-WAY YALAKI
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
PIS, b-WAY
SUMlTOMO
TS90,
BLACK
90, GREY
OF AIR CLEANER
ASSEMBLY
CLIP,
S-WAY YAZAKI
P133,l~WAY
BLACK
VACUUM
THROTTLE
ASSEMBLY
MODULE
CARPET
ENGINE
I-WAY
REAR
ENCLOSURE
0FTHRO”LE
TOP OF FUELTANK,TRUNK
070, WHITE
111LC, BLACK
HEAD,
MODULE
ENGINE
6.WAY
ASSEMBLY
CYLINDER
ENGINE
PI@,
SENSORS
MOTOR
MOUNTlNG
EMlO ! 28.WAY MULTILOCK
040, GREY
EM,, :,S-WAYMULTlLOCK040,GREY
EM12, ZZ-WAY MULTlLOCK
040, GREY
EM13, %-WAY MULTlLOCK
040, GREY
EM141 12.WAY MULTiLOCK
47 i WHlTE
EMIS, ZZ-WAY MULTILOCK
47 I WHITE
EM22,2~WAY
-A
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
THROTTLE
ASSEMBLY
RELAYS
Relay
GROUND
ENGlNE
111HC, BLACK
PI%,
IDOWNSTREAM)
PEDAL
RH REAR
111HC! BLACK
P13, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR
AIR FLOW SENSOR
THE BRAKE
VEHICLE:
ECONOSEAL
P135, S-WAY YAZAKI
2
/ Access
ECONOSEAL
PIX,Z-WAY
SENSOR
PARKING
B
1
SENSOR
OXYGEN
THROTTLE
B,
B+
B+
B+
B+
MOTOR
POWER RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Case Color
Connector
BROWN
EM@,
Location
/ Color
BROWN
CONTROL
/ Access
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS
/ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
CONNECTORS
Location
I Access
Connector
Type / Color
BT4
54.WAY
THROUGH
CA19
X-WAY
MULTILOCK
EM1
12.WAY
AUGAT
EM2
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
PASSENGER
‘W POST,
LOWER
‘K POST FlNlSHER
EM3
,&WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
LOWER
‘K POST FINISHER
EM53
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘R POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
FCI
54~WAY THROUGH
PANEL
LS3
SCWAYTHROUGH
PANELCONNECTOR,BLACK
PI,
57.WAY
SUMiTOMO
PI2
13.WAY
ECONOSEAL
PANEL,
BELOW
BLACK
PARCEL
SHELF,
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
070 iYELLOW
ENGINE
1 6, BLACK
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
TRUNK,
REAR BULKHEAD,
MOUNTING
RH SIDE
LOWER
‘N POST FINISHER
COMPAF(TMENT,ADJACENTTOABSPUMP
PASSENGER
LH ‘A’ POST,
SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD,
111LC, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
TS090,
BRACKET,
REAR OF ENGINE
ON TOP OFTRANSMlSSlON
GROUND
RPM = 45 Hz, moo
RPM = 90 HZ
GROUND
GROUNDS
B+
B+
SC
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B-
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Ground
Location
EMBL
EYELET
(PAIR) - EMS LH GROUND
EMIGL
EYELET
iPAIR
EM,GR
EYELET
iPAIR
EM17
EYELET
ISINGLEI
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
(VALVE
OPEN)
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
IATS 2 INTAKE
THRO”LE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
values for Control
AIR TEMPERATURE
-A
Location
ADJACENTTO
UNDER
/BLACK
BT5, S-WAY MULTILOCK
FPI i 3WAY ECONOSEAL
SENSOR
WHITE
PI15 ,Z-WAY
EM39 i 2-WAY
H02S:
025:
GROUND
0 98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING
WlTH TEMPERATURE
t 2” Q IDLE, INCREASlNG
WITH RPM INCREASE
0.1 0.9 V @ IDLE WANGi
0.1 - 0.9 V Q IDLE W,VING~
0 1 - 0.9 V @ lDLE WWNG)
0.1 - 0.9 V @ IDLE WWNG,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
are used to represent
D
C
S
WITH TEMPERATURE1
SENSOR
PURGE VALVE
PRESSURE
PEDAL POSITION
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER SVPPLY
IGNITION
SWlTCHED
POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
EM15-7
EM152
EM153
EM15-,I
EM15~12
EMiS-22
sv
0 5” = IDLE: 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
0.5” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
0.5” = IDLE; 4.75” = WOT
ECM PROGRAMMING
CANISTER CLOSE VALVE ACTIVATE
VACUUM
SWTCHING
VALVE #3ACTlVATE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE #I ACTIVATE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE #2 ACTlVATE
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTIVATE
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘N BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON
SHlELD
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
0
0
0
1
I
I
0.2 V = HIGH PRESSURE
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
CANISTER
H02S:
MAFS
GUARD POSITION,
PEDAL POSITION
COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHIELD
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S,’ WINDING
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘52’WlNDlNG
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘S3’WlNDlNG
EGH STEPPER MOTOR ‘54’ WlNDlNG
MANIFOLD
IATS FEEDBACK
IATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM
‘8’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM
‘X BANK H02S
DOWNSTREAM
‘B’ BANK 025
DOWNSTREAM
‘A’ BANK 02s
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
025, HOZS COMMON
SHIELD
B+
B+
0.41 V @ IBYF (DECREASING
0.5 V = IDLE; 4.71 V i WOT
0.5” = IDLE. 4 75 V = WOT
GROUND
MODULE
070,
PI17 /Z-WAY
EM66 ,ZWAY
FAN
GROUND
ECTS’ ENGINE
P-WAY YAZAKl90
Pi34:
CONTROL
FUELTANK
B+
GROUND lCRANK,NG)
4.9 V = LOW PRESSURE,
5”
SENSOR
SENSOR
EGR VALVE
ENGINE
IATS: INTAKE
IATS, ECTS ,TPS / MECHANICAL
FUELTANK
PRESSURE SENSOR
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION,
PEDAL POSlTlON
FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
POSITION
ECM AND TCM COOLING
IATS / ECTS i TPS! MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION,
PEDAL POSITION COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION /PEDAL POSITION 1
TPS COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
ECM PROGRAMMING
ENGINE CRANK
FUELTANK
PRESSURE SENSOR
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION,
FUELTANK
PRESSURE SENSOR
ECT FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
POSITION
CAMSHAFT
/ Type / Color
MULTILOCK
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type
-EMS
STUD
BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
- EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; I)Inactive” means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ENGINE CONTROL
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
IGNITION
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
IGNITION
SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY
OK TO STARTENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
BRAKE SWITCH
SERIAL
SERIAL
Active
B+
Inactive
Cl”
B+
B+
B+
B-
GROUND
B+
COMPONENTS
GROUND
B+ IP, N)
GROUND
ENCODED
RELAY ACTIVATE
SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGE
IATS, ECTS! TPS, MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION
PEDAL POSITION COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
MECHANICAL
TPS COMMON
CC40,4~WAY
CKPS
CRANKSHAFT
CMPS
CAMSHAFT
ENGINE
SWITCH
CONFlRMATlON
EMS CONTROLLED
Connector
BRAKE SWITCH
ECM ANDTCM
COMMUNICATIONS
COMMUNlCATlONS
PARKING BRAKE
PARK, NEUTRAL
Component
GUARD POSITION I PEDAL
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
,
B+
GROUND
(APPLIED1
CONTROL
GROUND
ECTS
ENGINE
sv
SV
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
KS KNOCK
SENSOR
MAFS
Bt
GROUND
ENGINE CRANK
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITiON,
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
ECT FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSlTlON
,TPS,
COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
TPS FEEDBACK
TPS FEEDBACK
IATS, ECTS, TPS, MECHANICAL
FUELTANK
PRESSURE SENSOR
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSITION
MECHANICAL
GUARD POSlTlON,
PEDAL POSITiON FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION FEEDBACK
GUARD POSITION,
PEDAL POSlTlON
COMMON
REFERENCE GROUND
FEEDBACK
PEDAL POSITION ,TPS SHIELD
EGR STEPPER
B+
B+
5v
ICRANKING)
5V
0.4, V @ 195°F (DECREASING
WITH TEMPERATURE1
0 5 ” = IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE: 4 75” = WOT
MOTOR
‘SI’WINDING
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SZ’WINDING
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘53’WINDING
EGR STEPPER MOTOR ‘SC WlNDlNG
MANIFOLD
IATS FEEDBACK
lATS FEEDBACK
MAFS FEEDBACK
UPSTREAM
‘B’ BANK H02S
UPSTREAM
‘A’ BANK HOZS
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
MAFS REFERENCE GROUND
02S,HOZS
0.5”
MASS
COMMON
= IDLE; 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
GROUND
0.5 V = IDLE. 4 75” = WOT
0.5 V = IDLE, 4.75 V = WOT
GROUND
B+
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
0 98 V @ 10°C. DECREASING
WITH TEMPERATURE
1 2 ” @ IDLE, INCREASING
WITH RPM INCREASE
0 1 0.9 V @ IDLE (SWING)
0.1 - 0 9 V @ IDLE iSWiNG
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THROTTLE
THROTTLE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
THRO”LE
THRO”LE
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
D
C
S
(VALVE
Module
communications
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
REARWARD
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
‘K BANK
OF AIR CLEANER
INTERCOOLER,
“EE,
UNDER
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
- ‘B’ BANK
P127, Z~WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
VEE,
UNDER
iNTAKE
MANIFOLD
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
CENTER
CONSOLE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT/THROTTLE
CC1 1 , I-WAY
AND MECHANICAL
GUARD
P133, Z-WAY TWIN
P16, a-WAY
SENSOR
BLACK
MULTILOCK
P142, b-WAY YAZAKI
SENSORS
MOTOR
i BLACK
040,
BLACK
92, BLACK
CLIP,
SUMlTOMO
THRO”LE
POSITION
VACUUM
SWlTCHlNG
VALVE
- i
EM57,2-WAYSUMITOMO
VACUUM
SWlTCHlNG
VALVE
- 2
EM58,
Z-WAY
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE
3
EMS,
Z-WAY YAZAK,
BLACK
SUMITOMO
REARWARD
OF AIR CLEANER
ON THROTTLE
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
ON THROTTLE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
90 DC, BROWN
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
ENtiNE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD
90, GREY
REAR
ASSEMBLY
90 DC,BLUE
TS90,
TOP HOSE
ASSEMBLY
RELAYS
MOTOR
POWER
Case Color
Connector
BROWN
EM.49,
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
/ Color
CONTROL
BROWN
I Access
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
CA19
20.WAY
EM1
12~WAY AUGAT
Location
MVLTlLOCK
070,
YELLOW
1 6, BLACK
I Access
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTlNG
ENGlNE
ADJACENTTO
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET,
PASSENGER
‘K POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
PASSENGER
‘4’ POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
EM53
IO-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘%’ POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUND
FC1
54.WAY THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
LS3
54.WAY
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
LH ‘4’ POST,
PI,
SWAY
SUMiTOMO
Pi2
,&WAY
ECONOSEAL
THROUGH
PASSENGER
SIDE AIR VENT,
‘4’ POST FINISHER
GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
i BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD,
//I LC, BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
TS090
LOWER
ABS PUMP
REAR OF ENGINE
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
GROUNDS
CONTROL
Location
/ Type
EYELET
(PAIR) - EMS LH GROUND
EYELET
IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
EYELET
IPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
EYELET
(SINGLE)
MODULE
- EMS BULKHEAD
STUD
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
4-
GROVND
GROUND
B+
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
OPEN,
REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
values for Control
ON TOP OFTRANSMISSION
BRACKET
ENGINE
SWITCH
Ground
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
BRACKET
GREY
POWER
POWER
are used to represent
ENCLOSURE
COMPARTMENT,
WHITE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
BL
THE
MODULE
COMPARTMENT,
070,
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
AT
CONTROL
ENGlNE
070,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
COMPARTMENT,
ENGlNE
MULTILOCK
Bt
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
ENGlNE
111LC, BLACK
92,
REAR
90 II ! GREY
92, BLACK
YAZAKI
HEAD,
90 II 1 GREY
MULTILOCK
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
ENCLOSURE
i BULKHEAD
,&WAY
GROUND
UPSTREAM
‘B’ BANK HOZS HEATER
UPSTREAM
‘K BANK HOZS HEATER
EVAP VALVE ACTIVATE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
MODULE
I REAR OF ENGINE
X-WAY
B+
B+
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
CYLINDER
f CONTROL
COMPARTMENT
EM3
GROUND
GROUND
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
0 KHz = NO KNOCK, 2 - 20 KHz = KNOCK
5 v Q ,000 RPM = 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
5Hr@lDLE
GROUND
5” @ ,000 RPM _ 45 Hz; 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
THROTLE
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER SUPPLY
,GNlTlON
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
BANK
COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT
BLACK
EM2
B+
B+
SHIELD
COMPARTMENT,‘B’
ENGlNE
J2-,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
‘B’ BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
‘X BANK KNOCK SENSOR FEEDBACK
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL
CMPS, CKPS, KNOCK SENSORS COMMON
CKPS SIGNAL
CMPS SIGNAL GROUND
ENGlNE
P126, P-WAY ECONOSEAL
P,35,5WAY
ASSEMBLY
ENGINE
- ‘A’ BANK
2
AIR FLOW SENSOR
PEDAL POSlTiON
YAZAK,
MOUNTING
POWER TIMER
SENSOR
Relay
SUPPLY
SHIELD
~135,5~WAY
1
I REAR OF BED PLATE
P13, P-WAY AMP JUNIOR
AIR TEMPERATURE
BRAKE
THROTLE
SENSOR
I-WAY
PEDAL
ENGINE
GROUND
GROUND
KM PROGRAMMlNG
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE #3 ACTIVATE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE #1 ACTIVATE
VACUUM
SWITCHING
VALVE #2 ACTIVATE
THROTTLE
MOTOR POWER RELAY ACTlVATE
I
0
SG
AIR TEMPERATURE
CAN NETWORK
PARKING
- B
P~WAY ECONOSEAL
I Access
TO THE BRAKE
ENGlNE
E J2: GREY
SUMlTOMO
SENSOR
SENSOR
ECONOSEAL
SUMlTOMO
SENSOR-A
OXYGEN
KS KNOCK
P14 i I-WAY
SENSOR
070 /WHITE
MULTILOCK
040, GREY
MULTlLOCK040,GREY
MULTlLOCK
040, GREY
MULTILOCK
040, GREY
MULTlLOCK47:WHITE
MULTILOCK
47 /WHITE
EM2-3,
OXYGEN
HEATED
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
III HC, BLACK
EM21 I I-WAY
HEATED
,ATS 2: ,NTAKE
ECONOSEAL
EM39,
H02S
IATS. iNTAKE
P115, Z-WAY
PURGE VALVE
H02S’
THRO”iE
The following
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
EVAP CANISTER
111HC, BLACK
MULTlLOCK
ADJACENT
WHITE
ECONOSEAL
EMlO,
Z-WAY
EM,, , ,G-WAY
EM12,22-WAY
EM13,34-WAY
EM14, ,l~WAY
EM15,22~WAY
COMMUNICATIONS
070,
, Z-WAY
EM66 I Z-WAY
MODULE
CAN NETWORK
ECM PROGRAMMING
SENSOR
FAN
iR.D.4.3.21
EVAPP
POSITION,
POSiTiON
COOLING
PI,,
SENSOR
Bc
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
POSlTlON
Location
I Type / Color
MULTILOCK
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
77 Pin
Description
I CC28~1
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
STATUS
0
CC30~1
AIRCONDlTlONlNG
ELECTRICAL
LOADSIGNAL
B-
0”
1
0
/
cc31-7
cc31-9
CC31~17
LOADlNHlB,T
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
ONREOUEST
REFRIGERANT
4 WAYPRESSURE
SWITCH
0”
B+
Cl”12-30BARi
BT
0”
ENGINE CONTROL
7
0
I
1
I
I
I
I
/
I
I
I
0
Pin
EM,&2
EM,O-3
EM10-4
EM,&1,
EM,,-,
EM,,-4
EM,,-5
EP.412.5
EM12-6
EMi2-8
Er.012.9
EM12~10
COMPONENTS
Inactive
0”
Active
B+(ON,
B+ ,O”T
OF ACTIVE
RANGE,
MODULE
Description
*:cml LOADINHIBIT
A/KM ELECTRICAL
LOADSIGNAL
*/cm COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
REOUEST
CRUISE
CONTROL
BRAKE
CANCEL
REOUEST
GROUND
B+
B+
CRVISE
CONTROL
SET+,CRUISE
CONTROL
ONREOUEST
CRUISE
CONTROL
CANCEL,
RESUME
GROUND
GROUND
B+
IAPPLIED)
B+
GROUND
7 3 ” = RESUME,
8 8”
= CANCEL
B+
4 WAYREFRIGERANT
SWlTCH
HIGHPRESSURE
4 WAYREFRIGERANT
SWTCHHIGHPRESSURE
IGNITION
MODULE 2 SWITCHING
FEEDBACK
IGNITION
MODULE
I SWITCHING
FEEDBACK
AIRCONDITIONING COMPRESSOR RELAYACTlVATE
FUEL PUMP
CRUISE
CONTROL
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
(LOW) SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
GROUND
,HIGHI
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
RELAYACTlVATE
PARALLEL
PUMP
SWITCHES
CC40,
4.WAY
CRUISE
CONTROL
ON,
CCX,
10.WAY
CRUISE
CONTROL
SWITCHES
ENGINE
CONTROL
MODULE
OFF SWITCH
iSTEERiNG
SPEED FAN ACT,“ATE
90 A TYPE,
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
M”LTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
47,
47,
47,
47,
MULTlLOCK
EPC,
GREY
GREY
GREY
GREY
0”AD
BLACK,
/ Access
ENGINE COMPARTMENT/WC
RH SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON
BLACK
ADJACENTTOTHE
070 /WHITE
AMP MlCRO
SW3,3~WAY
WHEELi
FUEL INJECTOR
- 1A
FUEL INJECTOR
1B
CENTER
LOCK 1 NATURAL
WHITE
CONSOLE
COMPRESSOR
TUNNEL,
GLOVE
BRAKE
PEDAL
MOUNTING
GROUND
CENTER
OF STEERING
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT:CONTROL
ENGINE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
COMPARTMENT,
INTAKE
INTAKE
MANlFOLD
MANIFOLD
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
MODULE
IJ3,P-WAYAMPJUNIOR
POWERTlMERiBLACK
AMP .,“NlOR
AMP JUNIOR
POWER TiMER,
POWER TlMER,
BLACK
BLACK
FUEL INJECTOR
- *A
FUEL INJECTOR
- 28
I,8 i 2~WAY AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT:INTAKE
IJ5,NVAY
AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/INTAKE
MANIFOLD
- 38
IJ9,2~WAY
AMP JUNIOR
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
FUEL INJECTOR
-4A
IJS,Z-WAYAMPJUNlOR
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
FUEL INJECTOR
- 48
IJ10,%WAY
AMP JUNIOR
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT!
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
BT9,
SUMlTOMO
F”ELINJECT0R-U
FUEL INJECTOR
l-WAY
BTIO, IO-WAY
BTll , IO-WAY
BT,? , IO-WAY
BT10,10-WAY
BT64, EYELET
” T A
“.T A
U.T.A.
U.T.A.
POWERTlMER,BLACK
POWER TIMER,
DL90,
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
BLACK
TOP OF F”ELTANK,TR”NKCARPET
NATURAL
TRUNK
BOX, NATURAL
BOX i BLACK
BOX, GREEN
BOX,BL”E
ELECTRlCAL
CARRlER
90,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
BLACK
COIL-N
PIZZ, ?-WAY YAZAKI 90,
Pl,B,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK
ENGINE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,CAMSHAFTCOVER
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
COIL-2B
Pm,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
IGNlTlON
COIL-U
P120,2-WAYYAZAKl90,BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
IGNITION
COIL-3B
Pm,
SO, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
IGNlTlON
COIL-W
P121 , ?-WAY
90,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
COVER
IGNITION
IGNlTlON
COIL-G
MODULE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CAMSHAFT
- 1
P125, ?-WAY YALAKl 90 , BLACK
EMZ,,
12.WAY IGNlTlON
POWER MODULE,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
MODULE
- 2
EM29,12-WAY
BLACK
ENGINE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CONTROL
COMPARTMENT/ADJACENT10
IGNITION
IGNITION
COILCOIL-
IGNlilON
IGNlTlON
P118,2-WAY
1.A
1B
YMAKI
Z-WAY YAZAKI
2~WAY YAZAK,
YAZAKI
90,
BLACK
COVER
GROUND
IGNITION
MODULE
I SWITCHING
5 Hz @ IDLE
IGNITION
IGNITION
MODULE
2 SfllTCHlNG
5 HZ @ IDLE
INTERCOOLER
IGNITION
MODULE
2 SWlTCHlNG
5 Hz @ IDLE
RADIATOR
FAN CONTROL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
IGNiTlON
MODULE
1 WATCHING
5 HZ @ IDLE
RADIATOR
FAN - LH
CF, , P-WAY
REINSHAGEN,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BELOW
LH FAN
FAN - RH
CE,
REINSHAGEN,
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BELOW
RH FAN
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
ADJACENT
IGNITION
MODULE
2 SWlTCHlNG
5 Hz @ IDLE
RADIATOR
IGNlTlON
MODULE
1 SWITCHING
5 HZ @ IDLE
REFRIGERANT
lGNlilON
MODVLE
1 SWlTCHlNG
5 Hz @ IDLE
IGNITION
MODULE
1 SWlTCHlNG
5 Hz @ IDLE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘2B’ ACTIVATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘4A’ ACTIVATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘1W ACTIVATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘48’ ACT,“ATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘3A’ ACTlVATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘2.4’ ACTlVATE
GROUND
INJECTOR
‘1B’ ACT,“ATE
GROUND
ENCLOSURE
MANIFOLD
COIL RELAY ACTIVATE
‘38’ ACTIVATE
ASSEMBLY
WHEEL
IGNITION
INJECTOR
BOX ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY
IJ7, Z-WAY
IJ4,Pv’dAY
B+
LED
SUMlTOP.40
CC28, ZB-WAY
CCE!
16.WAY
ccx,
12.WAY
CC31,22-WAY
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
RELAYACTlVATE
INTERCOOLER
SERIES
ON STATUS
BRAKE CANCEL
Location
/ Type / Color
P136, VWAY
FUEL PUMPS
RELAY ACT,“ATE
FUEL PUMP
Connector
Inactive
BA
Active
GROUND
Component
AIRCONDlTlONlNG
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
AIRCONDlTlONlNG CONTROL MODULE
RELAY MODULE
PRESSURE
POWER MODULE,
1530, Z-WAY AUGAT 1 5, BLACK
LS31 , B-WAY TRW, BLACK
PVMP
I-WAY
IGNlTlON
l~!NAY
LS26,
SWITCH
G~WAY ECONOSEAL
l/l LC, BLACK
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
MODULE ENCLOSURE
RH CRUSHTUBE
LH CRVSHTUBE
TO LH SlDE OF RADIATOR
RELAYS
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B-
Location
Connector
EM25,
BROWN
CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUEL INJECTION
RELAY
FUEL PUMP RELAY 2
BROWN
BROWN
EM%,
BROWN
CONTROL
MODVLE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
BUS
RELAY#,,TR”NKF”SE
FUEL PUMP
BROWN
BUS
RELAYiM.TRUNK
BROWN
EMX,
BROWN
BLUE
EM.41,
BLUE
ENGINE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENT
lGNlTlON
COMPRESSOR
RELAY
CLUTCH
RELAY
1
COIL RELAY
INTERCOOLER
PUMP
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
Type I Color
54.WAY
THROUGH
EM1
12.WAY
AUGAT
EM3
EM51
14-WAY
MULTILOCK
IZ-WAY
AUGAT
EM53
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
FCI
IJ,
54.WAY THROUGH
PANEL CONNECTOR
B-WAY AUGAT 1 6, BLACK
IJ2
CONTROL
CONTROL
MODULE
MODULE
BOX/TRUNK
FUSE BOX/TRUNK
ENCLOSURE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS,
RELAYS,
CONNECTORS
Connector
BT4
PANEL,
070,
/ Access
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK/REAR
BLACK
B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS
PUMP
PASSENGER
‘X’ POST, LOWER ‘K POST FlNlSHER
1 6, BLACK
WHlTE
ENGlNECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS
1.6, GREY
B-WAY AUGAT
I-WAY YALAK,,
LS32
PI1
/ Color
/ Access
Case Color
BROWN
Relay
AIRCONDITIONING
PASSENGER
070 /WHITE
BELOW
, BLACK
PASSENGER
ENGENE,
ENGlNE,
1 6, BLACK
GREY
‘A’ POST,
FORWARD
FORWARD
FORWARD
PUMP
LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE
OF INTAKE
OF INTAKE
OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION
SUMlTOMO
ECONOSEAL
TS090, BLACK
111LC, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/BULKHEAD,
PI2
57.WAY
IB~WAY
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
SC3
SW,
12.WAY
,*-WAY
MVLTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
070,
040:
ADJACENTTO
STEERING COLUMN
lNSlDE STEERING COLUMN
COWL
SW2
B-WAY JST , WHITE
GREY
BLACK
CENTER
OF STEERING
BOX ASSEMBLY
MANIFOLD
MANIFOLD
BRACKET
ARM
REAR OF ENGINE
ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
MOTOR
WHEEL
GROUNDS
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Ground
Location
BT20
EYELET
iSINGLE
-TRUNK,
EM17
EYELET
iSINGLE)
- EMS BULKHEAD
GROVND
EM17
EYELET
(SINGLE,
- EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
EMBR
EYELET
(PAIRI -EMS
FC,?R
EYELET
(PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD
CONTROL
MODULE
Ground
Location
LSlOL
EYELET
IPAIR) - LH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
STVD
LSlOR
EYELET
IPAIR)
LH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
STUD
LS2OL
EYELET
(PAIR, - RH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
LSZIR
EYELET
iPAIR
GROUND
STUD
/ Type
8H REAR GROUND
LH GROUND
STUD
STUD
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
/ Type
- RH FORWARD
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION ANQ IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION
v
I
c
c
I
c
c
Pin
cc14-1
CC14~3
CC,&4
cc14-6
cc14-8
cc14-9
MODULE
Description
IGNITION
SWITCHED
POWER
SUPPLY
CANNETWORK
CANNETWORK
GROUND
CANNETWORK
CANNETWORK
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL
MODULE:
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
SPORT
GROUND
GROUND
= LED ON
GROUND
iMAXIMUM
PRESSURE1
St iN0
GROUND
iMAXlM”M
PRESSUREi
SC iNO PRESSURE,
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROVND
GROUND
OUTPUT
SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT
SPEED SENSOR
SWITCH
SENSOR
FLUID TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
SPEED SENSOR
BATTERY
ROTARY
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
POWER SUPPLY
SWITCHES
COMMON
GROUND
#3
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
SOLENOD
VALVE
#,
GROUND
B*
SOLENOID
VALVE
83
GROUND
B+
SOLENOID
VALVE
#2
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
ROTARY
SWITCH
‘L,’ CONTACTS
B+
ROTARY
SWTCH
x3
B+
TURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT
SPORT
CONTACTS
REGULATOR
SOLENOID
VALVES
PRESSURE
REGULATORS
SELECT
COMMON
GROUND
SUPPLY
COMMON
SUPPLY
= 500 HZ
= 223 HZ. 20 MPH 132 KM,H)
= 446 Hz
GROUND
,MAXlM”M
B+
St
B+
St
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
Bi
GROUND
IGNITION
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
B+
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
15-1500Hz
15515OOHz
CAN NETWORK
1551500Hz
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
MODULE:
TRANSMISSION
ROTARY
AJPS N,A
CONNECTOR.
AJZG WA
SWITCH
111, BLACK
UNDER
,O~WAY AMP MICRO
EM,,
%-WAY
BOSCH,
WAD
LOCK,
BLACK
BLACK
EM461
16.WAY
KOSTAL
TRANSMISSION
EM47,
IO-WAY
METRI-PACK
150,
CONNECTOR
BLACK
ACCELERATOR
CENTER
CONSOLE
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
ENGlNE
PEDAL
ASSEMBLY
CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
REAR OF TRANSMISSION
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMISSION
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
EM53
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
Location
070,
PASSENGER
WHITE
/ Access
‘K POST,
LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
Location
Ground
/ Type
EYELET
(PAIR) - DRIVE SHAFT
EYELET
(PAIR, - RH FRONT
EYELET
iPAiR) - EMS LH GROUND
MODULE
TUNNEL
BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD,
STUD
CABIN
LH SIDE
SIDE
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
= NORMAL
151500HZ
CAN NETWORK
symbols
ELECTRlCAL
ASSEMBLY
ECONOSEAL
B+ iNO PRESSURE,
PRESSURE)
IGNITZON
CAN NETWORK
CONTROL
TRANSMlSSlON
ASSEMBLY
CONSOLE
CENTER
GROUND
250 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI
,O”=SPORT
#5
TRANSMISSION
CONSOLE
070,WHlTE
cm,
/ Access
CENTER
St ,NO PRESSURE)
PRESSUREi
7 51 ” @ 10 MPH (1.5 KM,Hi
STRATEGY
PRESSURE
iMAXIMUM
1.51 ” @ 10 MPH 116 KM,H1=
SPEED SENSOR
MODE SWITCH
CTRANSMISSION,
YELLOW
MULTILOCK
IO-WAY
CC18,2-WAY
SWITCH
CONTROL
1.15”@9O”C
SHlELD
/ D - 4, KICK DOWN
s+
1.31 ”
FEEDBACK
0214,
MODULE
070,
GROUNDS
GROVND
300 HZ Q IDLE (2.5 “I
SHlELD
PRESSURE)
9 ” = NORMAL
= SPORT
SPEED SENSOR
TURBINE
The following
PRESSURE1
D - 4 SWITCH
FLUID TEMPERATURE
B+ (NO PRESSUREi
IMAXIMUM
B+
SELECT
ILLUMINATION
Location
/ Type I Color
MULTILOCK
Inactive
GROUND
TURBINE
KlCKDOWN
CC7,3-WAY
KICKDOWN
AJ26 N/A
STRATEGY
Connector
D - 4 SWITCH
MODE SWITCH
Active
SWlTCH
Component
GEAR SELECTOR
Description
PRESSURE
REGULaTOR
112
SPORT
MODESWTCHST*T”SLED
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
#4
PRESSURE
REGULATOR
#1
GROUND
ROTARY
SWITCH
‘L2’CONTACTS
ROTARY
SWITCH
‘LUCONTACTS
MODE
COMPONENTS
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
ComPonents connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION
v
MODULE
COMPONENTS
I
Pin
cc14-1
IGNITION
c
CC14~3
CAN NETWORK
DUAL LINEAR
c
CC,&4
CAN NETWORK
GEAR SELECTOR
Description
Inactive
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
I
CC14~6
GROUND
KlCKDOWN
c
cc14-8
CAN NETWORK
MODE SWITCH
c
cc14-9
CAN NETWORK
TRANSMISSION
TRANSMISSION
V
Pin
CONTROL
MODULE:
Description
SERIAL
Inactive
Active
COMMUNICATIONS
KICKDOWN
SPORT
SWITCH
GROUND
MODE SWITCH
B+ C< WOT,
j= WOT,
0 V = SPORT,
0 V = NORMAL
DUAL
LINEAR
SWITCH
VOLTAGE
ENCODED
GEAR RECOGMTION
GROUND
= R. D. 4.3
B+ = P, N, 2
DUAL
LINEAR
SWITCH
VOLTAGE
ENCODED
GEAR RECOGNITION
GROUND
= N, D. 4.2
BA = P, R, 3
DUAL
LINEAR
SWITCH
VOLTAGE
ENCODED
GEAR RECOGNlTlON
GROUND
= N, 4,s.
DUAL
LINEAR
SWITCH
VOLTAGE
ENCODED
GEAR RECOGNlTlON
GROUND
= P, D. 3.2
IGNITION
SLiPPLIED
TCM i DUAL
VOLTAGE
LINEAR
WATCH
COMMON
GROUND
SUPPLY
2
6, = P
t?“=R,D
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
CAN NETWORK
SPEED SENSOR
‘1-2,
4-5’
FEEDBACK
COMMON
SOLENOID
SUPPLY
ACTIVATE
B+
B+
GROUND
ACTIVATE
GROUND
TCC SOLENOID
ACTIVATE
GROUND
SENSOR
n3 SPEED SENSOR
0
MODULATION
0
SHIFT
0
SOLENOID
TEMP.
VALVE/
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
GROUND
1.75v
6”
REGULATOR
REGULATOR
PRESSURE
COMMON
VOLTAGE
B- = UNLOCKED
GROUND
SVPPLY
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
5”=P,N
@ 90” c = R, D, 4. 3.2
= 85 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KPHI; 170 Hz Q 20 MPH (32 KPH, (‘2’ SELECTED
MODULE
CONTROL
MODULE:
ELECTRICAL
,O~WAY MULTILOCK
CC18,
Z-WAY
EMS,,
EMU,
AJ26 SC
CONNECTOR
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
lB~WAY
ll~WAY
GBI : 12.WAY
AJ26 SC
ECONOSEAL
AMP
MICRO
AMP JUNIOR
AMP JUNIOR
KOSTAL
RlGHT
070 /WHITE
CC14,
CC4 1 l&WAY
iTRANSMlSS,ONi
Location
/ Type / Color
MULTILOCK
CENTER
070 l WHlTE
UNDER
111, BLACK
OUAD
LOCK i BLACK
POWER TIMER:
POWER TIMER:
BLACK
BLACK
HAND
I Access
SIDE OF GEAR SELECTOR
CONSOLE
1 CENTER
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
ACCELERATOR
CENTER
CONSOLE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
PEDAL
ASSEMBLY
CONTROL
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
TRANSMISSION
1.5, BLACK
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type I Color
Location
EM44
,Z-WA’,
AUGAT
ENGlNE
EM53
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
EM63
14~Wb.Y MULTILOCK
I.61 BLACK
I Access
COMPARTMENT,
BRACKET
ON TOP OF TRANSMlSSlON
070 /WHITE
PASSENGER
‘W POST,
LOWER
‘X’ POST FINISHER
070 iYELLOW
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Location
I Type
Ground
CCZR
EYELET
(PAIRI - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL
GROUND
CC3L
EYELET
iPA,R, - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD/CABIN
SIDE
CCBR
EYELET
IPAIR) - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD/CABIN
SIDE
EMBR
EYELET
,PAIRI - EMS LH GROUND
CONTROL
MODULE
STUD - LH SIDE
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
t-
‘2’ ENGAGED)
GROUND
( 42% PWM @ lDLE,
B+
GROUND
t 39% PWM 0 lDLEi
B+
GROUND
Bi
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
D
C
S
ACT,“ATE
ACTIVATE
REGULATOR
B+
= LOCKED
GROUND
FEEDBACK
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
symbols
COMMON
FEEDBACK
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
‘1’ ENGAGED)
GROUND
ACTIVATE
/FLUID
HZ @ 20 MPH (32 KHI 1’2’ SELECTED
5”
‘2-Y SOLENOID
FLUID TEMP.
I
0
SG
VOLTAGE
‘3-4’ SOLENOID
SPEED SENSOR
The following
6” = 900 HZ Q 10 MPH it6 KPHI, ,800
ILLUMINATION
12-WAY
BIZR.N.4
CAN NETWORK
“2 SPEED SENSOR
CR?,
SWITCH
WATCH
TRANSMISSION
AJ26 SC
Connector
Component
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
Description
COMPONENTS
IGNITION
SWlTCHED
GROUND
Active
GROUND
IGNITION
SWTCHED
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
B+
BT
B+ iUNLOCKED
GROUND LOCKED,
BRAKE SWITCH
B+ (LOCKED,
GROUND
ENGINE
GROUND
B+ (NOT IN PARK)
GEYRSHIFT
COLUMN
INTERLOCK
WATCHGEAR
SOLENOID
KEYLOCK
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH
BATTERY
SUPPLY
ACTl”ATE
SOLENOlD
ACT,“ATE
STATTUS
VOLTAGE
(UNLOCKED1
CONTROL
v
B-
B+
GEM
SELECTOR
Pin
Description
EM10-10
BRAKE
C
EMIO~Z7
CAN NETWORK
C
EM,@28
CAN NETWORK
Inactive
B-
SWITCH
MODULE
MULTlLOCK
070,
ADJACENT
WHITE
COMP*\RTMENT,
CC14,10-WAb’ MULTlLOCK
CENTER
CONSOLE
070,WHlTE
GEAR SELECTOR
Z-WAY
MULTILOCK
040,
CC13 / B-WAY MULTILOCK
COLUMN
BLUE
070,
CENTER
YELLOW
Type I Color
P@WAY
MULTILOCK
EM1
12.WAY
*“G*T
Location
LH ‘A’ ~0s~
070 /YELLOW
MOUNTING
C
CAN NETWORK
15 - ,500
HZ @ 2.5 v
EM2
Z-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
PASSENGER
C
CC14A
CAN NETWORK
15 - ,500
HZ @ 2.5 ”
FC7
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
ABOVE
DIMMER
MODULE,
COIN TR*Y
C
cc14-8
CAN NErWORK
16-1500Hz@2.6”
FCI 1
IB-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHiTE
ABOVE
DIMMER
MODULE,
COIN TRAY
C
CCi4-9
CAN NETWORK
16-150clHz@2.6”
LS3
54.WAYTHROUGH
SC1
12.WA,’
Pin
Description
Active
FC24-19
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 HZ
s
FCZ4-20
SCP NETWORK
2
C
FCZ4~24
CAN NEWORK
15-1500Hz
C
FCZ4-47
CAN NETWORK
1%1500Hz
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
,600
Inactive
ASSEMBLY
ENCLOSURE
ASSEMBLY
ASSEMBLY/CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCHGE*R
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
ENGlNE
1 5, BLACK
PANEL
MULTlLOCK
070,
CONNECTOR,
LH ‘4’ POST,
BLACK
COLUMN
WHITE
BRACKET
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
‘K POST,
LOWER
LOWER
i LOWER
‘x
POST FiNisHER
ABS PUMP
‘4’ POST FINISHER
‘K POST FINISHER
SWlTCHGEAR
Hz
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
GROUNDS
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Location
I Type
Ground
CUR
EYELET
(P/JR) - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL
GROUND
CCJL
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FRONT
STUD,
FC29L
EYELET
(PAIR, - LH BULKHEAD
BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD,
STUD
CABIN
CABIN
LH SIDE
SIDE
SIDE
MESSAGES.
CONTROL
I
0
SG
MODULE
PACK
S
The following
MOUNTING
/ Access
CONNECTOR
Active
77
CONTROL
CONNECTORS
Connector
CA19
Description
INSTRUMENT
BOX
PEDAL
FASCIA
PCBSIGNAL!BLACK
PCB SIGNAL/BLACK
Pin
cc14-3
Inactive
GLOVE
TO THE BRAKE
ENGlNE
X5,
SWlTCHGEARi
MICROSWITCH
BEHIND
E,,,,O,ZB-WAY
M”LTlLOCK040,GREY
EM,, , ,&WAY
MULTlLOCK
OlOIGREY
EM12,22-WAY
MULTiLOCK
040, GREY
EM13,34-WAY
MULTILOCK
MC, GREY
EMII,
12.WAY MULTILOCK
47, WHITE
EMIS, 22~WAY MULTILOCK
47, WHITE
FC24,4WVAYAMPMOD”LE
FC25i24-WAYAMP
MODULE
iCOLUMN
BULKHEAD,
EEEC,GREY
CC12;?-WAYM”LTlLOCK070,WHITE
PACK
SOLENOlD
NOT-IN-PARK
MODULE
SOLENOID
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION
V
KEYLOCK
ILLUMINATION
!NTERLOCK
INSTRUMENT
MODULE
I
MODULE
2- 1600 HZ
VOLTAGE
GEARSHIFT
ENGINE CONTROL
CC40,l~WAY
I Access
Location
I Type I Color
FC15,14~W*YAMP
MODULE
* - 1600 HZ
SCP NETWORK
SUPPLY
BODY PROCESSOR
B+
B+
SCP NETWORK
BATTERY
IPARK)
Connector
Component
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
ABS I TRACTION
v
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CONTROL
Pin
Description
0
LS27~1
BRAKE
FLUlD
I
LSZ7-2
BRAKE
SWITCH
CONTROL
RESERVOIR
MODULE
LEVEL SWITCH
REFERENCE
COMPONENTS
Active
Inactive
B+
B+
Component
GROUND
B+
ABS ,TRACTlON
CONTROL
I
LS27-3
RH FRONT
WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
2.5 “@
SG
LS27~4
RH FRONT WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
2 5 ” @ REST
BRAKE SWITCH
16-1500
STABILITY/TRACTION
CONTROL
(CENTER CONSOLE SWlTCH
C
LS27-5
CAN NETWORK
SG
LSZ7-6
RH REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
25”@
I
LS27-7
RH REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
2.5”
I
LS27-8
POWER GROUND
GROUND
LSZ7-9
BATTERY
B+
I
LSZ7-13
BRAKE
I
1527~14
STABILIT”,
POWER SUPPLY
FLUID
RESERVOIR
TRACTION
LEVEL SWITCH
CONTROL
SWITCH
CONTROL
SWITCH
10 MPH (26 KM/HI
= 100 HZ, 20 MPH 132 KM/HI
= 200 HZ
BRAKE
Hz
REST
@ 10 MPH Cl6 KM,Hi
= 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM,Hi
GROUND
MULTILOCK
070,
FORD IDC S.“.
COMPARTMENT,
ON BRAKE
ADJACENTTO
WHITE
CENTER
, BLACK
METRl630,
BLACK
LH FRONT
REINSHAGEN
METRI 630,
BLACK
REAR AXLE,
B+
WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
- RH FRONT
FR, ,2-WAY
REiNSHAGEN
METRl
630;
BLACK
RH FRONT
B+
WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
- RH REAR
RN,
RElNSHAGEN
METRI 530,
BLACK
REAR AXLE,
P-WAY
THE BRAKE
CONSOLE
?-WAY
PEDAL
SWITCH
LH HEADLAMP
FLUID
MOUNTING
ASSEMBLY
RESERVOiR
ASSEMBLY
PACK
HUB ASSEMBLY
LH WHEEL
HUB
HUB ASSEMBLY
RH WHEEL
HUB
B-
~MOMENTAIRW
LH FRONT WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
2 5 ” @ 10 MPH (16 KM,H,
SG
LS27-18
LH FRONT
SPEED SENSOR
2.5 ” @ REST
LSZ7-19
NOT USED
I
LS27-20
lGNlTlON
I
LS27-21
LH REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
2 6 v @ 10 MPH (16 KM/HI
SG
LS27-22
LH REAR WHEEL
SPEED SENSOR
2 5 ” @ REST
I
LS27-24
POWER GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
I
LS27-25
BA”ERY
B+
B+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
16.WAY
BEHIND
ENGlNE
Z~WAY REINSHAGEN
STABILITY
1500 HZ
B+
GROUND
= 100 Hz; 20 MPH 132 KM/HI
= 200 HZ
GROUND
B+
POWER SUPPLY
b-WAY
cc,,
BLACK
COMPARTMENT,
LA?,
LS27-17
SUPPLY
X40,
POWER TIMER,
ENGlNE
FL,,
,
WATCHED
AMP J”NiOR
I Access
Location
BLACK
- LH REAR
CAN NETWORK
WHEEL
SWITCH
PACK1
FORD,
- LH FRONT
LS27~16
15
EM37,2~WAY
AMP,
SPEED SENSOR
LS27-l5
LED
RESERVOIR
?-WAY
SPEED SENSOR
c
STATE
LS27,
WHEEL
0
/TRACTION
MODULE
WHEEL
= 200 Hz
GROUND
FLUID
/ Type I Color
Connector
CONTROL
= 100 Hr. 20 MPH 132 KM/Hi
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
= 200 HZ
MESSAGES.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector
CA9
Type I Color
CA19
20.WAY
CA.29
4.WAY
EM1
IPNAY
EM51
12.WAYAUGAT
LS1
2.WAY
AUGAT
LS2
2.WAY
AUGAT
LS3
54.WAYTHROUGH
6.WAY
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
BELOW
WHITE
I Access
REAR SEAT CUSHION
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR
070 iYELLOW
MOUNTING
BELOW
REAR SEAT CUSHION
1.6, BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENTiADJACENTTOABS
I.S,GREY
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
1.6, NATURAL
BELOW
CHASSIS
RAIL,
LH SIDE
1 6, NATURAL
BELOW
CHASSlS
RAIL,
RH SIDE
MULTILOCK
AUGAT
Location
070,
070,
WHITE
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
LH ‘A’ POST,
BLACK
BRACKET,
LOWER
‘X’ POST FINISHER
PUMP
ABS PUMP
LOWER ‘4’ POST FiNlSHER
GROUNDS
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FRONT
LS291
EYELET
IPAIR
- ABS GROUND
STUD
LS29R
EYELET
(PAIRI - ABS GROUND
STUD
CONTROL
Location
I Type
Ground
ccx
MODULE
BULKHEAD
STUD/
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CABIN
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING
V
CONTROL
MODULE
Pin
Description
0
CCZB-6
DEFROST
0
CC28~7
CENTER
0
CUB-8
LH FRESH,
0
CCZB-9
RH FRESH,
RECIRCULATION
0
CCZB~12
FOOTWELL
VENT SERVO
0
cc**-13
COOL AIR BYPASS
0
CUB-19
DEFROST
0
CC2B~20
CENTER
0
cc**-*,
!.H FRESH i RECIRCULATION
VENT SERVO
MOTOR
B+
0
CCZB-22
RH FRESH,
RECIRCULATION
VENT SERVO
MOTOR
*+
0”
0”
0”
0
CCZB-25
FOOTWELL
SERVO
B+
0"
0
cc**-26
COOL AIR BYPASS
B+
0”
VENT SERVO
MOTOR
REClRCULATiON
sENsot7
B+
VENT
MOTOR
*+
VENT
MOTOR
B+
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
B+
MOTOR
SERVO
MOTOR
FEEDBACK
0.75”
VENT POTENTIOMETER
RH FRESH / RECIRCULATION
COOL AIR BYPASS
ENGINE
B+
VENT SERVO
VENT SERVO
CENTER
FEEDBACK
VENT
POTENTIOMETER
VENT POTENTIOMETER
FEEDBACK
FEEDBACK
VENT POTENTIOMETER
FEEDBACK
VENT
POTENTIOMETER
VENT POTENTIOMETER
WlTH
SOLAR
FEEDBACK
DATA
OUTPUT
TO CONTROL
PANEL
SENSOR
FEEDBACK
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE
HEATER
MATRIXTEMPERATVRE
SERIAL
DATA
INPUT
SENSOR
FROM
CONTROL
FEEDBACK
EVAPORATOR
IGNITION
SWITCHED
ISOLATE
CONTROL
PANEL
BATTERY
FEEDBACK
SUPPLY
BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
BA”ERY
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
ENGINE
SPEED SIGNAL
0
POTENTIOMETER
D
SERIAL
0
POWER
SWITCHED
FEEDBACK
SENSOR
RELAY CONTROLLED
IGNITION
0
SENSOR
TEMPERATURE
< 1”
= CLOSED
c 1”
= CLOSED
WITH TEMPERATURE
REFERENCE
COMMUNlCATlONS
CONTROL
PANEL
VOLTAGE
< 1 ” = CLOSED
> 3.6”
= OPEN
< 1 V = CLOSED
> 3.5”
= OPEN
< 1 ” = CLOSED
POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
SUPPLY
POWER
COMMON
SUPPLY
REFERENCE
COMMUNICATIONS
SERIAL
DATA
OUTPUT
D
CCZ7~4
SERIAL
DATA
INPUT
I
cc*,-5
IGNITION
SWITCHED
I
cc*,-6
BA”ERY
POWER SUPPLY
I
cc*,-7
CONTROL
PANEL
I
cc*,-*
LOCATE
lLL”MlNATlON
I
cc*,-9
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
CAUTION: The information
SUMITOMO
90 HYBRID,
GREEN
RH SlDE FASCIA
GLOVE
BOX
LS16,
Z-WAY YAZAKI
FC40,4-WAY
ASSEMBLY
HEATER
MATRIX
CC34,
ASSEMBLY
MULTILOCK
,*-WAY
FC52,2-WAY
SENSOR
FCU!
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
12.WAY
ADJACENT
MULTILOCK
070,
040,
070,
040,
BUMPER
UNDER
TRAY
DRIVER SIDE KNEE BOLSTER
WHITE
LH SIDE OFTRANSMISSIONTUNNEL,
BLACK
WINDSHIELD
GREY
FASCIA
BLACK
CENTER
LH DASH
LINER
VENT
- CENTER
RELAYS
Relay
ISOLATE
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Case Color
Connector
VIOLET
CA50,
Location
/ Color
LH HEELBOARD
VIOLET
I Access
RELAYS,
HEELBOARD
COVER
CONNECTORS
Location
I Access
Connector
CA79
Type / Color
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
LH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
LOWER
‘R POST FlNlSHER
MOUNTlNG
BRACKET,
LOWER
‘4’ POST FINISHER
WITH TEMPERATURE
FC7
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
ABOVE
DlMMERMOD”LE,COlNTRAY
FCI 1
IB-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
WHITE
ABOVE
DlMMER
DECREASING
TO RADIATOR,
MODULE,
COIN TRAY
0”
3.25”
@ 0” C. DECREASING
WITH TEMPERATURE
3.25”
@ 0’ C: DECREASING
WITH TEMPERATURE
GROUNDS
B+
0”
Ground
Location
B+
0”
CA3lL
EYELET
0”
Bt
CCSR
EYELET!P*IR,
B+
0”
FC29L
EYELET
B+
Bt
I Type
(PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFT
- RH FRONT
TUNNEL
BULKHEAD
(PAIR) - LH BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD,
GROUND
STUD,
STUD
CABIN
CABlN
SIDE
SIDE
RPM = 45 HZ: 2000 RPM = 90 Hz
5”
CONTROL
+
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
B+
*+
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
44 Hz @ 20 MPH 132 KM/H)
@ Bt
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
PANEL
cc*,-3
Input
output
Signal Ground
IS-WAY
OUTPUT
CONDITIONING
CONTROL
Pin
Description
CC27~1
CLOCK
cc*,-*
START
symbols
CC%,
@ 20-C;
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
I
0
SG
BOX
- RH BLOWER
2.25”
B+
The following
GLOVE
AIR INTAKE
RH ‘A’ POST CONNECTOR
22 Hz @ 10 MPH 116 KMIHI;
D
LH SIDE FASCIA
YELLOW
SPEED SIGNAL
AIR
v
I
I
, GREEN
070,
VEHICLE
SERiAL
90 HYBRiD
MULTILOCK
RELAY ACTIVE
D
040,
SUMITOMO
92, BLACK
BOX ASSEMBLY
INPUT
BATTERY
MOTOR
MULTILOCK
IS-WAY
SENSOR
BLUE
GLOVE
CONSOLE
12.WAY
CC32,
*O-WAY
ISOLATE
POTENTIOMETER
CENTER
CC*,,
- LH BLOWER
CA20
CONTROL
ASPIRATOR
PANEL
TUNNEL,
AIR INTAKE
WITH TEMPERATURE
0
0
CONTROL
/ Access
RH SIDE OF TRANSMlSSlON
GREY
GREY
GREY
GREY
@ 2Y C; DECREASING
0
0
AIR CONDITIONING
47,
47,
47,
47,
2.18”
6”
GROUND
PANEL
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
AIR CONDiTlONlNG
= OPEN
5 ” @ ,000
COMMON
CC28,26-WAY
CCZS, 76.WAY
CC30, ,Z-WAY
CC31,22-WAY
VENT ASSEMBLY
c 1 ” = CLOSED
B+ ,MOMENTARYI
IN CAR TEMPERATURE
MODULE
SOLAR
PANEL
START
cor4Tf7oL
EVAPORATOR,
CLOCK
SERIAL
AIR CONDITIONING
LOAD
= OPEN
> 3.5”
FEEDBACK
Location
I Type I Color
Connector
Component
ASPIRATOR
> 3.5”
2.5 ” @ 90” C. DECREASING
LH FRESH 1 REClRc”LATl0N
FOOTWELL
- 4.75 V; INCREASING
COMPONENTS
AMBIENTTEMPERATURE
> 3.5 V = OPEN
>3.5”=OPEN
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
DEFROST
B-
0"
B+
MOTOR
VENT SERVO
SOLAR
B+
Inactive
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
0”
Active
VENT SERVO
TO A,C CONTROL
FROM A/C CONTROL
POWER
GROUND
B+
B+
GROUND
B+
GROUND
MODULE
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
REOVEST
D
C
S
Inactive
B+ (1.45 KHz,
MODULE
SUPPLY
are used to represent
Active
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Bt
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIR CONDITIONING
D
I
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CONTROL
Pin
cm-1
CC28-2
cc**-3
CC%4
K-28-5
CC%16
CC28~17
cc**-18
HEATED
ccm7
RH BLOWER
MODULE
Description
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
STATUS
HEATER
VALVE
ACTl”E
RHBLOWER
MOTOR
RELAYACTlVE
LH/ RHWlNDSHlELD
HEATER
RELAYS
ACT,
DOORMIRROR
HEATER
RELAY
ACTIVATE
LHBLOWER
MOTOR
RELAYACTlVATE
HEATER
PUMPRELAY
ACTIVATE
BACKLIGHT
RELAY ACTIVATE
SPEED FEEDBACK
0
cc*%8
RH BLOWER
SPEED CONTROL
I
cc29-15
LH BLOWER
SPEED FEEDBACK
0
029~16
LH BLOWER
SPEED CONTROL
0
cmo-1
*m
I
cm-7
LOAD ,NHlBlT
0
cc31-9
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
I
CC31~17
REFRIGERANT
4WAY
CONDlTlONiNG
ENGINE CONTROL
n
0
DRIVE S,GNAL
DRIVE SIGNAL
ELECTRICAL
LOAD SIGNA,
COMPONENTS
Active
B+iON1
B+
0”
0”
0”
B0”
0”
Inactive
0”
0”
BEs+
*+
0”
BL
B-
7 6 ” = LOW SPEED
0 83” = HIGHSPEED
13 ” = LOW SPEED
0”
7.6 ” = LOW SPEED
083”=HlGHSPEED
1.3 v = LOW SPEED
0”
B-
0”
Component
AIRCONDlTlONlNG
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
Connector
/ Type / Color
P,36!,-WAYSUMITOMO
90ATYPE,BLACK
Location / Access
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENTiA,C
COMPRESSOR
AIR CONDlTlONlNG
CC28 /26-W*”
CC29,16-WAY
CCX,
12.WAY
cc31 ,22-W*”
RH SiDE OF TRANSMISSION
CONTROL
ON REOUEST
cc27:
12~WAY MULTlLOCK 040, BLUE
,i~WAY
SUMlTOMO
90 HYBRID/
GREEN
LH SIDE FASCIA
GLOVE
BOX
BLOWER
MOTOR
- RH
CC33 i 15WAY
SUMITOMO
90 HYBRID,
GREEN
RH SIDE FASCIA
GLOVE
BOX
OOOR MIRROR
DRIVER
DD8 / 12.WAY
MULTlLOCK
040:
BLACK
DOOR MIRROR
PASSENGER
PD8,
MULTILOCK
040,
SLACK
ENGINE
CONTROL
FUSE BOX-
ENGINE
FUSE BOX
TRUNK
Description
AICCMLOADlNHlB,T
LSS, ,O-WAY
LS6,10-WAY
LS7, 10.WAY
158 / 1%WAY
ST19, EYELET
COMPARTMENT
RANGE1
I
EM10-3
A/cm
ELECTRICAL
I
EM,&4
A,CCM
COMPRESSOR
LOAD SIGNAL
CLUTCH
Inactive
B+
Active
GROUND
*+
BA
REOUEST
I
EM,Z-5
4 WAY REFRIGERANT
SWlTCH
HIGH PRESSURE
GROUND
@ 20 BAR ,290 PSli
I
EM12~6
4 WAY REFRIGERANT
SWITCH
HIGH PRESSURE
GROUND
@ 12 BAR ,174 PSli
0
EM,?-10
AIR CONDITIONING
0
EM1315
SERlES
0
EM13-16
PARALLEL
,LOW
COMPRESSOR
RELAYACTlVATE
SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
IHIGH)
SPEED FAN ACTIVATE
GROUND
B+
GROUND
Bt
GROUND
B+
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MVLTlLOCK
MULTlLOCK
M”LTILOCK47
“.T A
” T A
” LA
” T A
BTlO, 10.WAY
BTll , IO-WAY
8112,10-WAY
Ems,
10.WAY
ST&t, EYELET
DRIVER
BOX,
BOX,
BOX,
BOX,
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
NATVRAL
BLACK
GREEN
BLUE
DOOR
COMPARTMENT:
CONTROL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LH FRONT
ELECTRICN
MODULE
INSIDE ‘E’ POST, ‘E’ POST UPPER -iRIM
BEHlND LEFT HAND REAR OUARTER PANEL
CA21, LUCAR - LOCKING
IC18, LUCAR
HEATER
PUMP
EKE,
P-WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC i BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFTHAND
REAR
EM40,
P~WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC, WHiTE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
LEFT HAND
REAR
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJ*CENTTO
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
BELOW
LH FAN
BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
BELOW
RH FAN
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
RADIATOR
FAN CONTROL
RADlATOR
FAN - LH
RADlATOR
FAN - RH
REFRIGERANT
LS31 ,*-WAY
RELAY MODULE
WI
REINSHAGEN,
LSZG, S-WAY ECONOSEAL
SWITCH
MKI
BLACK
1 Z~WAY REINSHAGEN,
CF2, PNAY
4~WAY PRESSURE
TRW,
ENCLOSURE
CARRIER
BACKLIGHT
HEATERVALVE
POSILOCK
DOOR
ENGlNE
TRUNK
BOX, NATURAL
SOX, BLACK
BOX/GREEN
BOX, BLUE
BOX ASSEMBLY
CONSOLE
PASSENGER
040 i GREY
040, GREY
040! GREY
040, GREY
47,WHiTE
OVHITE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
“.T.A
“.T.A
“.TA
“.T A.
CENTER
GLOVE
HEATED
GROUND
GROUND
IP-WAY
EMlO, **-WAY
EM,, ! IS-WAY
EM12 i22-WAY
EM,3,34-WAY
EMili
12.WAY
EM15,22-WAY
MODULE
MODULE
Pin
EM,&2
TUNNEL!
CCBZ
CONTROL PANEL
= HIGH SPEED
BL (OUT OF ACTIVE
GREY
GREY
GREY
GREY
- LH
0”
SWTCH
47,
47,
471
471
MOTOR
B+
PRESSURE
MULTILOCK
M”LTlLOCK
MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
BLOWER
AIR CONDlTlONlNG
= HIGH SPEED
MODULE
111LC , BLACK
LH CRUSHTUBE
LH SIDE OF RADIATOR
WlNDSHiELD
HEATER
- LH
SH4,
Z-WAY AMP SERIES
187C,
GREY
CONNECTOR
ADJACENT
TO HOOD LATCH
WlNDSHiELD
HEATER
- RH
SK,
Z-WAY AMP SERIES
187C,
GREY
CONNECTOR
ADJACENT
TO HOOD LATCH
RELAYS
BLOWER
MOTOR
BLOWER
MOTOR
DOOR MIRROR
COMPRESSOR
CLUTCH
BROWN
RELAY
RELAY
BLUE
BLUE
BLVE
RELAY (%?I
BROWN
RELAY - LH
RELAY - RH
HEATER
HEATED
BACKLlGHT
HEATER
PUMP
BROWN
RELAY Wli
WINDSHIELD
HEATER
RELAY-
LH
BLACK
WINDSHIELD
HEATER
RELAY-
RH
BLACK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
Connector
/ Color
EMZS,BROWN
CA%,BLUE
C.458,BLUE
CA18,BLUE
BUS
BUS
SK, BLACK
SH3,BLACK
Case Color
Relay
AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL
I Access
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
RELAYS,
ENGINE
RH HEELBOARD
RELAYS,
HEELBOARD
COVER
RH HEELBOARD
RELAYS,
HEELBOARD
COVER
RH HEELBOARD
RELAYS,
HEELBOARD
COVER
RELAY%?.TRUNKFUSE
RELAYit’?,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
BOX,TR”NK
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX,
ENGINE
FRONT
BULKHEAD
RELAYS
/ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FRONT
BULKHEAD
RELAYS
/ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
COMPARTMENl
CONNECTORS
Location
Connector
ST4
Type I Color
54.WAY THROUGH
PANEL,
CA10
CA12
CA19
CNO
S-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
8.WAY
070,
YELLOW
MULTILOCK
BLACK
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
2GWAY
MULTILOCK
070 /YELLOW
EM1
,l~WAY
AUGAT
EM42
I-WAY
EM51
,Z-WAY
EM53
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
LS3
S&WAYTHRO”GH
LS32
4.WAY
PI,
57.WAY
YAZAKI
AUGAT
YAZAKI
PARCEL
DRIVER
‘K POST,
PASSENGER
YELLOW
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
LOWER ‘K POST FINISHER
MOUNTING
BRACKET,
LOWER
FORWARD
TSOW,
ENGINE
BLACK
GAITER
RH ‘N POST CONNECTOR
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
‘A’ POST FINISHER
ASS PUMP
OF ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
‘A’ POST,
LH ‘N POST,
BLACK
, GREY
DOOR HARNESS
BRACKET,
PASSENGER
&W/WHITE
RH SIDE
GAITER
MOUNTING
ENGINE
1 6, GREY
REAR BULKHEAD,
DOOR HARNESS
‘K POST,
BULKHEAD/REAR
, GREY
SHELFITRUNK,
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR
ENGlNE
1.6, BLACK
SUMITOMO
I Access
BELOW
LOWER
LOWER
ASS PUMP
‘K POST FINISHER
‘K POST FlNlSHER
OF LH FRONTSUSPENSION
COMPARTMENTiBULKHEAD,
ARM
REAR OF ENGINE
GROUNDS
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
U
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
connected and fitted. “Active”
components
values for Control
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
Ground
Location
CA30R
CA33R
EYELET
(PAIRI - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH ‘t’
POST GROUND
SCREW
ccx
EYELET
,PA,R, - DR,“E
SHAFT
GROUND
EM8R
EYELET
iPAiR
EMllL
EYELET
iPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
EM18R
EYELET
(PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
IC6
EYELET
(SINGLE)-TRUNK,
LSIOL
EYELET
(PAIR, - LH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
LSlOR
EYELET
,PAIR) - LH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
KalL
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type
TUNNEL
EMS LH GROUND
STUD - LH SIDE
STUD
STUD
ST”0
LH FORWARD
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT
PIN OUT INFORMATION
PACK
Active
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
Component
Connector
s+
GROUND
ANALOG
FC38,
IGNITION
SWITCHED
ADAPTIVE
POWER SUPPLY
DAMPENINGWARN~NG
t?+
GROUND
TRIP CYCLE
GROUND
iMOMENTARYi
‘A/B
GROUND
iMOMENTARY,
GROUND
,MOMENTARYI
TRIP SELECT
‘ML/KM’
SELECT
SCP NETWORK
2
15515mHz
CAN NETWORK
IS-
BA”ERY
B+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
E%
GROUND
ILLUMlNATlON
GROUND
SUPPLY
REFERENCE
Hz
GROUND
WOMENTAW
‘000’ SELECT
GROUYD
,MOMENTARYi
CAN NETWORK
1%
CAN NETWORK
1551500Hr
ENGINE
COOLANTTEMPERATURE
VEHICLE
SPEED - A,CCM
VEHICLE
SPEED - PAS
“EHlCLE
SPEED-ADAPTIVE
FEEDBACK
FUEL LEVEL GAUGE
REFERENCE
VEHICLE
DIMMER
OVERRIDE
WARNlNG
LOW COOLANT
CAUTION: The information
CONTROL
MODULE
GROUND
WARNING
SWITCH
SWITCH
FC27 i IO-WAY
PACK
iCOLUMN
ECONOSEAL
SC2:
SWlTCHGEARi
IO-WAY
AMP
MICRO
MULTlLOCK
BROWN
LOCK,
COMPARTMENT,
SENDER
ON COOLANT
UNIT/TRUNK
RESERVOIR
CARPET
FASClA
BLACK
BLACK
ENGINE
EC J2 I BLACK
OUAD
ENGINE
FUELTANK
MKI
MKI
PCB SIGNAL,
PCB SIGNAL,
AIR VENT
BLACK,
BELOW
GENERATOR
FASCIA
BLACK
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
HARNESS:
ADJACENTTO
STEERING COLUMN
070 /YELLOW
MOTOR
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type I Color
ST4
54.WAYTHROUGH
EM2
20.WAY
MULTlLOCK
FC1
54.WAY
THROUGH
PI,
57~WAY SUMITOMO
Location
PANEL,
070,
PANEL
BELOW
BLACK
PASSENGER
GREY
CONNECTOR,
TS090,
SLACK
SLACK
I Access
PARCEL
SHELF,
TRUNK:
‘A’ POST I LOWER
BELOW
PASSENGER
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
REAR BULKHEAD!
RH SIDE
‘R POST FINISHER
SIDE AIR “ENT,GLO”E
BULKHEAD,
BOX ASSEMBLY
REAR OF ENGINE
Ground
Location
EM8L
EYELET
(PAIR, - EMS LH GROUND
I Type
FC17L
EYELET
(PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
FC17R
EYELET
IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
FCZ(IR
EYELET
,PAlR,
- LH BULKHEAD
STUD
GROUND
STUD
STUD
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
WARNING
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
P140, VWAY
POWER TIMER,
POSlLOCK
POSlLOCK
I Access
CENTER
SPEED
CHARGE
symbols
1500 HZ
MIL
LOW OIL PRESSURE
FCZI, 48.WAY AMP
MODULE
FCZB, 24.WAY AMP MODULE
PACK
JUNIOR
- LOCKING
- LOCKING
BLACK
GROUNDS
DAMPING
FUEL LEVEL GAVGE
AlRBAG
,NSTR”MENT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
GROUND
‘CLEAR’sELECT
SPEED
LUCAR
L”CA\R
TRIP CYCLE SWlTCH
GROUND
ENGINE
Z-WAY AMP
8714,
BT15,
TRlP COMPUTER
1500 HZ
OUADLOCK,
EM%,
LEVEL SWITCH
Location
I Type I Color
B-WAY AMP MICRO
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
COOLANT
OIL PRESSURE
2 - ,600
CAN NETWORK
POWER SUPPLY
CLOCK
1500 Hi
SCP NETWORK
GROUND
The following
COMPONENTS
Description
GROUND
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
on this data page is furnished
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
Module
+
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
communications
to aid the user in understanding
B+
V
Hz
circuit
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
operation.
THIS INFORMATION
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
SHOULD
BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
77
Pin
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
SRSAUDIBLE
BACKUP
Active
IGNITION
GROUND
SWITCHED
Inactive
ENCODED
GROUND
SEAT BELT SWATCH STATUS
GROUND
IGNITION
S’WTCHED
GROUND
STARTER
ENGAGE
BA”ERY
SUPPLY
GROUND
REOUEST
GROUND
VOLTAGE
B+
(CRANKING)
Connector
WARNING
SPEAKER
,COLUMN
SC? i 1%WAY
SWITCHGEAR
I Type I Color
MULTILOCK
070/WHITE
B+
BODY PROCESSOR
B+
SEAT BELT SWITCH
FC15,14-WAY
MODULE
SPvWD,
AMP EEEC,
GREY
Z~WAY MULTILOCK
070,
Location
BULKHEAD,
BLACK
/ Access
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
HARNESS,
ADJACENT
TO STEERING COLUMN
BEHIND
GLOVE
MOTOR
BOX
DRIVER SEAT
Br
AUDIBLE
WARNiNG
SPEAKER
AUDIO
OUTPUT
AUDIBLE
WARNiNG
SPEAKER
AUDIO
O”TP”T
SCP NETWORK
2- ,600
SW NETWORK
2- 1500 HZ
BATTERY
B-
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
AUDIBLE
B+ iFASTENED
(UNFASTENED)
B-
SUPPLYVOLTAGE
COMPONENTS
Component
COMMUNlCATlONS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
HZ
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
MESSAGES.
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type I Color
CA23
10.WAY
MULTILOCK
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
SC1
12.WAY
MULTILOCK
Location
070,WHITE
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
DRIVER SEAT
BELOW
DRIVER SiDE AIR VENT i COIN TRAY
COLUMN
070,WHITE
I Access
BELOW
SWITCHGEAR
GROUNDS
Location
/ Type
Ground
CA25R
EYELET
IPAIR) -PASSENGER
CA2SR
EYELET
IPAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND
CONTROL
MODULE
SEAT GROUND
STUD
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
‘v
MODULE
Pin
Description
0
FC,S-1
RH FRONT
SIDE LAMP SUPPLY
0
FC15-2
LH FRONT
DI LAMP
SUPPLY
0
FCI 5~3
RH FRONT
Dl LAMP
SUPPLY
I
FC15~14
HEADLAMP
I
FC15-15
IGNITION
I
FC1516
SIDE LAMP
0
FC,S-20
FRONT
MAIN
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
GROUND
CENTER
SWITCH
GROUND
B+
DlRECTlON
INDICATOR
LAMP-
GROUND
B+
DlRECTiON
,NDlCATOR
LAMP - RH FRONT
GROUND
Bt
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND
B-
FOG LAMP-
LH FRONT
BL~,~~WAY
DELPHI,
PACKARD
METRIPACK
280,
GREY
FRONT
BUMPER
- LH SiDE
B+
FOG LAMP-
RH FRONT
BRA, Z-WAY
DELPHI,
PACKARD
METRlPACK
280 / GREY
FRONT
BUMPER
RH SIDE
Bt
LAMP
UNIT-L”
UNIT-
BEAM
REQUEST
GROUND
REQUEST
I
FC15-30
HEADLAMP
FC15-38
FRONT
I
FClS
STARTER
I
FCIS-42
HEADLAMP
0
FC15-45
MAIN
0
FC,S-53
LH FRONT
I
FC15-59
HAZARD
I
x15-61
RH DI REQUEST
GROUND
Bt
0
FC15~68
DIP BEAM
GROUND
Bc
I
FC15-79
BAITER”
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
B+
B-
1
FC15~80
BATTERY
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
!3+
Bt
FLASH
REOUEST
GROUND
REQUEST
GROUND
ENGAGE
REOUEST
GROUND
(CRANKING,
B-
LAMP
GROUND
(MOMENTARY)
B+
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
DIP REWEST
RELAY ACTIVATE
SIDE LAMP
LAMP
(MOMENTARYI
SUPPLY
GROUND
RELAY ACTIVATE
FC, S-84
SCP NETWORK
2-lmoHz
FCIS-85
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 HZ
I
FC15-88
LH DI REOUEST
GROUND
0
FC15-96
HAZARD
GROUND
TJ
LH FRONT
Active
S
FC24-19
SCP NETWORK
*-1600H2
S
FC24-20
SCP NETWORK
*-1600HZ
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
BL2,
?~WAY RElNSHAGEN
FC3,
FORD IDC S.U.,
RElNSHAGEN
,&WAY
AMP MICRO
CENTER
BLACK
CONSOLE
GLOVE
SWITCH
/VOLKSWAGEN,
BLACK
FRONT
BUMPER
- LH SlDE
/VOLKSWAGEN,
BLACK
FRONT
BUMPER
RH SIDE
QUAD
LOCK,
FASC,A,
NATURAL
OUTBOARD
BOX
PACK
OF STEERING
COLUMN
1538,
W’v’AY
AUGAT
1 .B! BLACK
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
LH FRONT
RH FRONT
LS40!
BYWAY AUGAT
1.6 : BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
RH FRONT
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
LH FRONT
LS5,10-WAY
LS6 I 10.WAY
is,,
,O~WAY
LS8,10-WAY
ST19, EYELET
COMPARTMENT
STALK
U.T.A.
U.T.A.
U.T.A.
U T.A.
FC24, .WWAY
FC25,24-WAY
PACK
iCOLUMN
SC2,,0-WAY
SWITCHGEAR
SlDE MARKER
- LH FRONT
BL5/2-WAY
SlDE MARKER
- RH FRONT
BR5,
Bt
iPULSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
AMP MODULE
AMP MODULE
MULTILOCK
Z-WAY
BOX 1 NATURAL
BOX! BLACK
BOX, GREEN
BOX, BLUE
PCB SIGNAL,
PCB SIGNAL,
FASCIA
BLACK
BLACK
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
HARNESS i
ADJACENTTO
STEERING COLUMN
MOTOR
070,YELLOW
REINSHAGEN
/VOLKSWAGEN
/BLACK
REINSHAGEN
, VOLKSWAGEN,
BLACK
FRONT
BUMPER
- LH SIDE
FRONT
BUMPER
- RH SIDE
RELAYS
FRONT
MAlN
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
MESSAGES.
Location
/ Access
Connector
BROWN
BUS
RELAY #5, ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX,
FOG RELAY
BROWN
BUS
RELAY #2. ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX/ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
BROWN
BUS
RELAY #3. ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX,
COMPARTMENT
DIP BEAM
Inactive
I Color
Case Color
RELAY
Relay
Description
16.WAY
BEHIND
B+
PACK
Pin
cc,,
BULKHEAD,
GREY
FRONT
,NSTRUMENT
LlGHTlNG
AMP EEEC,
BRZ,P-WAY
B-
iMOMENTARY
S
LAMP STATUS
PACK
GROUND
B+
REQUEST
FC,5,,4-WAY
BA
GROUND
s
INSTRUMENT
CONSOLE
FOG LAMP
BEAM
I Access
Component
GROUND
I
41
Location
I Type I Color
Connector
GROUND
SWITCHED
FOG LAMP
COMPONENTS
Inactive
Active
BA
B- (PULSED)
B+iPULSED,
BEAM
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
ENGINE
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
CONNECTORS
Type / Color
Location
I-WAY
AUGAT
1.6, BLACK
BEHlND
l-WAY
AUGAT
1.6, BLACK
ADJACENT
54.WAY
THROUGH
X-WAY
MULTiLOCK
54.WAYTHROUGH
PANEL
070,
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
CONNECTOR
DRlVER
ABOVE
DIMMER
LH ‘A’ POST,
i BLACK
WHEEL
TO BO”OM
BELOW
BLACK
WHITE
I Access
LEFT HAND
ARCH LINER
OF WASHER
SIDE AIR VENT,
MODULE,
LOWER
FLUID
RESERVOIR
COIN TRAY
COIN TRAY
‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
CCBL
EYELET
IPAIR) - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
CABlN
SIDE
CCBR
EYELET
,PAIRI - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
CABlN
SIDE
FC17L
EYELET
(PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD
FC,?R
EYELET
,PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD
LSI8L
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
LS1SR
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type
GROUND
STUD
GROUND
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
D
C
S
CAUTION: The information
NOTE: The values
components
are used to represent
Module
Pin Out data:
communications
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding
listed are approximately
and fitted.
“Active”
connected
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
B+
V
Hz
circuit
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
operation.
THIS INFORMATION
KHz
MS
MU
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
SHOULD
BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
0
0
0
0
I
1
I
0
0
I
I
I
I
0
0
I
I
0
I
I
0
s
s
I
0
Pin
FCIS-1
FC15-2
FC15-3
FC15-14
FCIS-15
FC15~16
FC15-20
FC15~27
FC15-30
FCi5-38
FC15-41
FC15-42
FC15-45
FC15-53
FC1549
FC15-61
FC15-68
FC15-79
FC15-80
FC15-81
FC15~84
FC15-85
FC15-88
FCli-96
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
RHFRONT
SIDELAMPSUPPLY
l.HFRONT
Dl LAMPSUPPLY
RHFRONT
DILAMPSUPPLY
HEADLAMP
MNNBEAMREOUEST
IGNITION
SWITCHED
GROUND
SIDELAMPREOUEST
FRONT
FOGLAMPRELAY
ACTIVATE
LHSIDEDi REPEATER
LAMPSUPPLY
,ROWONLY1
HEADLAMP
FLASHREOUEST
FRONT
FOGLAMPREOUEST
STARTER
ENGAGE
REWEST
HEADLAMP
DIPREOUEST
MAINBEAMRELAYACTIVATE
LHFRONT
SIDELAMPSUPPLY
HAZARD
LAMPREOUEST
RHDIREOUEST
DIPBEAMRELAY
ACTIVATE
BArrERYSVPPLY
VOLTAGE
BATTERY
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
RHSIDEDIREPEATER
LAMPSUPPLY
(ROWONLY)
SCPNETWORK
SCPNETWORK
LHDIREOUEST
HAZARD
LAMPSTATUS
COMPONENTS
Inactive
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bi
Bc
BT
B+
GROUND
BT
B+
Bt
BA
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
*+
Bc
B+
GROUND
Active
Bi
B+IPULSED)
B+(PULSED1
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
B- (PULSEDI
GROUND
,MOMENTARY~
GROUND
GROUND
(CRANKINGI
GROUND
IMOMENTARY~
GROUND
B+
GROUND
IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
Bt
BLiP”LSEDi
2- 1600HZ
2- 1600Hz
GROUND
GROUND
IPULSE,
Connector
I Type I Color
FC,5,14-WAY AMP
EEECiGREY
BULKHEAD
CENTER
cc,,
CENTER
CONSOLE
‘;7
s
s
Pin
FC24-19
FC24-20
BLACK
LAMP-
LH FRONT
BE IZWAY
RElNSHAGEN
, VOLKSWAGEN
LAMP
RH FRONT
BRZ, Z-WAY
REINSHAGEN
, VOLKSWAGEN,
FOG LAMP
SWITCHES
FC3,10-WAY
AMP MICRO
OUAD
/BLACK
LOCK,
BLACK
DELPHI,
PACKARD
METRlPACK
280,
GREY
FOG LAMP - RH FRONT
BR~,~-WAY
DELPHI,
PACKARD
METRIPACK
280 ,GREY
FRONT
/ Access
I BEHIND
CONSOLE
GLOVE
SWITCH
FRONT
BUMPER
- LH SDE
FRONT
BUMPER
- RH SIDE
FASW,,
NATURAL
BL4,l~WAY
LH FRONT
OUTBOARD
BOX
PACK
OF STEERING
FRONT
BUMPER
- LH SIDE
FRONT
BUMPER
- RH SIDE
COLUMN
LAMP
“NIT-
LH
LS38,
B-WAY AUGAT
1 5, BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
iH FRONT
FRONT LAMP
UNIT-
RH
~9.0,
B-WAY AUGAT
1.6 i BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
RH FRONT
COMPARTMENT
LS5,,0-WAY
LS6, ,&WAY
67,
,&WAY
LSB , l&WAY
STiS, EYELET
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
LH FRONT
,NSTRUMENT
UGHTING
FCZ4, &-WAY
FCZS,Z4-WAY
PACK
STALK
“.T A.
U.T.A.
U T.A
“.T A.
iCOLUMN
SC2,,0-WAY
SWITCHGEAR
LS17,
SiDE D, REPEATER
- LH
S,DE DI REPEATER
RH
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
AMP MODULE
AMP MODULE
MULTILOCK
NATURAL
BLACK
GREEN
BLUE
PCB SIGNAL,
PCB SIGNAL,
FASCIA
BLACK
BLACK
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
HARNESS,
ADJACENT
TO STEERING COLUMN
070 /YELLOW
S-WAY AMP JUNIOR
CA80 ,2-WAY
BOX,
BOX,
BOX,
BOX /
AMP JUNIOR
POWER TlMER,
BLACK
BEHlND
LEFT HAND
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
BEHlND
RlGHT
HAND
WHEEL
WHEEL
MOTOR
ARCH LINER
ARCH LINER
RELAYS
Bt
MAIN
MESSAGES.
Location
Connector
BROWN
BUS
RELAY #S, ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FOG RELAY
BROWN
BUS
RELAY #2. ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX,
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
BROWN
BUS
RELAY $0, ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
BEAM
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector
BL1
Type / Color
Location
I-WAYAUGAT
,.G,BLACK
BEHlND
BRI
a-WAY AUGAT
1.6, BLACK
ADJACENT
FC5
54.WAYTHROUGH
FC7
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
LS3
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
070,
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
CONNECTOR,
I Access
LEFT HAND
WHEEL
TO BOSOM
ARCH LINER
OF WASHER
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
ABOVE
DIMMER
BLACK
WHITE
/ Color
/ Access
Case Color
RELAY
Relay
Inactive
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
FORD IDC s u.,
INDICATOR
FRONT
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
16.WAY
lND,CATOR
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
B+
Active
2- 1sooHZ
2- 1600Hz
PACK
DlRECTlON
FOG LAMP
PACK
Description
SCPNETWORK
SCPNETWORK
SWITCH
DlRECTlON
DIP BEAM
INSTRUMENT
Location
Component
BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE
LH ‘A’ POST,
BLACK
MODULE/COIN
LOWER
FLUID
RESERVOIR
COIN TRAY
TRAY
‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
CA33R
EYELET
cc3
EYELET (PAIRI - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
ccm
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD/CABIN
FC17L
EYELET
IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
FCliR
EYELET
IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
LSISL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
LS,SR
EYELET
(PAIR, - RH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
CONTROL
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
SCREW
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CABIN
SIDE
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
MODULE
I Type
(PAIR) - RH ‘4’ POST GROUND
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
SHOULD
BE USED FOR REFERENCE
ONLY.
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
REAR FOG LAMP
IGNITION
SWITCHED
SIDE LAMP
SUPPLY
ENGAGE
REAR FOG LAMP
TRAILER
GROUND
REOUEST
RH TAIL LAMP
STARTER
REQUEST
REQUEST
STATUS
RH DI LAMP
LH DI LAMP
SUPPLY
LH TAIL LAMP
HAZARD
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
LAMP
REQUEST
TRAILER
LH Dl LAMP
RH DI LAMP
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
Component
GROUND
B+
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
B+
BRAKE SWITCH
B+
GROUND
CENTER
GROUND
B+
DIODE iBT.+X-
GROUND
B+
FOG LAMP
B- (PULSEDI
GROUND
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
B- (PULSEDI
GROUND
BA
GROUND
ICRANKING)
SWITCH
NUMBER
CC,,
PACK
PLATE
SWITCHES
B+
HIGH MOUNTED
B+ (PULSED)
GROUND
INSTRUMENT
B+ (PULSED)
SUPPLYVOLTAGE
B+
B+
SUPPLY
87
B+
LlGHTiNG
BLACK
BT.40, ?-WAY
DlODE
ASSEMBLY
FC3,
AMP MICRO
BTlO, IO~WAY
BTi l/10-WAY
BT12,10-WAY
BT13,10-WAY
BT64, EYELET
CA35,
STOP LAMP
STALK
(COLUMN
SC?,
SWITCHGEAR)
NUMBER
PLATE
LAMP-
LH
NUMBER
PLATE
LAMP-
RH
AND LOCKING
PACK
Description
Active
S
FC24-19
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 Hz
S
FC24-20
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600
C
FC-24.24
CAN NETWORK
15-
C
FC24-47
CAN NETWORK
1551500HZ
CONTROL
Active
Inactive
B+
GROUND
B+
GROUND
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
RH STOP LAMP
0
BT,-4
REAR FOG LAMP
0
BTV5
REVERSE
LAMP
I
BT,-6
BATTERY
SUPPLY
0
BTI-7
SPLIT CHARGE
S
BTM
SCP NETWORK
0
BT,-9
LH STOP LAMP
B+
GROUND
I
BT,-13
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
CONTROL
2
1600 Hz
I
BTI-14
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
S
811~16
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600
I
872-l
BRAKE
I
BT2-6
TRAILER
SWITCH
STATUS
CONNECTION
STATUS
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
TRUNK
FUSE BOX
iH
8751,
,-WAY
FRAM - FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK
TRUNK
LH SIDE,
REAR LAMP
COVER
UNIT-
RH
BT50,
,-WAY
FRAM - FORD 2.4 TIMER,
BLACK
TRUNK
RH SIDE,
REAR LAMP
COVER
ABOVE
TRUNK
BT32,14~WAY
CONNECTOR
Relay
BT,-3
SUPPLY
BELOW
MULTiLOCK
070,
YELLOW
FUSE BOX
RELAYS
Hz
1500 Hz
0
SUPPLY
CARPET
Inactive
MODULE
SUPPLY
FORD 2 8 TIMER, BLACK
FORD IDC, BLACK
COAXIAL CONNECTOR
TRUNK
SIDE,TRUNKCARPET
UNIT-
RELAY
SIDE MARKER
SUPPLY
II, BLACK
MOTOR
TAIL LAMP
STOP LAMP
Description
BT1,1&WAY
BT2, ZWAY
BT6, VWAY
MODULE
COVER
COLUMN
TAIL LAMP
TRAILER
Pin
AND LOCKING
CONTROL
LID LINER
TRUNKRH
SECURITY
B+
TRUNK
LH SIDE,
BLACK
B+
(PULSE,
B+
I,, BLACK
BEHIND
, VOLKSWAGEN,
8731,
ASSEMBLY
CARRIER
TRUNK
RElNSHAGEN
- RH
ELECTRICAL
LID LINER
?-WAY
REAR SIDE MARKER
BATTERY
OF STEERING
TRUNK
BLACK
B+
GROUND
BEHIND
VOLKSWAGEN,
GROUND
BAITERY,
MOUNTING
PACK
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO
STEERiNG COLUMN
070 /YELLOW
RElNSHAGEN,
- LH
SWITCH
FASClA
BLACK
BLACK
V.VAY
REAR SIDE MARKER
VOLTAGE
MULTILOCK
CONSOLE
BOX
PEDAL
BACKLIGHT
PCB SiGNAL,
PCB SIGNAL,
Z-WAY AMP POSiLOCK
B+
STATUS
TRUNK
NATURAL
BLACK
GREEN
BLUE
, NATURAL
MODULE
MODULE
GLOVE
TO THE BRAKE
FASCIA/OUTBOARD
BT26,
GROUND
SUPPLY
BOX,
BOX:
BOX,
BOX,
BEHIND
ADJACENTTO
NATURAL
BT29,
2 - 1600 Hz
LAMP
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
LOCK,
Z-WAY AMP POSlLOCK
LH DI REQUEST
RELAYACTlVATE
QUAD
CENTER
BT27,
SCP NETWORK
PLATE LAMP
AMP
AMP
10.WAY
2
1600 Hz
Z-WAY YAZAKI
FCZ4,48-WAY
FCZS, 24.WAY
PACK
MODULE
U.T A.
UT A.
U T A.
U T.A.
ADJACENT
070 /WHITE
FORD IDC S.U.,
>&WAY
/ Access
BULKHEAD,
EEEC,GREY
h-WAY MULTliOCK
16.WAY
SCP NETWORK
BATTERY
SECURITY
v
Pin
CC40,
Location
I Type / Color
FC15,14~WAYAMP
B+
,MOMENTARYi
BATTERY
VOLTAGE
Connector
MODULE
CONSOLE
GROUND
BATTERY
HAZARD
I7
GROUND
GROUND
SIDE MARKER&NUMBER
INSTRUMENT
Inactive
B-
GROUND
RH DI REOUEST
COMPONENTS
Active
AND NUMBER
PLATE
iPlMP
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
RELAY
Location
/ Color
/ Access
Case Color
Connector
BROWN
BUS
RELAY#S,
BROWN
BUS
RELAY#%TRUNKFUSEBOX,TRUNK
TRUNK
FUSE BOX/TRUNK
CONNECTORS
Location
Connector
Type / Color
BT4
54.WAY
CA19
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
FC,
SI-WAYTHROUGH
PANEL
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
FC7
?-WAY
MULTILOCK
THROUGH
PANEL,
BELOW
BLACK
LH ‘fi
070 /YELLOW
070,
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
WHITE
/ Access
PARCELSHELFiTRUNKiREAR
POST CONNECTOR
PASSENGER
B”LKHEAD,RHSIDE
MOUNTiNG
SlDE AIR VENT,
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
ABOVE
DlMMER
MODULE,
BRACKET,
GLOVE
LOWER
‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
COIN TRAY
GROUND
Hz
GROUNDS
GROUND
iBRAKE
GROUND
(TRAILER
ONi
PRESENT)
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
B+
Ground
Location
B+ (NO TRAILER)
BT20
EYELET
(SINGLE,
- TRUNK,
RH REAR GROUND
STUD
BT20
EYELET
(SINGLE,
- TRUNK,
RH REAR GROUND
STUD
BT21 L
EYELET
(PAIR) -TRUNK,
RH REAR GROUND
BT22L
EYELET
iPAiR,
RH CENTER
CAllL
EYELET
,PAIRI - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL
CC%
EYELET
iPAIR, - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
CCBR
EYELET
iPAIR, - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
FC17L
EYELET
IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
FCliR
EYELET
(PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
MESSAGES.
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type
- TRUNK,
STUD
GROUND
STUD
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
v
Pin
Description
I
FCIS~IZ
REAR FOG LAMP
I
FCIS-IS
IGNlTlON
I
FC15~16
SIDE LAMP
0
FC,S-28
RH TAIL LAMP
REOUEST
SWITCHED
GROUND
REOUEST
SUPPLY
I
FC15-41
STARTER
0
FCI S-44
REAR FOG LAMP
0
FC15-49
TRAILER
0
FC15-50
LH DI LAMP
0
FC15-54
LH TAIL LAMP
I
FC15~59
HAZARD
I
FC15-61
RH DI REQUEST
0
FC15~75
TRAILER
0
FC,S-75
RH Di LAMP
ENGAGE
REQUEST
RH DI LAMP
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
LAMP
REOUEST
LH DI LAMP
Inactive
GROUND
B+
Component
GROUND
B+
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
B+
BRAKE SWITCH
B+
GROUND
CENTER
SUPPLY
DlODE iBT40,
B+
FOG LAMP
B- (PULSED)
GROUND
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
B+ iPULSEDi
GROUND
B+
GROUND
iCRANKING
BT
BC
B+
S
FC15-84
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600
S
FCiS-55
SCP NETWORK
Z-1600Hz
I
FC,S-88
LH DI REQUEST
GROUND
0
FC15-95
SIDE MARKER&NUMBER
0
FC15-98
HAZARD
FC,S-104
BATTERY
Hz
B+
STALK
IPULSE)
B*
PLATE LAMP-
LH
NUMBER
PLATE
RH
SECURITY
LAMP-
AND LOCKING
CONTROL
MODULE
YAZAK,
FASCIA,
TRUNK
PCS SIGNAL,
PCB SIGNAL,
070,
SWITCH
BATTERY,
OUTBOARD
ELECTRICAL
MOUNTING
BAnEflY
COVER
COLUMN
CARRIER
FASCIA
BLACK
BLACK
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
HARNESS/
ADJACENTTO
STEERING COLUMN
YELLOW
POSlLOCK
II, BLACK
BEHINDTRUNK
8726,
POSILOCK
II / BLACK
BEHINDTRUNK
LID LINER
BELOWTRUNK
FUSE BOX
BT, ,,6-WAY
BT2,26-WAY
BT6, ,-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK
FORD IDC, BLACK
COAXIAL CONNECTOR
MOTOR
ilD LINER
B+
TAIL iAMP
UNIT - LH
BT5, ,,~WAY
FRAM - FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK
TRUNK
LH SIDE,
REAR LAMP
COVER
B+
TNL
UNIT-
BT50,
,-WAY
FRAM - FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLACK
TRUNK
RH SIDE,
REAR LAMP
COVER
BT32,
Id-WAY
ABOVE
TRUNK
LAMP
RH
CONNECTOR
MULTILOCK
ASSEMBLY
PACK
OF STEERING
BTZ, , Z-WAY AMP
Z-WAY AMP
BOX
PEDAL
BACKLIGHT
, NATURAL
MULTILOCK
CONSOLE
ADJACENTTO
NATURAL
GLOVE
TO THE BRAKE
070,
YELLOW
FUSE BOX
PACK
Inactive
Pin
Description
Active
S
FC24-19
SCP NETWORK
2-
,800
HZ
S
FC24-20
SCP NETWORK
2-
,600
HZ
C
FC24-24
CAN NETWORK
15-1500HZ
C
FC24-47
CAN NETWORK
1551500HZ
SECURITY AND LOCKING
CONTROL
STOP LAMP
MODULE
Inactive
B+
GROUND
B+
GROUND
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
BT1-3
RH STOP LAMP
0
BTI-4
REAR FOG LAMP
0
BTI-5
REVERSE
LAMP
I
BT1~5
BATERY
SUPPLY
0
BT,-7
SPLIT CHARGE
S
BTU
SCP NETWORK
0
BTI-9
LH STOP iAMP
B+
GROUND
I
BT,-13
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
I
BT,-14
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
S
BT,-16
SCP NETWORK
2-
BRAKE
I
BTX
TRAILER
SWITCH
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
CONTROL
CAUTlON: The information
BUS
RELAYYS,TRUNKFUSEBOX/TRUNK
BROWN
BUS
RELAY #3. TRUNK
RELAY
FUSE BOX /TRUNK
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type I Color
BT4
54.WAYTHROUGH
CA19
Z&WAY
MULTILOCK
FC1
54.WAY
THROUGH
FCS
5bWAYTHROUGH
FC7
PO-WAY MULTILOCK
SUPPLY
STATUS
CONNECTION
STATUS
,600
GROUND
Location
PANEL,
BELOW
BLACK
070,
/ Access
PARCEL
SHELF ITRUNK,
LH %’ POST CONNECTOR
YELLOW
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
DRlVER
ABOVE
DIMMER
070,
WHITE
REAR BULKHEAD,
MOVNTlNG
SIDE AIR VENT,
SIDE AIR VENT,
MODULE,
BRACKET,
GLOVE
RH SIDE
LOWER ‘N POST FINISHER
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
COIN TRAY
GROUND
(BRAKE
GROUND
(TRAILER
ON)
PRESENT)
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
BT20
EYELET
(SiNGLEi
-TRUNK,
RH REAR GROUND
STUD
B+
BT20
EYELET
(SINGLE,
-TRUNK,
RH REAR GROUND
STUD
Bt iNO TRAILER)
BTZ, L
EYELET
(PAIR) -TRUNK,
RH REAR GROUND
BT2ZL
EYELET
(PAIR) - TRUNK,
RH CENTER
CABIL
EYELET
IPAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL
CCBL
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
CABIN
SlDE
CCSR
EYELET
IPAIR, - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
FC17L
EYELET
(PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
FC17R
EYELET
(PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
Hz
MESSAGES.
CONTROL
Input
output
Signal Ground
LAMP
/ Color
I Access
Connector
BROWN
2-1600HZ
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
symbols
PLATE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Active
0
BTZ-I
AND NUMBER
Location
Case Color
RELAY
SlDE MARKER
Description
I
RELAYS
Relay
Pin
I
0
SG
SWITCHGEAR
NUMBER
TRAILER
The following
,COL”MN
B+
GROUND
GROUND
L,GHTING
STOP LAMP
PACK
LOCK,
BOX/NATURAL
BOX i BLACK
BOX, GREEN
BOX 1 BLUE
SC2,10-WAY
B+
0
NVAY
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
GROUND
VOLTAGE
INSTRUMENT
CA%,
U TA
U.T.A.
U.T.A.
U.T.A.
B+ iPULSED)
VOLTAGE
V
10.WAY
IO-WAY
,&WAY
,&WAY
EYELET
CENTER
ASSEMBLY
QUAD
FC24, @WAY AMP MODULE
FCZS,24~WAYAMP
MODULE
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
BTlO,
BT, 1,
BT12 i
BT,3!
BTB4,
MODULE
MICRO
,NSTRUMENT
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
AMP
HlGH MOUNTED
BATTERY
1
Z-WAY DIODE
FC3,,0-WAY
BEHlND
ADJACENT
WHlTE
, BLACK
B-
BATTERY
RELAYACTlVATE
BT40,
PLATE
SWITCHES
FORD IDC S.U
GROUND
FC15-80
LAMP
16.WAY
070,
B+ IPULSEDI
x15-79
PLATE
NUMBER
CC,,
PACK
MULTILOCK
I Access
BULKHEAD,
GREY
GROUND
I
STATUS
SWITCH
B+
iMOMENTARYi
I
LAMP
CONSOLE
AMP EEEC,
l-WAY
Location
/ Type I Color
FC,5,,1-WAY
MODULE
CC40,
B+
GROUND
SUPPLY
Connector
GROUND
GROUND
STATUS
COMPONENTS
Active
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
MODULE
I Type
STUD
GROUND
STUD
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS,
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
FOR
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
COMPONENTS
Connector
Component
Location
/ Type I Color
/ Access
HEADLAMP
LEVELING
ACTUATOR
- LH
LF41,
S-WAY REINSHAGEN
, BLACK
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT,
LH HEADLAMP
HEADLAMP
LE”EL,NG
ACTUATOR
- RH
LF42,
S-WAY RElNSHAGEN
, BLACK
ENGiNE
COMPARTMENT,
RH HEADLAMP
FC14,
S-WAY JAE IL-AGB,
FASCIA
SWITCH
HEADLAMP
LEVELING
,FASCIA SWITCH
SWlTCH
PACKI
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
GREEN
PACK
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
FE
54~WAYTHROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
Location
LS3
54.WAY THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
LH ‘X POST,
I Access
DRlVER
SIDE AIR VENT,
LOWER
COIN TRAY
‘X’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
I Type
FC17L
EYELET
iPAIR
- EMS BULKHEAD
LS18L
EYELET
(PAIRI - LH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
LSISR
EYELET
(PAIRi - RH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
GROUND
STUD
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
D
MODULE
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description
Active
Inactive
I
DDlO~l
BA”ERY
B+
B+
Component
I
DD10-8
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
BODY PROCESSOR
S
DD10-9
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,500
POWER SUPPLY
HZ
0
DD10~14
DRIVER DOOR PUDDLE
S
DD10-I6
SW NETWORK
2- ,600
I
DD10-17
POWER GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
DD11~4
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL
UNLOCK
B+ IMOMENTARY)
GROUND
I
DDli-12
DRlVER
LOCK REOUEST
Bt ,MOMENTARYl
GROUND
I
0011.20
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
GROUND
B,
LAMP
DOOR LOCK BARREL
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
v
I
Pin
RD,O-1
SUPPLY
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING
,TRlM
PANEL
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
PDlO ,2ZWAY
PDI 1 ,2Z~WAY
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING
iTRIM
PANEL
RP,O,Z-WAY
RP, ,,22-WAY
FORD2,8TlMER,BLUE
FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CASING,
DOOR CONTROL
- PASSENGER
MODULE-
PASSENGER
REAR
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER
DD3 i ,B-WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
DOOR CASING
DOOR SWITCH
DD3,13-WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC i BLACK
DOOR CASING,
- DRlVER
REAR
RD3,
B-WAY ECONOSEAL
PD3,
IS-WAY
RP3,
S-WAY ECONOSEAL
CA%,,
B-WAY MULTILOCK
FC33,
FC34,
LUCAR -STRAIGHT
LUCAR - STRAIGHT
DOOR PUDDLE
LAMP
SUPPLY
B+ (LIGHT
GROUND
ON,
GROUND
GROUND
REAR DOOR SWlTCH
DOOR CONTROL
GROUND
B+
,DOOR OPEN,
MODULE
Description
Active
Inactive
I
PDlO~’
BATTER”
B+
BC
I
PD,O-8
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
SCP NETWORK
2-
POWER SUPPLY
S
PD10~9
PD10-14
PASSENGER
S
PD10-I6
SCP NETWORK
2-1600Hz
I
PD10-II
POWER
GROUND
DOOR PUDDLE
LAMP
SUPPLY
,800
DOOR OPENER
GLOVE BOX LAMP
DOOR SWITCH
GROUND
REAR DOOR CONTROL
,GN,T,ON
SWITCH
(KEY-IN
I-WAY
111LC / BLACK
111LC, BLACK
MULTILOCK
040,
MULTiLOCK
FC4, B-WAY MULTILOCK
SWITCH)
BLACK
040,
BLACK
040,
DOOR CASING,
PUDDLE
LAMP-DRIVER
PASSENGER
PD14,
PUDDLE
LAMP-PASSENGER
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
TRUNK
LH SIDE iTRUNK
CARPET
TRUNK
LAMP - RH
BT47,
Z~WAY AMP JUNiOR
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
TRUNK
RH SIDE /TRUNK
CARPET
TRUNK
SWITCH
BT4, , P-WAY AUGAT
BEHIND
TRUNK
VANITY
LAMP
LH
CA@,
Z-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
LH SUN VISOR
“ANlPl
LAMP - RH
CA70,
I-WAY
070,
WHITE
RH SUN VISOR
1.5, BLACK
MULTILOCK
GROUND
Bi
,DOOR OPEN)
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Type I Color
BT4
54.WAY
THROUGH
CA8
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
CA10
B-WAY MULTILOCK
CA, 1
20.WAY
CA12
Location
PARCEL SHELF,
WHITE
DRlVER
‘X’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
YELLOW
DRlVER
‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
070,
070,
I Access
BELOW
PANEL,
BLACK
‘N POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
S-WAY MULTiLOCK
070 /YELLOW
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
070,
WHITE
DR,“ER
WHlTE
070,
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
DR,“ER
ICi
,&WAY
MULTILOCK
RP10-16
SCP NETWORK
2-
RP10-17
POWER GROUND
GROUND
I
RPll-20
PASSENGER
GROUND
BODY PROCESSOR
Pin
REAR DOOR SWITCH
,600
Hz
Description
IGNlTiON
SWITCHED
LAMP
IGNITION
SWlTCHED
STARTER
ENGAGE
COURTESY
LAMP
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
St
(DOOR OPEN)
ACTIVATE
REQUEST
KEY IN IGNlTlON
COURTESY
BATTERY
LAMP
SUPPLY
Active
Inactive
GROUND
Bt
B+
GROUND
Br
GROUND
REOUEST
GROUND
,CRANKlNGi
Bt
GROUND
IMOMENTARY,
B+
GROUND
,KEY IN,
B+ (KEY OUTi
SUPPLY
B+
GROUND
VOLTAGE
B+
B+
SCP NETWORK
2-
1600 Hz
SCP NETWORK
2-
1600 Hz
lLLUMlNAT,ON
BATTERY
BATTERY
SUPPLY
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
symbols
SUPPLY
D
C
S
B+
B+
B+
B+
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
070,
‘B,c’ POST,
PASSENGER
WHITE
‘Bit’
DOOR HARNESS
POST,
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
SIDE AIR VENT,
SIDE AIR VENT,
RH SIDE
GAITER
GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
GROUND
MODULE
COURTESY
The following
GROUND
REAR BULKHEAD,
PASSENGER
070,
PANEL
B+ (LIGHTON)
TRUNK,
WHITE
MULTILOCK
THROUGH
I
LID LINER
CONNECTORS
Connector
54.WAY
S
PANEL
Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR
S-WAY MULTILOCK
SUPPLY
PANEL
BT46,
FCI
LAMP
PANEL
LAMP - LH
CA18
DOOR PUDDLE
TRlM
/TRIM
TRUNK
GROUND
PASSENGER
TRIM PANEL
DOOR CASING/TRIM
RP,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMER,BLACK
BYWAY MULTILOCK
RP10-14
DOOR CASING
/ BLACK
CA14
0
COLUMN
DD,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMERiaLACK
B+
GROUND
BOX
STEERING
DOOR
B+
2-1600HZ
‘E’ POST TRIM
LAMP
BATERY
LOGIC GROUND
RH ‘E’ POST,
PUDDLE
RPlO~l
SCP NETWORK
‘E’ POST TRIM
DOOR CASING,
Inactive
RP10-8
PANEL
LH ‘E’ POST,
RD,4,2-WAYAMPJUNIORTlMERiBLACK
Active
RP10~9
/TRIM
REAR DOOR
Description
I
PANEL
DOOR CASING
GLOVE
- 2.8
- 2.8
070 i WHITE
Pin
S
PANEL
GROUND
MODULE
POWER SUPPLY
TRlM
/TRIM
LAMP-DRIVER
REAR DOOR
PANEL
TRIM PANEL
ROOF CONSOLE
BLACK
Z-WAY AMPJUNIORTIMER
PANEL
DOOR CASlNG
PUDDLE
DRIVER
iTRIM
BOX
Hz
B+ (LIGHTON
GROUND
PASSENGER
REAR
2- 1800 Hz
POWER GROUND
DRIVER
Hr
-PASSENGER
TRlM
DOOR CASING,
III LC, BLACK
ECONOSEAL
CA5,
0
V
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
GARAGE
PASSENGER
I
RDlO, 22.WAY
RD, 1 ,22-WAY
‘E’ POST LAMP - RH
SCP NETWORK
v
DRIVER REAR
GROUND
RD10-16
PASSENGER
MODULE-
iC4, I-WAY
RD10-14
PDll-20
DOOR CONTROL
‘E’ POST LAMP - LH
S
I
PANEL
B-
0
Pin
iTRIM
B+
GROUND
77
DOOR CASiNG
BATTERY
2 - ,600
PASSENGER
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR SWITCH
LOGIC GROUND
GLOVE
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
Inactive
SCP NETWORK
BEHIND
DDlO, 22.WAY
DD, ,,22-WAY
Active
POWER SUPPLY
I Access
BULKHEAD,
GREY
DRIVER
Description
RD10-8
RDli~lO
AMP EEEC,
MODULE-
DOOR SWITCH-PASSENGER
RDIO-9
1
(DOOR OPEN,
Location
I Type I Color
,&-WAY
DOOR CONTROL
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER
I
RDIO-17
Hz
MODULE
S
I
FClB,
GROUND
B+
REOUEST
Connector
MODULE
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
CABOL
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘K POST GROUND
I Type
SCREW
CABOR
EYELET (PA,R, - LH ‘I’
SCREW
POST GROUND
CABlL
EYELET (PAIR, - RH DRIVE SHAFT
CA33L
EYELET (PAIR, - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND
CA33R
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘K POST GROUND
SCREW
CA38L
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CA36R
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND
SCREW
FC17L
EYELET
(PAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
FC29L
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH BULKHEAD
IC20
EYELET
ISINGLE,
CONTROL
MODULE
- TRUNK,
TUNNEL
GROUND
STUD
SCREW
GROUND
GROUND
LH FORWARD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
STUD,
CABIN
GROUND
SIDE
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS.
CONTROL
DIMMER
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
COMPONENTS
Description
INSTRUMENT
PACKlLL”MlNAT,ON
BULBSUPPLY
INSTRUMENT
PACKILLUMlNATlON
BULBSUPPLY
Active
IGNITION
GROUND
CENTER
GROUND
ClGAR
LIGHTER-FRONT
CA,&,%WAY
ClGAR
LIGHTER-REAR
GROUND
C.475,
CA76,
Z-WAY ClGAR LlGHTER , YELLOW
LUCAR - LOCKING POSILOCK MKI
FC38,
B-WAY AMP MICRO
SWITCHED
SIDE LAMPS
GROUND
SUPPLY
ON REQUEST
DIMMER
POTENTIOMETER
FEEDBACK
DIMMER
POTENTIOMETER
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
B+ iLIGHTS
DNi
Inactive
GROUND
B- (LIGHTS
ON)
GROUND
1.3 ” _ DIM. 4 ” = BRlGHT
GROUND
GROUND
Connector
Component
AIR CONDlTiONlNG
CONTROL
CONSOLE
SWITCH
GENERAL
ILLUMlNATiON
BULB SUPPLY
B- (LIGHTS
ON1
GROUND
ANALOG
CLOCK
GENERAL
ILLUMlNATlON
BULB SUPPLY
B+ (LIGHTS
DNi
GROUND
CRUISE
CONTROL
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROUND
GROUND
DlMMER
BAnERY
POWER SUPPLY
BT
B+
DiMMER
BATFERY
POWER SUPPLY
B+
B+
FASCIA
4v
0”
FOG LAMP SWITCHES
DIMMER
POTENTIOMETER
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
ON,
Description
GROUND
I
FC24-27
lLLUMlNATlON
I
FCZS-21
DlMMER
SUPPLY
OVERRIDE
Inactive
BLUE
BLACK
MULTlLOCK070,WHlTE
,&WAY
OUADLOCK,
AMP MICRO
QUAD
FC23,
IZ-WAY
FC14,
WVAY
JAE IL-AG5,
GREEN
FC3,
IO-WAY
AMP MICRO
OUAD
PACK
LlGHTlNG
ILLUMlNATlON
CC14,
MOD, JLE
STALK
MODE SWITCH
GROUND
RADIO,
GROUND
B+
(COLUMN
X2,
SWITCHGEAR)
ITRANSMISSION)
CASSETTE
LOCK,
CA%,
070,
AMP MICRO
QUAD
B-WAY MULTILOCK
DDI ,ZWAY
MOS-26,
PACK - DRIVER DOOR
SWITCH
PACK
DRIVER REAR DOOR
RD, , S-WAY LAG,
SWlTCH
PACK-
PASSENGER
DOOR
PD, , Y-WAY
SWITCH
PACK - PASSENGER
REAR DOOR
WI,
S-WAY LAG,
BLACK
BLACK
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
SWITCH
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
AIR VENT
CENTER
CONSOLE
BLACK
ASSEMBLY
SWITCHGEAR
BELOW
INSTRUMENT
FASCIA
SWlTCH
PACK
PACK
OF STEERING
CONSOLE
COLUMN
ASSEMBLY
CENTER
CONSOLE
CENTER
CONSOLE
MOTOR
ASSEMBLY
ROOF CONSOLE
BLACK
SPLICE HEADER,
LH HEELBOARD,
GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
OUAD
VENT
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO
STEERING COLUMN
YELLOW
LOCK,
CONSOLE
CENTER
PACK
FASCIA
YELLOW
AMP MlCRO
CONSOLE
CENTER
CENTER
MQS26,YELLOW
FC27 ,10-WAY
PACK
040,
SUMlTOMO
CENTER
FASCIA/OUTBOARD
NATURAL
PCB SIGNAL,
PCB SIGNAL,
MULTILOCK
CA224,20-WAY
- CA224
SWITCH
BLACK
070 /WHITE
AMP MODULE
AMP MODULE
SWITCH
TRIP COMPUTER
LOCK I NATURAL
CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
lCl0, PO-WAY MULTILOCK
070, WHITE
IC19, CD AUTOCHANGER
DATA CABLE
HEAD UNIT
ROOF CONSOLE
HEADER
IO-WAY
CC4,10-WAY
040,
MULTILOCK
FC24,48-WAY
FCZ5,24~WAY
PACK
GROUND
,&WAY
CONSOLE
REAR CENTER
BLACK
,S-WAYMULTlLOCK070,WHlTE
MULTILOCK
/ Access
CENTER
COLUMN
MODULE
SWlTCH
Active
GROUND
BT
SPKE
1G~WAY FORD IDC S.U.,
CC20,
OFF SWITCH
040,
SC,,
INSTRUMENT
PACK
CC?,
MULTILOCK
CONTROL
GEAR SELECTOR
INSTRUMENT
\J
Pin
I FC24~26
PACK
Location
I Type I Color
CC27,12-WAY
PANEL
LOCK,
HEELBOARD
DOOR TRIM
PANEL
DOOR TRIM
PANEL
DOOR TRIM
PANEL
DOOR TRIM
PANEL
COVER
FASCIA
SLACK
CONNECTORS
Location
/ Access
Connector
Type / Color
CAB
20.WAY
MULTlLOCK
070 /WHITE
DRIVER
CA, 1
Z-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
PASSENGER
‘K POST,
CAT4
C-WAY MULTlLOCK
070,
WHlTE
DRl”ER
POST,
CA16
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
CAIS
20.WAY
MULTiLOCK
070 iYELLOW
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR
CA27
IO-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
BELOW
WHITE
WHITE
‘+’ POST,
‘B/C
DOOR HARNESS
DOOR HARNESS
‘B,c’ POST,
PASSENGER
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
MOUNTING
GAITER
BRACKET,
CA45
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070,WHITE
PASSENGER
‘B/c’ POST,
CA46
4~WAY MULTILOCK
070 /WHITE
DRIVER ‘BP
POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAlTER
FC,
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
SIDE AIR VENT,
GLOVE
FC5
E&WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
ABOVE
DIMMER
FC7
Z&WAY
MULTlLDCK
070,
SC3
12.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,GREY
WHlTE
ADJACENTTO
SM25-F
IO-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070 /WHITE
BEHIND
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
MODULEiCOlN
STEERlNG
PASSENGER
LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
SEAT
COLUMN
TRAY
MOTOR
SEAT BACK FlNlSHER
GROUNDS
Location
Ground
(PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
EYELET
(PAIR, - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
EYELET
(PAIR, - LH ‘K POST GROUND
SCREW
EYELET
iPAIR)-
SHAFT
TUNNEL
GROUND
EYELET
(PAIRI -DRIVE
SHAFT
TUNNEL
GROUND
STUD - RH SIDE
EYELET
(PAIR) -DRIVE
SHAFT
TUNNEL
GROUND
STUD - LH SIDE
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
EYELET (PAIR, - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
EYELET
CONTROL
/ Type
EYELET
DR,“E
IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
SCREW
GROUND
STUD
EYELET
iPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
EYELET
PAIRI
- LH BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
EYELET
,PAlR)
- iH BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
MODULE
GROUND
STUD - RH SIDE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
l
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
POWER ASSISTED
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STEERING
v
0
Pin
Description
CA32-2
TRANSDUCER
I
CA32~4
“EHlCLE
0
CA32-5
TRANSDUCER
I
CA-&-6
IGNITION
1
CA32-8
GROUND
CONTROL
MODULE
Active
2”@ ,DLEDECREASlNG WfTHVEHICLE
SPEED
s+@10MPH(16KWH,I20 HZ,20MPH132KM/HI= 40HZ
SPEED
9”@ ,DLEINCREASING WITHVEHICLE
s0”
NEGATIVE
SPEED
POSITIVE
SWTCHED
POWER SUPPLY
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Component
POWER
ASSISTED
STEERING
CONTROL
MODULE
Connector
/ Type I Color
CA321(I~WAY
RlSTS, BLACK
i RED
“ARlABLE
LL3,
STEERING
CONVERTER
Z-WAY AMP JUNIOR
Location
LOWER
POWER TlMER,
NATURAL
/ Access
LH ‘A’ POST,
STEERING
RACK,
LDWER
CONTROL
‘A’ POST FINISHER
VALVE
0”
0”
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Connector
FC5
Type I Color
W-WAYTHROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR
i BLACK
Location
BELOW
DRIVER
LL2
*-WAY
BELOW
CHASSIS
LS3
54.WAY
AUGAT
1.6, BLACK
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
SLACK
LH ‘K POST,
I Access
SlDE AIR VENT,
RAIL,
LOWER
COIN TRAY
LH SIDE
‘K POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground
CABOL
CONTROL
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Location I Type
EYELET
(PAIR)- LH‘A’ POSTGROUND
SCREW
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
Active
Inactive
AUTO
GROUND
B+
Component
GROUND
B2
AUTO
GROUND
GROUND
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
B+
COLUMN
TlLT REOUEST
lGNlTiON
SWITCHED
GROUND
GROUND
SUPPLY
IGNITION
SWITCHED
COLUMN
MOTOR
STARTER
ENGAGE
COLUMN
REACH MOTOR
GROUND
POTENTIOMETER
COLUMN
REACH
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
5”
REQUEST
GROUND
SUPPLY
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH
MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
GROUND
GROUND
FEEDBACK
GROUND
COLUMN
REACH
BA,-KRY
SUPPLY
MOTOR
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
GROUND
B+
B+
2
2 - 1600 Hz
MOVEMENT
REOUEST
COLUMN
TILT MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
COLUMN
REACH
COLUMN
TliT
COLUMN
TILT MOTOR
SUPPLY
COLUMN
TILT MOTOR
SUPPLY
BATTERY
SUPPLY
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
MOTOR
MOTOR
POTENTIOMETER
POTENTIOMETER
1600 Hi
UP = 10.1”.
REFERENCE
REFERENCE
GROUND
= 12.1V. RETRACT
= 8 5V. EXTEND
Type I Color
B-
GROUND
CAB
20.WAY
B-
Bt
CAlO
Description
Active
B+
B+
I
DD10-8
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
S
DDIO-9
SCP NETWORK
2
,600
s
DD10-16
SCP NETWORK
2
3600 HZ
I
DDll-20
DRIVER
STATUS
DOOR SWITCH
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
v
LED
Hz
GROUND
(LED ON)
B+
GROUND
DOOR
Bt
OPENI
I
Pin
RD10-1
BATTERY
I
RD10-8
LOGIC GROUND
s
RD10-9
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 Hi
S
RD10-16
SW NETWORK
2
1
RDIO-I9
MODULE
IDENTiFlCATlON
GPOUND
GROUND
I
RDll-5
MEMORY
1
B+
GROUND
I
RDll-7
MODVLE
IDENTlFlCATlON
GROUND
GROUND
I
RD11~13
MEMORY
SET
B+
GROUND
/
RDll-15
MEMORY
3
B+
GROUND
I
RD11~22
MEMORY
2
B+
GROUND
POWER SUPPLY
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
D
C
S
Active
Inactive
B+
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
BLUE
BLACK
RD10,22-WAYFORD2811MER/BLUE
RDll ,22-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER:
BLACK
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
ME-26,
CCl3,3-WAY
MULTliOCK
/TRIM
PANEL
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
BOX
PANEL
COLUMN
DOOR TRIM
YELLOW
GLOVE
DOOR CASING
STEERING
070 / WHiTE
DD, , ZS-WAY
BEHIND
SWTCHGEAR
PANEL
B-WAY MULTILOCK
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070,YELLOW
CENTER
070,
070,
STEERlNG
WHITE
YELLOW
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
COLUMN
CONNECTORS
Location
/ Access
WHITE
DRIVER ‘R POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
070 /YELLOW
DRIVER ‘K POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
CA13
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
070,WHITE
DRIVER ‘B/c’
POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
CA14
G-WAY MULTliOCK
070,WHITE
DRIVER ‘WC’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
FC7
20.WAY
MVLTiLOCK
MULTlLOCK
070,
070,
ABOVE
WHITE
DlMMER
MODULE,
COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
CA33L
EYELET
IPAIR) - RH ‘K POST GROUND
/ Type
SCREW
CA36L
EYELET
,PAIRI - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CCSL
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FRONT
STUD,
FC77L
EYELET
(PAlR, -EMS
BULKHEAD
BULKHEAD
BULKHEAD
FC17R
EYELET
(PAIR, -EMS
FC29L
EYELET
(PAIR, - LH BULKHEAD
CONTROL
MODULE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CABIN
SIDE
STUD
STUD
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
1600 HZ
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
COLUMN
Inactive
MODULE
Description
BLACK
DDIO ,22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER,
DD,, i 2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FC49,
FC60,
MOTORS
Connector
BATTERY
SEAT MEMORY
MDK,
/ Access
SWITCHGEAR
PAW
MlCROSWlTCH
COLUMN
COLUMN
BULKHEAD,
GROTE AND HARTMAN
FC4, B-WAY MULTlLOCK
SWITCHI
MEMORY SWITCHES
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
NOT-IN-PARK
B-WAY
DD3,,3WAY
- DRIVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Pin
DD,O-1
DDll-2
REAR
GROUND
= 0.5”
I
0
DRl”ER
KEY-IN
BLACK
= 6.8”
MODULE
POWER SUPPLY
MODULE
B+
UP = 4v. DOWN
VOLTAGE
DOOR CONTROL
GROUND
GROUND
FEEDBACK
- DRIVER
SWITCH
MDK,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
SC9,
SWlTCHGEARi
MODULE
,GNlTiON
Location
/ Type I Color
GROTE AND HARTMAN
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
,COL”MN
DOOR CONTROL
STEERING
DOWN
SC9,8-WAY
SWITCHGEARI
MODULE
JOYSTICK
DOOR SWITCH
Bt (KEY OUT)
B+
SCP NETWORK
(COLUMN
IN PARK1
= IN
(KEY ,Ni
SCP NETWORK
COLUMN
B+ (NOT
iPARK
0.5 V = OUT, 4”
Connector
TILT SWITCH
B+
(CRANKING1
B+
STATUS
KEY IN IGNlTlON
v
COMPONENTS
Description
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF
lSSUEr
SEPTEMBER
,997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
D
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
COMPONENTS
Pin
Description
Active
Inactive
I
FC,5-15
IGNITION
SWiTCHED
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Component
I
FC15-32
IGNITION
SWITCHED
GROUND
GROVND
I
FC15-41
STARTER
ENGAGE
B+
B+
BODY PROCESSOR
I
I
FC15-58
FC15-80
NOT IN PARK MICROSWITCH
S
S
FCl5-84
FC,5-85
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
0
FC15-10,
ILLUMINATION
BATTERY
SUPPLY
REQUEST
STATUS
VOLTAGE
BATTERY
GROUND
(CRANKING1
GROUND
(PARKI
B*
2 - ,600
B+ ,NOT
B+
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
v
I
0
0
Pin
DDlO-1
DDlO-2
DD10~3
MODULE
Description
BATTERY
POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER DOOR MlRROR
VERTICAL,
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
HORIZONTAL
HORIZONTAL
MOTOR
MOVEMENT
DD,O-4
DRiVER
I
S
DD10~8
LOGIC GROUND
DD10-9
S
I
DDIO-16
DDIO~,,
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
0
I
DDiO-20
DD10~21
DRIVER DOOR MlRROR
POTENTIOMETER
DRIVER
DOOR MIRROR
POTENTIOMETER
HORlZONTAL
I
DDlO-22
DRIVER DOOR MlRROR
POTENTIOMETER
VERTICAL
I
DDll-I
MIRROR
DDII-*
DD11-3
SEAT MEMORY
DOOR MIRROR
VERTICAL
MOVEMENT
COMMON
SVPPLY
MOTOR
0
0
/
MOTOR
COMMON
COMMON
REFERENCE
VOLTAGE
POSITION
POSlTlON
FEEDBACK
FEEDBACK
GROUND
STATUS
DDll-5
DD11~9
RH “ERTlCAL
I
I
Doll-IO
DDll-I3
LH HORIZONTAL
DRIVER MIRROR
MOVEMENT
SELECT
REQUEST
i
1
DDll-17
om,-20
RH HORIZONTAL
MOVEMENT
REOUEST
MOVEMENT
REOUEST
GROUND
B-=UP
GROUND
GROUND
*- ,600 HZ
GROUND
= LEFT
= DOWN
lOENTlFlCAT,ON
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH
PACK,
1 ” = LEFT; 8”
= RiGHT
GROUND
Bt
GROUND
= UP
GROUND
GROUND
= UP
GROUND
= RIGHT
GROUND
GROVND
iDOOR
= RIGHT
B+
OPEN,
Active
Inactive
B*
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
Type I Color
CA8
X-WAY
CA10
B-WAY
CA1 1
*&WAY
CA12
YELLOW
DOOR TRIM
PANEL
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
CENTER
OlOiYELLOW
MULTILOCK
Location
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
I Access
WHiTE
DRIVER
‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
070 /YELLOW
DRIVER
‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAlTER
070,
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
CA14
B-WAY M”LT,LOCK
070,
DRIVER
‘B,C
POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
FC1
54.WAYTHROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR/BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
SIDE AIR VENT,
GLOVE
FC5
5CWAYTHROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
FCI
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK
ABOVE
DIMMER
MULTILOCK
WHITE
070,
BLACK
WHITE
MODULE,
BOX ASSEMBLY
COiN TRAY
COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Hz
Ground
Location
CABOR
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
I Type
SCREW
CA33L
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH ‘+’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CA33R
EYELET
(PAIR)
POST GROUND
SCREW
2 - ,600 HZ
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
CA36L
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH ‘N POST GROUND
SCREW
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FRONT
STUD,
Inactive
Bt
PACK
MODULE
RH ‘I’
BULKHEAD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CABIN
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+I
Description
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
CAN NETWORK
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
Pin
Description
Active
I
0
PD10-I
PD10-2
BATTERY
Bi
0
PD10-3
PD10~4
POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR
VERTICAL,
HORIZONTAL
MOVEMENT
PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR
PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
B+ = LEFT,
MOTORS
PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER
COMMON
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR POTENTIOMETER
HORIZONTAL
POSITION
FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
PASSENGER
DOOR MiRROR POTENTIOMETER
VERTICAL POSITION FEEDBACK VOLTAGE
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
B+ = RlGHT
GROUND
B+=UP
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
*- 1600 HZ
2 - ,600 HZ
GROUND
B+
GROUND
Bt
= RIGHT,
UP
1 V = LEFT; 8 V = RlGHT
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
D
C
S
GROUND
DOWN
COMMON
HORIZONTAL
MOVEMENT
MOTOR
VERTICAL MOVEMENT
MOTOR
SW NETWORK
POWER GROUND
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
I
0
SG
MOS-26,
CC,3,3-WAY
POST,
Inactive
The following
DDI ,26-WAY
‘B/c’
Active
PDIO-*1
PANEL
DRIVER
CONTROL
PD,O-22
PANEL
DOOR TRlM
070 /WHITE
GROUND
I
DOOR TRiM
YELLOW
B-WAY M”LT,LOCK
B+
I
YELLOW
MOS-26,
CA13
2
PDIO-16
PD,&17
PD,O-20
MOS-26,
DD, ! 26.WAY
GAITER
MEMORY
I
0
DD, ,26-WAY
DOOR HARNESS
RD11-2*
PD10-8
PDIO-9
TRIM PANEL
FASCIA
BLACK
BLACK
‘A’ POST,
I
I
S
S
PCB SIGNAL,
PCB SIGNAL,
PASSENGER
CCSL
0
AMP MODULE
AMP MODVLE
DOOR
DOOR CASlNG,
070 /YELLOW
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
B-WAY MULTILOCK
GROUND
B+
B+
v
BLACK
I// LC, BLACK
DOOR HARNESS
IDENTIFICATION
SET
3
FC24-19
FC24-*0
040,
ECONOSEAL
‘A’ POST,
MODULE
MEMORY
MEMORY
FC24-24
FC24-47
MULTILOCK
PASSENGER
RD11-75
C
C
PDB, ,*-WAY
DD3,,3-WAY
070 /WHITE
RDll-13
S
S
TRIM PANEL
DRIVER DOOR
CONNECTORS
Connector
I
Pin
MlCROSWlTCH
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
I
INSTRUMENT
DOOR CASING,
BLACK
PACK)
PACK
RDll-5
RDl,-7
77
BLUE
BLACK
040,
FC24,4B~WAY
FC25, *d-WAY
PACK
MIRROR JOYSTICK
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH
I
I
MEMORY,
PASSENGER
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
MULTILOCK
BOX
PANEL
B+
l”=DOWN;B”=UP
2 - ,600
- DRIVER
NOT-IN-PARK
GROUND
GROUND
B,
GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
MODULE
B- _ RIGHT
&=LEFT
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
MOTORS
DOOR SWlTCH
MEMORY SWITCHES
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH
UP
B+ = DOWN
B+ = LEFT
B-
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v
Pin
Description
I RD,O-I
BATERY
POWER SUPPLY
RD10-9
RDTO-16
RDlO-19
= RIGHT,
GROUND ,LED ON,
B+ = DOWN
B+
MOVEMENT
REOUEST
MIRROR SELECT
I
RDIO-8
GROUND
GROUND
LED
I
I
S
S
1
DOWN,
TRIM PANEL
,*-WAY
DDS,
-DRIVER
B+
BB- = LEFT,
DOOR CASING,
PDIO, **-WAY
PD, 1, **-WAY
DOOR MIRROR
,NSTR”MENT
2 - 1600 HI
POWER GROUND
LH VERTICAL
PASSENGER
Inactive
Active
BLUE
BLACK
MODULE-PASSENGER
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
GLOVE
TRlM
DDlO, **-WAY
DDll ,22-WAY
MOTORS
/ Access
DOOR CASING,
DRIVER
REAR
Bi
DOOR MIRROR
Location
BULKHEAD/BEHIND
GREY
BLACK
DRIVER
MODULE-
DOOR CONTROL
EEEC,
RD,0,**-WAYFORD*.BTiMER,BLUE
RD, 1, **-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER,
MODULE-
DOOR CONTROL
FCl5,,4-WAY AMP
HZ
2 - 1600 Hz
B-
SUPPLYVOLTAGE
DOOR CONTROL
IN PARK)
I Type I Color
Connector
MODULE
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
77 Pin
Description
I FC15~15
IGNITION SWITCHED
I
FC15-32
IGNITION
SWlTCHED
1
FC15-41
STARTER
ENGAGE
I
FC15-80
BATTERY
SUPPLY
s
FC15~84
SW
S
FC15-85
SCP NETWORK
0
FC15-101
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
REQUEST
GROUND
ILLUMINATION
BA”ERY
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
COMPONENTS
Inactive
Bi
B+
Bi
Bi
iCRANK,NGi
B+
2- 1600HZ
2- 1600Hz
B+
VOLTAGE
NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
v
Active
GROUND
BODY PROCESSOR
Bi
MODULE
I
Pin
DD10-1
0
DD10-2
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
VERTICAL/
HORIZONTAL
MOTOR
Description
Active
BATTERY
Ri
POWER SUPPLY
Inactive
Bi
B+ = LEFT/DOWN.
COMMON
= RIGHT,
UP
MODULE
DD10-3
DRIVER DOOR MIRROR
HORIZONTAL
DD10-4
DRIVER
“ERTKAL
I
DD10-8
LOGiC
S
DD10~9
SCP NETWORK
2- 1500 HZ
5
DDIO-16
SCP NETWORK
2-
I
DD10~17
POWER GROUND
GROUND
MOVEMENT
MOVEMENT
MOTOR
MOTOR
GROUND
MIRROR
DDll-3
LH VERTICAL
DDll-5
PASSENGER
DDII-9
RH VERTICAL
DDil~lO
LH HORIZONTAL
MOVEMENT
DDll-13
DRl”ER
SELECT
DO,,-17
RH HORIZONTAL
COMMON
GROUND
MOVEMENT
MIRROR
REQUEST
SELECT
MOVEMENT
MIRROR
REQUEST
MOVEMENT
/ Access
BULKHEAD,
BEHIND
DOOR CASING/TRIM
PANEL
PANEL
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-
DRIVER REAR
RD,O,ZZ-WAYFORDZSTIMER/BLUE
RDll , ZZ-WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER,
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-
DRIVER
DDIO, 22~WAY
DDll ,22~WAY
FORD 2.8 TiMER , BLUE
FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
DOOR CASING
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-
PASSENGER
PDlD, 2%WAY
PDll,22-WAY
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLUE
FORD2.8TlMER,BLACK
DOOR CASING/TRIM
/TRIM
DOOR MIRROR
MOTORS
-DRIVER
DDB,
MULTILOCK
040,
BLACK
DRIVER DOOR
MOTORS
-PASSENGER
PD8,12-WAY
MULTlLOCK
040,
BLACK
PASSENGER
DOOR
DD, ,26-WAY
MOS-26,
YELLOW
DOOR TRlM
PANEL
DD, ,ZS-WAY
MOS-26,
YELLOW
DOOR TRlM
PANEL
MIRROR JOYSTICK
DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH
PACK
MIRROR SELECT SWITCH
,DRl”ER DOOR SWlTCH
PACKi
12.WAY
GLOVE
BOX
BLACK
DOOR MIRROR
B+ = RIGHT
GROUND
= LEFT
@=“P
GROUND
= DOWN
GROUND
GROUND
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
PANEL
REQUEST
REQUEST
CONNECTORS
Type / Color
D-WAY
1500 Hz
MULTILOCK
B-WAY MULTILOCK
GROUND
Location
070 /WHITE
070 /YELLOW
I Access
DRIVER ‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
DR,“ER
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
‘K POST,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
070 /YELLOW
PASSENGER
‘K POST/DOOR
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
DRl”ER
‘Sic’
POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
WHiTE
DRIVER ‘B/C
Z-WAY
DDll~l
Location
/ Type I Color
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
SUPPLY
0
0
DOOR MIRROR
GROUND
Connector
Component
MULTlLOCK
070,
DOOR HARNESS
HARNESS
GAITER
GAITER
GROUND
GROUND
B+ = DOWN
GROUND
B+
GROUND
B-WAY MULTLOCK
070,
POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
B+ = DOWN
GROUND
= UP
54.WAY THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
SIDE AIR VENT,
GLOVE
B+ = LEFT
GROUND
= RIGHT
54.WAY
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
Bt
GROVND
Br = LEFT
GROUND
= UP
THROUGH
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
= RIGHT
GROUNDS
PASSENGER
v
I
0
Pin
PDlO~l
PD10-2
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
Description
BATTERY
POWER
SUPPLY
PASSENGER
DOORMIRROR
VERTICAL,
HORIZONTAL
MOVEMENT
B+ = LEFT,
MOTORS
0
PD,O-3
PASSENGER
DOOR MIRROR
HORIZONTAL
0
PD10-4
PASSENGER
DOOR MlRROR
VERTICAL
MOVEMENT
MOVEMENT
MOTOR
MOTOR
B+ = RIGHT
GROUND
B+=“P
GROUND
GROUND
I
PD10-8
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
PD10-9
SCP NETWORK
2-
1600 Hz
S
PD10-16
SCP NETWORK
2-
1600 HZ
I
PD10-17
POWER GROUND
GROUND
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
= RlGHT,“F
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Ground
Location
CASOR
EYELET
(PAIRI - LH ‘K POST GROUND
SCREW
CA33L
EYELET
(PAIR1 - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CA33R
EYELET
iPAlRi
- RH ‘K POST GROUND
SCREW
CA36L
EYELET
(PAIR, - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
D
C
S
GROUND
DOWN
COMMON
S
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
Inactive
Bt
Active
B+
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
Description
lGNlTlON
SIDE LAMP
IGNfTfON
GROUND
GROUND
REQUEST
GROUND
SWlTCHED
HEADLAMP
GROUND
GROUND
DIP REOUEST
GROUND
MIRROR
FOLDBACK
MIRROR
FOLD OUT RELAY ACTIVATE
BATTERY
SW
SUPPLY
RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND
Bi
NETWORK
Connector
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
DOOR CONTROL
DOOR MIRRORDOOR MIRROR
,NSTR”MENT
FC15,14-WA”
MODULE
DRIVER
DDB,
2
ILLUMINATION
BA”ERY
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
SUPPLYVOLTAGE
1600 Hz
B+
B+
MODULE
Description
Active
I
Pin
ml&l
BAnERY
B+
Inactive
B+
I
DD10-8
LOGIC GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
POWER SUPPLY
S
DD,O-9
SCP NETWORK
2-
DD,O-16
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1500 HZ
I
DD10-17
POWER GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
DD,l-I
MIRROR
GROUND
GROUND
DD,M
FOLD-BACK
REQUEST
B+ = DOWN
GROUND
DDll-5
PASSENGER
MIRROR
B+
GROUND
DDll-9
FOLD-OUT
B+ = DOWN
GROUND
= UP
DDII-10
LH HORIZONTAL
MOVEMENT
B+ = LEFT
GROUND
= RIGHT
OD11~13
DRIVER MIRROR
SELECT
B+
GROUND
DD,,-17
RH HORIZONTAL
B+ = LEFT
GROUND
GROUND
SELECT
REQUEST
MOVEMENT
REQUEST
REQUEST
REAR “iEW
LlGHTlNG
STALK
1600 Hz
MlRROR SELECT SWiTCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
PACK)
INSTRUMENT
Relay
FOLD-BACK
= UP
FOLD-OUT
RELAY
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Active
S
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 Hz
S
FCZ4~20
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600
C
FC24-24
CAN NETWORK
15-1500HZ
c
FC24-47
CAN NETWORK
15-1500Hr
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
DRIVER
PASSENGER
B-WAY MULTILOCK
IO-WAY
PCS SIGNAL,
PCB SIGNAL,
070,
MULTILOCK
DOOR
DOOR
FASCIA
BLACK
BLACK
WINDSHIELD,
YELLOW
IN FRONT
DD, /*B-WAY
MOS-26,
YELLOW
DOOR TRIM
PANEL
OD, ,26-W,%”
MOS~26,
YELLOW
DOOR TRIM
PANEL
SPLICE
OF ROOF CONSOLE
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO
STEERING COLUMN
070,YELLOW
SUMITOMO
BOX
PANEL
HEADER,
LH HEELBOARD,
GREEN
HEELBOARD
MOTOR
COVER
Connector
= RIGHT
/ Color
/ Access
Connector
c*m,
VIOLET
LH HEELBOARD
RELAYS,
HEELBOARD
COVER
VIOLET
CA&?,
VIOLET
LH HEELBOARD
RELAYS,
HEELBOARD
COVER
Location
Type / Color
54.WAYTHROUGH
Inactive
Location
Case Color
VIOLET
CONNECTORS
PANEL,
MULTliOCK
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
Description
BLACK
BLACK
GLOVE
/TRIM
RELAYS
PACK
Pin
FC24-19
040,
040,
CA224,ZO.WAY
- CA224
Z-WAY
V
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
SC2,
SWITCHGEARI
PACK
HEADER
12.WAY
CA55:
MIRROR
(COLUMN
MlRROR JOYSTICK
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
SPLiCE
S
COMMON
,NTERlOR
BEHlND
DOOR CASING
BLUE
BLACK
PDB, 12.WAY
FC24,48-WAY AMP
MODULE
FC25,24~WAY
AMP MODULE
PACK
/ Access
BULKHEAD,
GREY
DDlO i 22 WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER,
DDI T/22 WAY FORD 2.8 TlMER,
- PASSENGER
Location
I Type I Color
AMP EEEC,
MODULE-DRIVER
2 - 1500 HZ
SCP NETWORK
v
(MOMENTARY)
GROUND
VOLTAGE
COMPONENTS
Inactive
Bc
B+
B+
B+
B+
Bt
BT
Active
SWITCHED
070,
070,
20.WAY
MULTlLOCK
54.WAY
THROUGH
070,
PANEL
54.WAYTHROVGH
BELOW
BLACK
I Access
PARCEL
SHELF,
TRUNK,
REAR BULKHEAD,
WHITE
DRIVER ‘N POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
YELLOW
DRIVER ‘K POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
PASSENGER
WHITE
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
PANELCONNECTORiBLACK
‘K POST,
DOOR HARNESS
BELOW
PASSENGER
SlDE AIR VENT,
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
RH SIDE
GAITER
GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
HZ
GROUNDS
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
MESSAGES.
Ground
Location
CABOR
EYELET (PAIR) - LH ‘K POST GROUND
I Type
SCREW
CA33L
EYELET (PAIR)
SCREW
CA33R
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘N POST GROUND
SCREW
CA36L
EYELET (PAIR1 - LH ‘N POST GROUND
SCREW
RH ‘N POST GROUND
CA38R
EYELET (PAIRI - LH HEELBOARD
FC17R
EYELET
CONTROL
MODULE
(PAIR) -EMS
BULKHEAD
POST GROUND
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
SCREW
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
connected and fitted. “Active”
COmPOnentS
values for Control
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
ADAPTIVE
77 Pin
DAMPING
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CONTROL
MODULE
Description
EM.58.1
INSTRUMENT
0
EM&-3
ACCELEROMETER
D
EM68-10
SERIAL
I
Eb.468~11
IGNITION
0
EM68-13
LH REAR DAMPER
0
EM68-14
RH FRONT
0
EM68-li
RH REAR DAMPER
1
EM68-18
GROUND
PACK ADAPTIVE
COMMON
DAMPENING
GROUND
MIL
SUPPLY
Inactive
Br
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
B+
ACCELEROMETER
- FRONT VERTICAL
Era,
Z-WAY AMP MICRO
GROUND
ACCELEROMETER
- REAR VERTICAL
ST,,
S-WAY AMP MICRO
Bs
ADAPTIVE
B+
BRAKE SWITCH
GROUND
GROUND
DAMPER
SOLENOID
<0.2”OR.48”
c 0.2” OR> 4.8”
2.3
2.7 ” = HARD
DAMPER
2.3 - 2.7 ” = HARD
DAMPER
<0.2VOR.48”
2.3 - 2.7 v = HARD
DAMPER
COMMUNlCATiONS
SWITCHED
POWER SUPPLY
BA”ERY
DAMPER
POWER SUPPLY
BATTERY
BATrERY
I
EM68-20
FRONT
I
EMSS-21
FRONTVERTICALACCELEROMETER
I
EM%-22
REAR VERTICAL
LATERAL
I
EMSS-24
“EHiCLE
0
EM68-25
ACCELEROMETER
1
EM68-26
I
POWER SUPPLY
POWER SUPPLY
ACCELEROMETER
FEEDBACK
FEEDBACK
ACCELEROMETER
FEEDBACK
SPEED SIGNAL
VOLTAGE
SUPPLY
H), 44 Hz Q 20 MPH (32 KM,
5v
BRAKE SWITCH
GROUND
B+
EM68-27
BATTERY
Ba
B+
B+
D
EM&28
SERIAL
0
EM68-30
LH FRONT
DAMPER
0
EM@%31
LH FRONT
DAMPER
POWER SUPPLY
LATERAL
EM28,
MICRO
X-WAY
CC40,
I-WAY
MULTILOCK
- LH FRONT
EM64,
Z-WAY
DELPHI,
SOLENOID
- LH REAR
LA?,
SOLENOID
- RH FRONT
EM65,
SOLENOID
- RH REAR
RA1,
CONTROL
MODULE
OUAD
LOCK,
OUAD
QUAD
AMP JUNIOR
BLACK
LOCK,
LOCK,
BLACK
BLACK
POWER TIMER
Z-WAY
Z-WAY
Z-WAY
DELPHI,
DELPHI,
DELPHI,
070,
RElNSHAGEN
REINSHAGEN,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
BELOW
FUEL TANK,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
! BLACK
ENGINE
BLACK
REAR AXLE,
CONTROL
TRUNK
TO THE BRAKE
REAR AXLE,
, BLACK
REiNSHAGEN
COMPARTMENT,
ADJACENT
, BLACK
REINSHAGEN
/ Access
ENGINE
ADJACENT
TO PASSENGER
GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY
/ BLACK
WHITE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
ENCLOSURE
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
CARPET
SIDE BLOWER,
PEDAL
MOUNTING
LEFT HAND
LH REAR DAMPER
COMPARTMENT
MODULE
ASSEMBLY
SIDE
SOLENOID
i RIGHT HAND
RH REAR DAMPER
SIDE
SOLENOID
CONNECTORS
Location
Type I Color
Bt
ST4
54~WAY THROUGH
PANEL,
GROUND
Bt
CA9
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
BLACK
WHITE
/ Access
BELOW
PARCEL
BELOW
REAR SEAT CUSHION
SHELFiTRUNKiREAR
0
EM68-32
LH REAR DAMPER
GROUND
Bt
CA19
20.WAY
0
EM68-33
RH FRONT
GROUND
B+
CA28
a-WAY
0
EM88-34
RH REAR DAMPER
GROUND
B+
EM1
IP-WAY
EM.2
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK
FC1
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
FC5
S-WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
DRIVER
LS3
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
LH ‘A’ POST,
DAMPER
Location
I Type I Color
X-WAY AMP
EM68,
DAMPiNG
Connector
COMMUNlCATlONS
BATTERY
ACCELEROMETER-FRONT
H, @ B+
5v
POWER SUPPLY
Connector
Component
BT
22 Hz @ 10 MPH (16 KM,
COMMON
COMPONENTS
GROUND
Active
0
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
AUGAT
070,
070,
LH ‘K POST CONNECTOR
YELLOW
WHITE
1.6, BLACK
070,
MOUNTING
BELOW
REAR SEAT CUSHION
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTO
PASSENGER
GREY
‘K POST,
BULKHEADIRH
LOWER
BRACKET,
‘A’ POST FINISHER
ASS PUMP
‘fl
POST FiNISHER
SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE
SIDE AIR VENT,
LOWER
SIDE
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
EM17
EYELET
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type
ISINGLE)
- EMS BULKHEAD
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS lNFORMATlON SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY,
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
0
Pin
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
Active
lGNlT,ON
SwlTCHED
GROUND
SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = PASSENGER,
RHD = DRIVER)
IGNITION
SWITCHED
GROUND
SEAT HEATER REOUEST (LHD = PASSENGER.
RHD = DRiVERi
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
SEAT HEATER STATUS iLHD = DRIVER. RHD = PASSENGER,
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
SEAT HEATER REOUEST iLHD = DRIVER, RHO = PASSENGER,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND ,CRANKINGl
GROUND
B2- 1800 HZ
2- ,800 HZ
GROUND iMOMENTARYl
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
v
Pin
Description
DD10-1
DD10-8
DD,O-9
DDIO-16
BA”ERY
POWER SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
0
DDll-2
SEAT MEMORY
STATUS
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
S
I
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
Bt
GROUND
RD10-16
RD,O-19
GROUND
2- ,600 Hz
2 - ,600 Hz
MEMORY
MODULE
MEMORY
MEMORY
MEMORY
B+
GROUND
B+
B+
B+
RDll-5
MODULE-
DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-
DRIVER
DDlO, 22.WAY
DD, ,,22-WAY
REAR
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
FORD 2.8 TMER , BLACK
DD, , IS-WAY
MOS-29,
- DRI”ER
SEAT CUSHlON
HEATERS
- DRIVER
SM7-D
cc,,
SWITCH
SM,-,D
SM1~2D
SMMD
SM,-40
SM,-SD
SM,-8D
SMI-7D
SMMD
SM,-SD
SMI-IOD
SMI-IlD
SM,-lZD
SM,-732
SMI-l4D
SMI-15D
SMl-18D
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRl”ER
DRIVER
DRl”ER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
SEAT SOUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
SEAT SOUAB FORE, AFT RECLINE MOTOR SUPPLY
SEAT CUSHION
RAlSE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
SEAT CUSHION
RAISE, LOWER FRONT MOTOR SUPPLY
HEADREST
RAlSE , LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
HEADREST
RAlSE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
SEAT CUSHlON
FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
SEAT CUSHlON
FORE /AFT MOTOR SUPPLY
SEAT CUSHION
FORE MOVEMENT
REQUEST
SEAT CUSHION
AFT MOVEMENT
REOUEST
SEAT C”SH,ON
LOWER REAR MOVEMENT
REOUEST
SEAT CUSHiON
RAiSE REAR MOVEMENT
REOUEST
SEAT CUSHION
RAISE FRONT MOVEMENT
REOUEST
SEAT CUSHION
LOWER FRONT MOVEMENT
REOUES,
SEAT SOUAB AFT RECLINE MOVEMENT
REOUEST
SEAT SOUAB FORE RECLINE MOVEMENT
REQUEST
0
0
0
0
I
1
I
I
I
0
0
0
0
SMCID
SM2-2D
SM2-SD
SM2-8D
SM2-8D
SM2-9D
SMZ-1OD
SMZ-l,D
SMZ-12D
SM2-l4D
SM2-l5D
SM2-,813
SM2-l9D
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRl”ER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRi”ER
DRl”ER
DRIVER
SEAT
SEAT
SEAT
SEAT
SEAT
SEAT
SEAT
SEAT
SEAT
SEAT
SEAT
SEAT
SEAT
I
I
0
0
I
/
I
S
S
SMB-1D
SMB-2D
SM3-3D
SM3-4D
SM3-5D
SM3-8D
SM3-8D
SM3-9D
SM3-lOD
MODULE lDENTlFlCAT,ON
POWER GROUND
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT RAISE, LOWER MOTOR SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST
RAISE MOVEMENT
REQUEST
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST
LOWER MOVEMENT
REOUEST
SW NETWORK
SCP NETwORK
CUSHION
RE*R, SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT REF. GROUND
CUSHION
FORE, AFT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE GROUND
CUSHION
REAR, SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POT. REF. VOLTAGE
CUSHION
FRONT MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE
HEADREST
MOTOR POTENTIOMETER
FEEDBACK
CUSHlON
FRONT MOTOR POTENTlOMETER
FEEDBACK
CUSHION
REAR MOTOR POTENTIOMETER
FEEDBACK
SOUAB RECLINE MOTOR POTENTIOMETER
FEEDBACK
CUSHlON
FORE, AFT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER
FEEDBACK
HEADREST
MOTOR POTENTIOMETER
REFERENCE GROUND
CUSHION
FRONT MOTOR POTENTIOMETER
REFERENCE GROUND
C”SHlON
FORE, A”
MOTOR POT. REFERENCE VOLTAGE
HEADREST
MOTOR POTENTIOMETER
REFERENCE VOLTAGE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
Active
B+
B+
B+
El+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
*+
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
5”
,O”=“P,,V=DOWN
10”=UP,1”=DOWN
10V=“P,l”=DOWN
S”=FORE.ZV=AFT
2 V = FORE, 10 V = AFT
GROUND
GROUND
5”
5v
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
Bc
Bt
B+
GLOVE
DOOR CASING,
TRIM
PANEL
DOOR CASING,
TRIM
PANEL
BOX
FASCIA
BLACK
BLACK
DOOR TRiM
YELLOW
, SWAY
16.WAY
DRlVER
FORD 2 8 TiMER i BLACK
FORD IDC, BLACK
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLACK
PANEL
MULTILOCK
070,
FORD IDC S.”
SEAT,
UNDER
DRIVER SEAT
YELLOW
, BLACK
PACK1
PUMP-DRIVER
SM10-D,
SEAT MOTORS
- DRIVER
SMl~D,
SMG-D,
SM, ,~D,
SM,2-D,
SM,B-D
349-D
- DRIVER
O-WAY MULTILOCK
B-WAY MULTILOCK
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
, S-WAY MULTiLOCK
, J-WAY
SM%D,
SEAT
MULTILOCK
18.WAY
DRIVER SEAT
070 /YELLOW
070, GREY
070, YELLOW
070, WHlTE
070, WHlTE
070, YELLOW
DRlVER
070,
DRIVER SEAT
MULTlLOCK
GREY
040,
SEAT,
UNDER
DRIVER SEAT
BLACK
RELAYS
MODULE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
/
I
,&WAY
,26-WAY
,&WAY
SEAT LUMBAR
HEATERS
PC9 SIGNAL,
PC9 SIGNAL,
BEHIND
PACKI
MODULE
PACK - DRIVER
BLUE
BLACK
AMP MODULE
AMP MODULE
SEAT CONTROL
SWlTCH
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FC24!48-WAY
FC25,24-WAY
Sk,,-D,
SMP-D
SW-D,
SEAT SOUAB
I Access
BULKHEAD,
RDlO, 22.WAY
RD, I, 22~WAY
PACK
MEMORY SWITCHES
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
Relay
1
IDENTIFICATION
SET
3
2
Description
GROUND
GROUND
SEAT HEATER
RELAY
DRIVER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Case Color
Connector
BROWN
SM14-D/BROWN
Location
I Color
FRONT
/ Access
SEAT RELAYS,
UNDER
SEAT
CONNECTORS
Location
Connector
Type / Color
CA8
*O-WAY
CA10
B-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
CA13
S-WAY
MULTlLOCK
CA14
B-WAY
MULTlLOCK
CA23
I(1-WAY
MULTILOCK
FC1
W-WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR/BLACK
FC7
2%WAY
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
DRlVER
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
YELLOW
DRIVER ‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
070,
WHITE
DR,“ER
‘B,c’
POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
070,
WHITE
DRIVER ‘Bit’
POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
SlDE AIR “ENT,
GLOVE
WHITE
070,
070,
WHITE
BLACK
WHITE
‘I’
/ Access
POST,
070,
BELOW
DRIVER SEAT
BELOW
PASSENGER
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
ABOVE
DIMMER
MODULE,
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
I Type
Ground
Location
CA25L
EYELET
IPAIR) - PASSENGER
SEAT GROUND
STUD
CA25R
EYELET
IPAIR) - PASSENGER
SEAT GROUND
STUD
CA26L
EYELET
(PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND
CA26R
EYELET
(PAIR, - DRIVER SEAT GROUND
CA33L
EYELET
IPAIR, - RH ‘K POST GROUND
SCREW
CABSL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
ccx
EYELET
(PA,R) - RH FRONT
STUD,
CONTROL
MODULE
BULKHEAD
STUD
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CABlN
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
(DRIVER)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
PACK
Pin
Description
FC24-19
FC24-20
FC24-24
FC24-47
SCP
SCP
CAN
CAN
Inactive
Active
NETWORK
NETwORK
NETWORK
NETWORK
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
The following
DOOR CONTROL
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE
Location
I Type I Color
FC,S,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY
MODULE
GROUND
Pin
INSTRUMENT
BODY PROCESSOR
MODULE
Active
B+
RD11~7
RDll-13
RDll-15
RD11~22
Connector
Component
B+
(LED ONi
BAVERY
POWER SUPPLY
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NE7WORK
MODULE IDENTIFICAT,ON
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL
S
S
C
C
GROUND
Description
/
c7
Inactive
B+
Pin
I
/
I
I
v
Active
B2- ,600HZ
2- 1800HZ
LED
COMPONENTS
,NSTR”MENT
B+
MODULE
I
I
S
S
77
Inactive
Bt
B+
B+
Bc
B+
B+
B+
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
IGNITION
SWITCHED
SEAT HEATER
IGNITION
GROUND
STATUS
SWlTCHED
SEAT HEATER
STARTER
BATTERY
REQUEST
RHD = DRIVER,
GROUND
GROUND
iLHD = PASSENGER,
RHD = DRIVER)
REQUEST
STATUS
SUPPLY
GROUND
ILHD = PASSENGER,
GROVND
ENGAGE
SEAT HEATER
iLHD = DRIVER,
RHD = PASSENGER)
VOLTAGE
DRIVER SEAT CONTROL
v
Pin
(LHD = DRIVER,
RHD = PASSENGER)
FORE,
FORE /AFT
AFT RECLINE
RECLINE
MOTOR
SUPPLY
MOTOR
SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
RAISE,
LOWER
FRONT
MOTOR
SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
RAISE,
LOWER
FRONT
MOTOR
SUPPLY
DRIVER HEADREST
RAISE,
LOWER
MOTOR
SUPPLY
DRi”ER
HEADREST
RAISE,
LOWER
MOTOR
SUPPLY
DRIVER
SEAT CUSHION
AFT MOTOR
SUPPLY
FORE,
DRIVER SEAT CUSHiON
FORE/AFT
MOTOR
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
FORE MOVEMENT
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
AFT MOVEMENT
DRl”ER
LOWER
2-
1600 HZ
SEAT CUSHION
REQUEST
REQUEST
REAR MOVEMENT
RAISE REAR MOVEMENT
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
RAISE FRONT
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
LOWER
SEAT SQUAB
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB
REQUEST
MOVEMENT
MOVEMENT
FORE RECLINE
REQUEST
MOVEMENT
FRONT
AFT RECLINE
REQUEST
REQUEST
REQUEST
MOVEMENT
REQUEST
IDENTlFlCATlON
B+
(MOMENTARY,
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
- DRi”ER
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
- DRl”ER
SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
SEAT CUSHION
HEATERS-
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
iCENTER CONSOLE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASlNG
/TRIM
PANEL
RDlO, 22.WAY
RDll I *Z-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
DRIVER SEAT,
UNDER
CC?,
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
(DRIVER,
GROUND
GROUND
DRIVER SEAT RAISE,
LOWER
MOTOR
SUPPLY
B+
GROUND
0
SM3-4D
DRIVER SEAT RAISE,
LOWER
MOTOR
SUPPLY
B+
GROUND
1
SM3~5D
BATTERY
B-
Bt
S-WAY
IS-WAY
SMlO-D,
PUMP-DRIVER
DRIVER SEAT
B,
GROUND
Relay
SEAT HEATER
RELAY-
DRIVER
PACK
UNDER
DRIVER SEAT
BLACK
Connector
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
/ Color
FRONT
BROWN
/ Access
SEAT RELAYS,
UNDER
SEAT
CONNECTORS
Location
Connector
Type / Color
CA8
?&WAY
CJ413
S-WAY M”LTlLQCK
CA23
IO-WAY
FC1
5CWAYTHROUGH
PANELCONNECTORiBLACK
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
FC7
Z&WAY
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
070,
070,
MULTILOCK
WHITE
WHlTE
070,
WHITE
CONNECTOR,
070 /WHITE
,600
HZ
Ground
Location
S
SMB-lOD
SCP NETWORK
2-
,600
Hz
CA25L
EYELET
(PAIR, - PASSENGER
SEAT GROUND
STUD
CAER
EYELET
(PAIR)
SEAT GROUND
STUD
CA26L
EYELET
,PAlR,
- DRIVER SEAT GROUND
CA26R
EYELET
iPAIR
- DRIVER SEAT GROUND
CCSL
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FRONT
GROUND
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
MESSAGES.
/ Access
DR,“ER
‘Y!’ POST,
DR,“ER
‘B,C
BELOW
DRIVER
DOOR HARNESS
POST,
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
GAlTER
SIDE AIR VENT,
GLOVE
SEAT
BELOW
PASSENGER
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
ABOVE
DlMMER
BLACK
2-
MODULE,
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
CONTROL
CAUTION: The information
GREY
040,
9414-D,
SCP NETWORK
B+
communications
MULTILOCK
Case Color
SM3-!3D
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
MULTILOCK
16-WAY
BROWN
S
D
C
S
SWITCH
RELAYS
LOWER
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CONSOLE
DRIVER SEAT
070,
SMS-D,
RAISE MOVEMENT
Module
CENTER
YELLOW
SMS-D ,3-WAY
HEATERS-DRIVER
PACK - DRIVER SEAT
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST
values for Control
070,
SEAT SQUAB
DRIVER SEAT HEADREST
are used to represent
MULTlLOCK
DRIVER SEAT,
SM3-SD
symbols
3-WAY
070, GREY
070, YELLOW
070, WHITE
070, WHITE
070, YELLOW
SM3-6D
The following
DRIVER SEAT
070 i YELLOW
SMI-D,
S-WAY MULTILOCK
SMS-D, S-WAY MULTILOCK
SM, I-D, 6.WAY MULTILOCK
SM12-D/B-WAY
MULTILOCK
SM13-0,
S-WAY MULTlLOCK
I
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
MULTlLOCK
FORD IDC S “. , BLACK
PACK)
I
REQUEST
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK
FORD IDC, BLACK
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK
BOX
GROUND
POWER
REQUEST
GLOVE
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
SEAT MOTORS-DRIVER
SWITCH
/ Access
BEHIND
GROUND
SM3-3D
MOVEMENT
BULKHEAD,
AMP EEEC,GREY
DDIO i 22.WAY
DDll , Z-WA,’
SM7-0,
DRIVER
SWITCH
Location
I Type I Color
,l~WAY
SMl-D,
,G-WAY
SMZ~D ,ZB-WAY
SMB-D,
,O-WAY
- DRl”ER
GROUND
GROUND
SM3-2D
SUPPLY
REAR
GROUND
I
GROUND
FC15,
MODULE
Inactive
0
POWER
Connector
Component
Hz
Active
BBBBBB+
Bt
Bc
B+
B+
B+
B+
BT
BBBT
SUPPLY
DRIVER SEAT CUSHION
MODULE
,600
COMPONENTS
SEAT LUMBAR
DRIVER SEATSQUAB
SMB-ID
2-
MODULE
DRIVER SEAT SQUAB
I
iCRANKING
GROUND
Description
DRIVER
(MOMENTARY,
GROUND
B+
SCP NETWORK
REQUEST
GROUND
GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SEAT HEATER
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
Active
MODULE
I Type
PASSENGER
BULKHEAD
STUD
STUD
STUD,
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CABIN
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
v
I
0
I
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Pin
FC15-15
IGNlTlON
FC15-17
SEAT HEATER
FC15-32
IGNITION
Description
SWITCHED
GROUND
STATUS
SWITCHED
I
FC15-35
SEAT HEATER
I
FClS-41
STARTER
0
FCIS-69
SEAT HEATER
FC15-80
BATTERY
I
FC15-86
SEAT HEATER
ILHD = PASSENGER,
RHD = DRIVER)
REQUEST
STATUS
SUPPLY
RHD = DRIVER)
GROUND
REQUEST
ENGAGE
I
ILHD = PASSENGER,
iLHD = DRIVER.
RHD _ PASSENGER,
iLHD = DRIVER.
Inactive
GROUND
Bt
Component
GROUND
Bt
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
B+
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
GROUND
IMOMENTARY)
Bt
GROUND
(CRANKING)
BC
B+
RHD = PASSENGER)
GROUND
Connector
,MOMENTARYI
B+
SEAT CUSHION
BT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE
- DRIVER
REAR
(RAISE,
- DRIVER
DRIVER
GLOVE
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING
,TRlM
PANEL
RDIO, 22~WAY
RDI 1,22~WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
FORD 2 8 TlMER , BLACK
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
MULTlLOCK
DRIVER SEAT
3-WAY
070,
FORD IDC S.U
YELLOW
, BLACK
CENTER
CONSOLE
070,
DRIVER SEAT,
SWITCH
BOX
PACK
PACKI
SEAT MOTOR-DRIVER
PACK
I Access
BEHIND
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
CC1 ,16-WAY
SWITCH
SEAT SQUAB
SWITCH
BULKHEAD,
DDIO i 22.WAY
DD, 1,22-WAY
947-D,
HEATERS-DRIVER
HEATERS
Location
/ Type / Color
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECiGREY
MODULE
B+
GROUND
VOLTAGE
REQUEST
COMPONENTS
Active
LOWER
SM,G-D,
ONLY)
9.49.D,
SEAT iRA,SE,
SM17-D!
LOWER ONLY1
B-WAY
3WAY
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
16.WAY
070,
MULTILOCK
GREY
040,
UNDER
DRIVER SEAT
GREY
DRl”ER
BLACK
SEAT,
UNDER
RELAYS
Case Color
Connector
BROWN
SMll~Di
SEAT RAISE RELAY
VIOLET
SEAT LOWER
VIOLET
Relay
SEAT HEATER
RELAY-DRIVER
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
/ Color
/ Access
FRONT
SEAT RELAYS,
UNDER
SEAT
SMIB-D/VIOLET
FRONT
SEAT RELAYS,
UNDER
SEAT
SM,B-D,
FRONT
SEAT RELAYS,
UNDER
SEAT
BROWN
VIOLET
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type I Color
CA8
20.WAY
CA13
S-WAY MULTILOCK
CA23
TO-WAY MULTILOCK
FCI
&-WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
FC7
2O~WAY MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
Location
070,
070,
‘K POST,
DRIVER
‘B,c’
BELOW
DRIVER SEAT
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
BLACK
BELOW
DRl”ER
ABOVE
DIMMER
WHITE
070,
WHITE
070,
/ Access
DRIVER
WHITE
WHITE
DOOR HARNESS
POST,
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
SIDE AIR VENT,
GLOVE
SlDE AIR VENT,
MODULE,
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
CA25L
EYELET
(PAIR) -PASSENGER
CA2SL
EYELET
(PAIR, -DRIVER
CCBL
EYELET
,PAIIR) - RH FRONT
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type
SEAT GROUND
SEAT GROVND
BULKHEAD
STUD
STUD
STUD,
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CABiN
SlDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
Pin Out data:
communications
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
circuit operation.
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTfFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
v
Pin
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
IGNITION
SEAT HEATER
IGNITION
STATUS
SWITCHED
SEAT HEATER
STARTER
BA”ERY
SUPPLY
RHD = DRIVER)
GROUND
,LHD = PASSENGER,
RHD = DRIVER)
REQUEST
STATUS
Inactive
B+
GROUND
BC
BODY PROCESSOR
GROUND
Bt
SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
,LHD = DRIVER.
RHD i PASSENGER,
HEATERS-PASSENGER
VOLTAGE
iMOMENTARYi
Bt
,CRANKINGl
B+
SEAT CUSHlON
B+
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE
Br
Bi
2-
1600 HZ
SCP NETWORK
2-
1600 Hz
REQUEST
SEAT CONTROL
Pin
Description
0
SM,-1P
PASSENGER
0
SM,-2P
0
SMl~BP
0
ILHD = DRIVER,
RHD = PASSENGER)
GROUND
SEAT LUMBAR
SEAT MOTORS
SEAT SQUAB
FORE,
AFT RECLINE
PASSENGER
SEAT SQUAB
FORE/AFT
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
RAISE/
LOWER
FRONT
MOTOR
SUPPLY
SMI-4P
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHiON
RAISE,
LOWER
FRONT
MOTOR
SUPPLY
0
SM1~SP
PASSENGER
SEAT HEADREST
0
SM,-BP
PASSENGER
SEAT HEADREST
0
SM1~7P
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
0
SM,-BP
PASSENGER
I
ml,-9P
PASSENGER
I
SMI-IOP
/
RECLINE
MOTOR
SUPPLY
MOTOR
SUPPLY
Active
Inactive
B+
GROUND
SUPPLY
B+
GROUND
SUPPLY
B+
GROUND
SUPPLY
Bi
GROUND
REQUEST
B-
GROUND
SEAT CUSHION
FORE /AFT
MOTOR
SEAT CUSHION
FORE MOVEMENT
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
AFT MOVEMENT
SMl-llP
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHlON
LOWER
I
SM,-lZP
PASSNGER
I
SMl~lSP
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
RAISE FRONT
/
SM,-14P
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
LOWER
I
SM,-ISP
PASSENGER
SEAT SQUAB
AFT RECLINE
I
SMI-1GP
PASSENGER
SEAT SQUAB
FORE RECLINE
I
SMB-ZP
COMMON
0
SM3-3P
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
RAISE,
LOWER
REAR MOTOR
SUPPLY
0
SM3-4P
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
RAISE,
LOWER REAR MOTOR
SUPPLY
I
SM3-SP
BATTERY
I
SM3-6P
PASSENGER
SEAT HEADREST
RAISE MOVEMENT
I
SM3-BP
PASSENGER
SEAT HEADREST
LOWER
S
SM3-9P
SCP NETWORK
2 - ,600
S
SMB-lOP
SCP NETWORK
2 - 1600 Hz
MOVEMENT
MOVEMENT
REQUEST
REQUEST
MOVEMENT
REQUEST
CENTER
070 /YELLOW
PASSENGER
SEAT
PASSENGER
344-P , B-WAY MULTILOCK
070 : GREY
SMG-Pi B-WAY MULTILOCK
070, YELLOW
SM,I-PIG-WAY
M”LTlLOCK070IWHITE
SM12-PIG-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,WHITE
SM13-Pi&WAY
MULTILOCK
070,YELLOW
PASSENGER
SEAT,
HEATERS-PASSENGER
SEAT
PASSENGER
SEAT
PASSENGER
SEAT
MULTILOCK
SMD-P,
3~WAY MULTlLOCK
SM5-Pi
16.WAY
070,
MULTiLOCK
GREY
040,
BLACK
Connector
MOTOR
FRONT
YELLOW
SM,CP,BRDWN
MOTOR
REQUEST
070,
, BLACK
SM10-P/3-WAY
PASSENGER
PACK - PASSENGER
MULTlLOCK
FORD IDC 2”.
Case Color
RAISE,
REQUEST
SEAT
,3~WAY
BROWN
GROVND
MOVEMENT
PASSENGER
SM7-P
CONSOLE
GLOVE
BOX
UNDER
SWITCH
PACK
PACK
Relay
Bt
RAISE REAR MOVEMENT
SEAT,
FORD 2.8 TiMER , BLACK
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLACK
SEATHEATERRELAY-PASSENGER
B-
FORE /AFT
SEAT CUSHION
PASSENGER
16.WAY
lo-WAY
GROUND
SUPPLY
REQUEST
SM,-P,
SMB-Pi
GROVND
MOTOR
REAR MOVEMENT
BEHIND
B+
RAISE I LOWER
REQUEST
sWlTCH
I Access
BULKHEAD,
CC1 ! ,&WAY
SWITCH
Location
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
B-
GROUND
LOWER
PUMP-
- PASSENGER
B+
iMQMENTARYi
MODULE
SEAT SQUAB
MODVLE
GROUND
GROUND
I Type I Color
Connector
Component
GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SEAT HEATER
PASSENGER
(LHD = PASSENGER,
REQUEST
ENGAGE
SEAT HEATER
77
GROUND
COMPONENTS
GROUND
Active
SWITCHED
UNDER
RELAYS
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
I Color
FRONT
I Access
SEAT RELAYS,
UNDER
SEAT
CONNECTORS
Type I Color
Location
B-
GROUND
Connector
B+
GROVND
CA27
,&WAY
B+
GROUND
FC1
54.WAYTHROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
B+
GROUND
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BT
GROUND
FC7
?&WAY
MULTiLOCK
B-
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
MULTILOCK
070,
070,
/ Access
BELOW
PASSENGER
SEAT
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
SiDE AIR VENT,
BLACK
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
ABOVE
DIMMER
WHITE
WHITE
MODULE,
GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
COlN TRAY
COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
GROUND
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
MOVEMENT
REQUEST
Location
GROUND
CA25
EYELET
(PAIR) - PASSENGER
B+
B+
CA2SL
EYELET
IPAIR) - DRIVER SEAT GROUND
Bi
GROUND
CCPL
EYELET
(PAlRi
B+
GROUND
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
- RH FRONT
SEAT GROUND
BULKHEAD
STUD
STUD
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
Hz
CONTROL
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
D
C
S
REQUEST
I Type
GROUND
Ground
MESSAGES.
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation, THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
v
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
I
0
I
I
I
0
Pin
FC15-15
FC15-17
FC1532
FC15-35
FC15-41
FC,5-69
I
FC15-80
BATTERY
s
FC15-84
SCP NETWORK
s
FC15-85
/
FC15-85
PASSENGER
Description
IGNITION
SWlTCHED
GROUND
SEAT HEATER
!GNiTlON
STATUS
SWITCHED
SEAT HEATER
STARTER
SEAT HEATER
RHD = DRIVER)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
iLHD = PASSENGER,
RHD = DRIVER)
REQUEST
STATUS
SUPPLY
GROUND
(LHD = PASSENGER,
REQUEST
ENGAGE
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
St
Active
(LHD = DRIVER,
RHD = PASSENGER)
GROUND
IMOMENTARY,
GROUND
iCRANKiNG
GROUND
VOLTAGE
B+
2- 1600 HZ
SEAT HEATER
REQUEST
SEAT CONTROL
ILHD = DRIVER,
RHD = PASSENGER)
GROUND
Component
Connector
BODY PROCESSOR
FORE /AFT
RECLINE
SWITCH
B-
(MOMENTARY
- PASSENGER
REAR
SWITCH-PASSENGER
SM19-Pi
REAR
MODULE-PASSENGER
SMI-Pi
SK-P,
SEAT CUSHION
HEATERS-PASSENGER
SM,~P,
CC,,
SWITCH
SUPPLY
GROUND
0
SM,-BP
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
RAISE/LOWER
FRONT
MOTOR
SUPPLY
GROUND
0
SM,-4P
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
RAISE,
FRONT
MOTOR
SUPPLY
GROUND
0
SMMP
PASSENGER
SEAT HEADREST
RAISE,
LOWER
MOTOR
SUPPLY
GROUND
0
SM1-GP
PASSENGER
SEAT HEADREST
RAISE,
LOWER
MOTOR
SUPPLY
GROUND
Relay
0
SMI-7P
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
SUPPLY
GROUND
SEAT HEATER
SUPPLY
GROUND
REQUEST
GROUND
SEAT CUSHION
AFT MOVEMENT
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
LOWER
I
SMl-12P
PASSNGER
I
SMl~lBP
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
I
SMI-l4P
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
I
SMI-15P
PASSENGER
SEAT SQUAB
AFT RECLINE
I
3.41.1GP
PASSENGER
SEAT SQUAB
FORE RECLINE
i
SM3-2P
COMMON
SEAT CUSHION
GROUND
REQUEST
REAR MOVEMENT
RAISE REAR MOVEMENT
RAISE FRONT
LOWER
REQVEST
MOVEMENT
MOVEMENT
REQUEST
REQUEST
MOVEMENT
REQUEST
SEAT SQUAB
SWITCH
PACK-
HEATERS-PASSENGER
PASSENGER
SEAT
S-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
PASSENGER
SEAT
MULTlLDCK
MULTILOCK
GREY
040,
BLACK
SWITCH
PACK
UNDER
RELAYS
RELAY - PASSENGER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Case Color
Connector
BROWN
SM, 4-P, BROWN
/ Color
Location
FRONT
/ Access
SEAT RELAYS,
UNDER
SEAT
CONNECTORS
GROUND
Connector
Type I Color
Location
GROUND
CA27
IO-WAY
M”LTlLOCK070,WHlTE
BELOW
PASSENGER
SEAT
GROUND
FC1
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
SlDE AIR VENT,
GROUND
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
FC7
ZO-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
ABOVE
DIMMER
SMZ-P
IO-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
BEHIND
GROVND
SUPPLY
I Access
MODULE,
PASSENGER
GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
COIN TRAY
SEAT BACK FlNiSHER
GROVND
0
SM3~3P
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
RAISE,
LOWER
REAR MOTOR
SUPPLY
GROUND
0
SW-4P
PASSENGER
SEAT CUSHION
RAISE,
LOWER
REAR MOTOR
SUPPLY
GROUND
I
SrvK-5P
BA”ERY
I
SM3-6P
PASSENGER
SEAT HEADREST
RAISE MOVEMENT
I
SM3-8P
PASSENGER
SEAT HEADREST
LOWER
S
SM3-9P
S
SMB-IOP
SUPPLY
B+
GROUNDS
GROUND
Ground
Location
GROVND
CA25L
EYELET
(PAIR) - PASSENGER
SCP NETWORK
CAXL
EYELET
(PAIR) - DRIVER SEAT GROUND
SW NETWORK
CClL
EYELETtPAIR,
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
CONSOLE
GROUND
REQUEST
MOVEMENT
FRONT
GROUND
REQUEST
CENTER
SEAT
MOTOR
PASSENGER
SEAT
YELLOW
, BLACK
SEAT
RECLINE
SM,-lOP
PASSENGER
070,
FORD IDC S.”
PASSENGER
FORE /AFT
SM,-l,P
UNDER
PASSENGER
SEAT SQUAB
I
REAR
SEAT,
070,
PASSENGER
I
SEAT,
PASSENGER
?&WAY
SM,-ZP
AFT MOTOR
PASSENGER
3WAY
0
FORE,
BLACK
BOX
PACK)
Inactive
FORE MOVEMENT
LOCK,
BLACK
BLACK
SMS-P,
GROUND
SEAT CUSHION
QUAD
SMS-P,
SUPPLY
SEAT CUSHION
AMP MICRO
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
SEAT,
MOTOR
PASSENGER
REAR
PASSENGER
RECLlNE
PASSENGER
SEAT,
070, GREY
070, YELLOW
070,WHlTE
070, WHITE
070, YELLOW
FORE /AFT
SMI-8P
PASSENGER
SM4~P, G~WAY MULTILOCK
SMG-P, B-WAY MULTILOCK
SMll~P,G~WAY
MULTILOCK
SMIZ~P,
G-WAY MULTILOCK
SMll~P,
B-WAY MULTlLDCK
SEAT SQUAB
SM,-9P
BLACK
- PASSENGER
Description
I
LOCK,
SEAT MOTORS
PASSENGER
0
QUAD
SM,W,
Pin
GLOVE
AMP MICRO
3~WAY MULTILOCK
IS-WAY
BEHIND
PUMP-PASSENGER
SM,-lP
AFT MOTOR
l&WAY
,&WAY
l&WAY
/ Access
BULKHEAD,
SEAT LUMBAR
v
0
FORE,
10.WAY
SM20-P,
SEAT CONTROL
MODULE
LOWER
Location
I Type I Color
FC15,1+WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
MODULE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE
2s1600Hz
SCP NETWORK
COMPONENTS
MOVEMENT
REQUEST
REQUEST
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
I Type
- RH FRONT
SEAT GROUND
BULKHEAD
STUD
STUD
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
MESSAGES.
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
are used to represent
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
D
C
S
on
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
IGNlTlON
SEAT HEATER
IGNITION
STATUS
SEAT HEATER
RHD = DRIVER)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
ILHD = PASSENGER,
RHD = DRIVER)
REQUEST
STATUS
SUPPLY
GROUND
(LHD _ PASSENGER,
REQUEST
ENGAGE
SEAT HEATER
BATTERY
GROUND
SWITCHED
SEAT HEATER
STARTER
Active
SWITCHED
ILHD = DRIVER.
RHD = PASSENGER)
(LHD _ DRIVER,
(MOMENTARY)
GROUND
(CRANKING)
GROUND
VOLTAGE
REQUEST
GROUND
*+
RHD i PASSENGER)
GROVND
(MOMENTARY,
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
St
B+
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector
BODY PROCESSOR
FC15,
MODVLE
SEAT CUSHION
HEATERS
- DRlVER
SM%D,
SEAT CUSHION
HEATERS-PASSENGER
SM7-P,
SEAT HEATER SWTCHES
(CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT SQUAB
HEATERS
SEAT SQUAB
HEATERS-
CC,,
SWITCH
Location
/ Type I Color
BULKHEAD,
,4~WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
W’JAY
3-WAY
16.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
FORD IDC S.U.!
I Access
BEHIND
GLOVE
BOX
DRIVER SEAT
PASSENGER
CENTER
BLACK
SEAT
CONSOLE
SWlTCH
PACK
PAW
- DRIVER
PASSENGER
Smiled,
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
DRIVER SEAT
SMS-Pi
3-WAY
070,
GREY
PASSENGER
MVLTILDCK
SEAT
RELAYS
Relay
SEAT HEATER
RELAY-
DRIVER
SEATHEATERRELAY-PASSENGER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Case Color
Connector
BROWN
SMl4-D,BROWN
/ Color
FRONT
SEAT RELAYS,
UNDER
SEAT
BROWN
SMll~P,
FRONT
SEAT RELAYS,
UNDER
SEAT
BROWN
Location
I Access
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
CA23
l&WAY
MULTlLOCK
Location
070,
WHITE
070,
WHITE
I Access
BELOW
DRIVER SEAT
CA27
?&WAY
MULTlLOCK
BELOW
PASSENGER
SEAT
FCI
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
SIDE AIR VENT,
FC5
54WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
FC7
X-WAY
MULTILOCK
ABOVE
DIMMER
070 /WHITE
MODULE,
GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
CCBL
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FRONT
CA25L
EYELET
(PAIR) - PASSENGER
CA26L
EYELET
(PAIR, - DRIVER
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type
BULKHEAD
STUD,
SEAT GROUND
SEAT GROUND
CABIN
SIDE
STUD
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
4-
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
77
Pin
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
IGNITION
SEAT HEATER
IGNITION
STATUS
SEAT HEATER
RHD = DRIVER)
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
(LHD = PASSENGER,
RHD = DRIVERI
REQUEST
STATUS
SVPPLY
GROUND
,LHD = PASSENGER,
REQUEST
ENGAGE
SEAT HEATER
BATTERY
GROUND
SWITCHED
SEAT HEATER
STARTER
Active
SWTCHED
(LHD = DRIVER,
RHD = PASSENGER)
(LHD = DRIVER,
iMOMENTARY,
GROUND
(CRANKING)
GROUND
VOLTAGE
REQUEST
GROVND
B+
RHD = PASSENGER)
GROUND
(MOMENTARYI
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
B+
B+
Br
Bt
B+
COMPONENTS
I Type / Color
Connector
Component
Location
BULKHEAD,
FC15,
ICWAYAMPEEECIGREY
SEATCVSHION
HEATERS-DRIVER
%,7-D,
S-WAY MULTILOCK
070,YELLOW
DRIVER SEAT
SEAT CUSHION
HEATERS-PASSENGER
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
PASSENGER
SEAT SQVAB
HEATERS
SEAT SQUAB
HEATERS
SM7-P,
CC,,
SEAT HEATER SWITCHES
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH
16.WAY
FORD IDC S.U
YELLOW
CENTER
, BLACK
/ Access
BEHIND
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
GLOVE
BOX
SEAT
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
PACK,
- DRIVER
PASSENGER
SMS-D,
3.WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
GREY
DRIVER SEAT
SMS-P,
3-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
PASSENGER
SEAT
RELAYS
Location
Connector
RELAY-DRIVER
BROWN
SM14-D,
BROWN
FRONT
SEAT RELAYS,
UNDER
SEAT
SEAT HEATER
RELAY-
BROWN
SM,h-Pi
BROWN
FRONT
SEAT RELAYS,
UNDER
SEAT
Relay
PASSENGER
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
I Color
/ Access
Case Color
SEAT HEATER
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type I Color
CA23
,&WAY
MULTlLOCK
Location
070,
WHITE
070,
WHITE
/ Access
BELOW
DRIVER SEAT
CA27
IO-WAY
MULTlLOCK
BELOW
PASSENGER
SEAT
FC1
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
SIDE AIR VENT,
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
FC7
PO-WAY MULTlLOCK
ABOVE
DIMMER
070 /WHITE
MODULE,
GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
/ Type
CCBL
EYELET
iPAW
- RH FRONT
CA25L
EYELET
iPAlR)
-PASSENGER
CAZGL
EYELET
(PAIR)
CONTROL
MODULE
BULKHEAD
STUD,
SEAT GROUND
DRIVER SEAT GROUND
CABIN
SIDE
STUD
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
REAR SEAT CONTROL MODULE
v
Pin
Description
I BSl-l,
LH LUMBAR SWITCH INFLATE
Inactive
0”
Active
E+
COMPONENTS
SEAT CONTROL
I
852~3
GROUND
/
BS2-4
BATTERY
I
BSZ-5
GROUND
I
BSZ-6
BAmERY
BATTERY
I
0
BSZ~l2
BS6-1
GROUND
GROUND
B*
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
POWER SUPPLY
B+
B+
POWER SUPPLY
E+
B+
POWER SUPPLY
RH REAR SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP
DEFLATE
0
BSG~Z
RH REAR SEAT LUMBER
0
856-3
LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE
856-4
LH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE,
0
0
FEED
SOLENOID
VALVE
B+
Bt
B+
0”
MOTOR
Bs
0”
AFT MOTOR
B+
0”
/AFT
ES-5
LH REAR SEAT-HEADREST
MOTOR
B+
0”
0
BS6-6
LH REAR SEAT-
MOTOR
B+
0”
0
BS6-7
RH REAR SEAT MOTOR-FORE,
AFT MOTOR
B+
0”
RH REAR SEAT MOTOR
- FORE,
AFT MOTOR
Bi
0”
LH REAR SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP
B+
Bt
0
856.8
HEADREST
, S-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
BELOW
SEAT CUSHION
X-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
BELOW
SEAT CUSHION
SEAT FORE,
AFT SWlTCH
- LH REAR
BC3,
IO-WAY AMP MlCRO
QUAD LOCK / BLACK
REAR CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
SEAT FORE,
AFT SWlTCH
- RH REAR
BC5,
IO-WAY AMP MICRO
QUAD LOCK I BLACK
REAR CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
MOTOR
- LH REAR
BBJ-L,
G-WAY MULTlLOCK
SEAT HEADREST
MOTOR
- RH REAR
BBS-R,
S-WAY MULTILOCK
SEAT HEADREST
SWITCH
- LH REAR
BC4,,0-WAY
AMP MICRO
QUAD LOCK I BLACK
REAR CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
SEAT HEADREST
SWITCH
- RH REAR
BC, , 10.WAY
AMP MICRO
QUAD
LOCK 1 BLACK
REAR CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
M”LT,LOCK
070,
YELLOW
REAR SEAT
070,
YELLOW
REAR SEAT
SEAT HEADREST
BBd-L,
PUMP
- LH REAR
SEAT LUMBAR
PUMP
- RH REAR
SEAT LUMBAR
SWITCH
- LH REAR
BC8,
SEAT LUMBAR
SWITCH
- RH REAR
BC6,,0-WAY
MOTOR
B+
0”
B+
0”
RELAYS
857.8
RH LUMBAR
B+
0”
Relay
857-S
RH FORE,
B+
0”
LUMBAR
EC310
RH FORE /AFT
B+
0”
DEFLATE
BBd-R,
RELAY - LH
BS7-l4
RH HEADREST
SWITCH-LOWER
B+
0”
ET-15
RH HEADREST
SWlTCH
- RAISE REOUEST
B+
0”
BS7-16
LH HEADREST
SWlTCH
- LOWER
B+
0”
ES,-17
LH HEADREST
SWITCH
B+
0”
Connector
Type / Color
BS%18
LH FORE,
AFT SWlTCH
-AFT
B+
0”
BS3
B-WAY MULTiLOCK
857-19
LH FORE,
AFT SWITCH
- FORE REQUEST
El+
0”
BS4
IO-WAY
BS7-20
RH LUMBAR
B+
0”
855
B-WAY MULTiLOCK
CA109
12.WAY
REQUES,
REQUEST
RAISE REQUEST
SWITCH-DEFLATE
REQUEST
REQUEST
$-WAY
SEAT LUMBAR
MOTOR
REQUEST
CONSOLE
8522,
RH REAR SEAT - HEADREST
SWITCH-FORE
REAR CENTER
852,
RH REAR SEAT-
REQUEST
BELOW
- LH REAR
856-12
AFT SW,TC,+ -AFT
47, BLUE
47, BLUE
47 /WHITE
47 ,WHlTE
- RH REAR
BSS~ll
REQUEST
I Access
Location
/ Type I Color
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
AFT MOTOR
0
- INFLATE
BS, ,22-WAY
BSZ, IZ-WAY
BS6,12-WAY
BS, , Y-WAY
AFT MOTOR
0
SWITCH
-REAR
SEAT FORE,
BS6-10
HEADREST
MODVLE
SEAT FORE,
0
FEED
Connector
Component
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
S-WAY MULTILOCK
,O-WAY AMP MICRO
AMP MCRO
070,
REAR SEAT
YELLOW
REAR SEAT
070,YELLOW
QUAD LOCK i BLACK
REAR CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
QUAD
REAR CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
LOCK i BLACK
Case Color
Connector
BLUE
BS,O,
I Color
Location
RH HEELBOARD
BLUE
I Access
RELAYS/
HEELBOARD
COVER
CONNECTORS
Location
070,
MULTILOCK
070,
BELOW
WHITE
WHITE
070 /WHITE
MULTiLOCK
070,
WHITE
/ Access
REAR SEAT CUSHION
BELOW
REAR CENTER
BELOW
REAR SEAT CUSHION
CONSOLE
BELOW
REAR SEAT CUSHION
SEAT SWITCHES
GROUNDS
Location
CA381
EYELET
(PAIR)
LH HEELBOARD
POST GROUND
CAllOL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH HEELBOARD
POST GROUND
SCREW
CAllOR
EYELET
(PAIR, - LH HEELBOARD
POST GROUND
SCREW
CONTROL
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
SCREW
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data:
communications
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
I Type
Ground
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
-_--
^_ .^^.._
---------
----
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS.
COMPONENTS
Connector
Component
SEAT CUSHlON
SEAT C”SHlON
HEATER
HEATER
Location
I Type / Color
- LH REAR
sst-L,
S-WAY MULTILOCK
- RH REAR
ss,-R,
S-WAY MULTlLOCK
SEAT HEATER
SWlTCH
- LH REAR ,LWS VEHICLES1
SC, , 10.WAY
AMP
MICRO
SEAT HEATER
SWTCH
- RH REAR (LWS VEHICLES)
SC*,
,&WAY
AMP MlCRO
SEAT HEATER
TIMER
- LH REAR
ES,
5.WAY
RELAY BASE,
SEAT HEATER
TIMER
- RH REAR
SSS, 5.WAY
RELAY BASE,
070,
YELLOW
070,
YELLOW
REAR SEAT
CNJAD LOCK,
SLACK
REAR CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
OUAD
SLACK
REAR CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
LOCK,
BROWN
RH HEELBOARD,
HEELBOARD
COVER
HEELBOARD
COVER
BROWN
RH HEELBOARD,
SWAB
HEATER
- LH REAR
SE-L,
S-WAY M”LTlLOCK
070,
GREY
REAR SEAT
SOW3
HEATER
- RH REAR
St?5R,
S-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
REAR SEAT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Location / Access
BELOW
REARSEATC”SHlON
SS4
Type / Color
S-WAY
MULTILOCK
070/WHITE
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,WHlTE
BELOW
REAR CENTER
SSS
S-WAY MULTLOCK
BELOW
REAR SEAT CUSHlDN
CA109
,Z~WAY
BELOW
REAR SEAT CUSHION
Connector
853
/ Access
REAR SEAT
MULTlLOCK
070,
070,
WHITE
WHITE
CONSOLE
SEAT SWITCHES
GROUNDS
Ground
CA38L
Location
EYELET
/ Type
(PAIRI - LH HEELBOARD
POST GROUND
SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS
Component
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
8513
BS15
CA109
CONNECTORS
Type I Color
J-WAYMLJLTILCICK
070/WHITE
SWAYMULTILOCK
070,WHlTE
12.WAY
MULTlLclCK
070/WHITE
Location / Access
BELOW
REARSEATCUSHION
BELCIW
REARSEATCUSHlON
BELOW
REARSEATCUSHION
GROUNDS
Ground
CA38L
Location / Type
EYELET
IPAIR)- LHHEELBOARD
POSTGROUND
SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
D
I
I
I
I
I
/
I
I
I
D
,
S
S
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Pin
Description
FCWE
FC1518
FC15-32
FC15.33
FC15-41
FC15-55
FC15-58
FC15-83
FC18-87
FC15-71
FCIE-80
FC15-84
FC15-85
TRUNK RELEASE REDUEST
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED GROUND
IGNITION
SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
VALET REDUEST
NOT IN PARK MlCRDSWlTCH
STATUS
CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST
KEY IN lGNlTlON
DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
v
0
I
S
S
I
I
I
I
Description
Active
DD10-6
DD10.8
DD10-9
DD10-16
DD10-17
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
B+
B+
B+
GROUND
2 - 1800 HZ
2 - 1800 Hz
GROUND
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL
DRIVER DOOR LOCK BARREL
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH
MOTOR
MOTOR
Pin
Description
BAlTERY
POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
LOGIC GROUND
SW NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
I
I
RDll-7
RDII-20
I
PD10-1
PD10-5
PD10-6
PD10-8
PD10-9
PDIO-16
PD10-17
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PDll-20
PASSENGER
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
I
S
I
I
RPII-20
PASSENGER
v
UNLOCK
LOCK
MOTOR
MOTOR
UNLOCK
LOCK
- DRiVER
REAR
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
- PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
- PASSENGER
- DRIVER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
- DRlVER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
- PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
- PASSENGER
REAR
,GNlTlON
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING,
RPlO, 2Z~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER,
RP, 1 ,ZZ-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING
,TRlM
PANEL
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
DOOR CASING
,TRlM
PANEL
ECONOSEAL
(KEY-IN
TRUNK
RELEASE
SWITCH
PANEL
/TRIM
PANEL
111LC, BLACK
DOOR CASING,
TRlM
PANEL
DOOR CAS,NG
,TR,M
PANEL
WvVA’,
ECONDSEAL
\\\ LC, BLACK
ECDNOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
B-WAY ECONOSEAL
Z-WAY
,-WA”
111LC, BLACK
LABINAL,
PANEL
DOOR CASING,
TRIM
PANEL
CENTER
070 iYELLOW
SUMlTOMO
SPLICE
BT42,
Z-WAY
MULTlLOCK
FC14,
B-WAY JAE IL-AGS , GREEN
ST41 ,Z-WAYAUGAT
18.WAY
HEADER,
TRUNK
BEHINDTRUNK
GREEN
FASCIA
CENTER
BLACK
ASSEMBLY
FUSE BOX
HEELBOARD
COVER
LID LINER
LID LINER
SWITCH
BEHINDTRUNK
l.S,BLACK
FORD IDC S.U.,
CONSOLE
RH HEELBOARD,
BLACK
BROWN
040,
COLUMN
BELOW TRUNK
BEHIND
LABINAL,
LH FRONT
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
CONNECTOR
MULTiLOCK
TRIM
STEERING
070 /WHITE
COAXlAL
DOOR CASING,
TRUNK,
NATURAL
Z-WAY
CC,,
SWITCH
/TRIM
ECONOSEAL
BT43,
SWlTCH
VALET SWITCH
iCENTER CONSOLE
PANEL
DOOR CASING
DD3,13~WAY
CA223,20-WAY
TRUNK RELEASE SWlTCH
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK1
PANEL
DOOR CASING/TRIM
BT, , 18.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK
BT2,26-WAY
FORD IDC, BLACK
BTS, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
- CA223
PANEL
TRIM
DOOR CASING
CC13,3-WAY
MODULE
/TRIM
111LC, BLACK
FC4, S-WAY MULTILOCK
MlCROSWlTCH
ACTUATOR
BOX
PACK
PANEL
ECONOSEAL
BT33,
RELEASE
111LC, BLACK
TRIM
DD3,,3-WAY
BT,B,
CONTROL
Ill LC, BLACK
S-WAY ECONOSEAL
RP3,
SWITCH)
AND LOCKlNG
111LC, BLACK
ECDNOSEAL
PD3,13-WAY
REAR
/II LC: BLACK
B-WAY ECONOSEAL
RD3,
REAR
TRUNK
TRUNK
RDlO ,22-WAY
RD, 1,22-WAY
RP3,
REAR
KEY FOB ANTENNA
SPLICE HEADER
DOOR CASlNG,
PD3,13-WAY
FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR
SWITCH
GLOVE
SWITCH
BLUE
BLACK
RD3,
REAR
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER
FUEL FiLLER
CONSOLE
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
PDIO, 22.WAY
PD, 1 ,ZZ-WAY
DRIVER
- PASSENGER
CENTER
BLACK
DDlO , *Z-WAY
DD, 1 ,22-WAY
DD3,13-WAY
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
Relay
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
2 - ,800 Hz
2-1800HZ
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
,DOOR DPEN,
MODULE
Active
B+ (PULSE)
B+ (PULSE)
2-7600
HZ
B+
GROUND
GROUND
I
I
I
I
BT2-3
BT2-5
BT2-7
BT2-19
TRUNK RELEASE REOUEST
TRUNK SECURIN
SWlTCH STATUS
DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK STATUS
GROUND
GROUND
I
I
BTB-1
BT6-2
KEY FOB ANTENNA
KEY FOB ANTENNA
CAUTION: The information
MODULE
Inactive
B+
Inactive
Description
SHIELD
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
B+
B+ (SECURE)
(MOMENTARY,
(INTRUSION)
GROUND
GROUND
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
D
C
S
GROUND
B+
Active
B*
B+
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR
ACTIVATE
FUEL FlLLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE
SCP NETWORK
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACT,“ATE
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
Input
output
Signal Ground
DOOR CONTROL
- DRl”ER
FORD IDC S.U.,
PACK
LID LINER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
PACK
PACK)
Location
Connector
CA50,
VIOLET
LH HEELBOARD
RELAYS,
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY
VIOLET
BT23,
VIOLET
TRUNK
RELAYS
,TR”NK
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK
VIOLET
BTZ3,
VIOLET
TRUNK
RELAYS
/TRUNK
RELAY
RELAY
/ Color
/ Access
Case Color
VIOLET
DOOR LOCKING
HEELBOARD
COVER
GROUND
Pin
I
0
SG
GROUND
GROUND
,DOOR OPEN1
BT,-l
BT,-2
BTI-8
BT,-l0
BT,-13
BTI-14
BT,-15
BT,-16
symbols
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
(DOOR OPEN1
0
0
S
0
I
I
I
S
The following
- DRi”ER
Inactive
Active
B+
B+
B+
REAR DOOR SWITCH
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
GROVND
GROUND
B+
MODULE
Description
CONTROL
MODULE
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
18.WAY
BEHIND
PACK)
DOOR CONTROL
DOOR SWlTCH
Active
B+
B+
8+
UNLOCK
LOCK
GROUNO
BATTERY POWER SVPPLY
PASSENGER
REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
PASSENGER
REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
LOGIC GROUND
SW NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
AND LOCKING
cc,,
/ Access
BULKHEAD,
RELAYS
RPlO~i
RP10-5
RP10-6
RP,O-8
RP,0-9
RP10-16
RF’,&17
SECURITY
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH
Location
I Type I Color
FC15,,4-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
DOOR SWITCH-PASSENGER
GROUND
2- 1600 HZ
2-1800Hz
GROUND
GROUND
Pin
I
0
0
Connector
SECURITY
DOOR SWlTCH
REAR DOOR CONTROL
Component
BODYPROCESSOR
MODULE
DOOR SWITCH
MODULE
Description
COMPONENTS
NOT~IN~PARK
GROUND
GROUND
Pin
PASSENGER
v
DOOR CONTROL
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+ (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY,
GROUND (DOOR OPEN)
MODULE lDENTlF,CAT,ON
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWlTCH
PASSENGER
Inactive
Bc
MODULE
RDIO-I
RO10-5
RD10-6
RD1&8
RD10-9
RD10-16
RD10-17
RD10-19
I
0
0
I
S‘
S
I
UNLOCK
LOCK
UNLOCKREQUEST
LOCK REQUEST
I
0
0
I
S
S
I
I
i7
B+ iNOT IN PARK1
B+
B+ ,KEY OUT)
B+
B+
MODULE
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
v
GROUND ,MDMENTARYi
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (CRANKING)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
GROUND ,PARKl
GROUND IMOMENTARY)
GROUND ,KEY INi
GROUND iPULSE)
B+
2- 1800 HZ
2- 1800 Hz
Pin
DDll-4
DDll-12
DD11~20
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
Br
B+
B+
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Location
/ Access
Connector
Type / Color
BT4
54.WAY
CA8
20.WAY
CAlD
B-WAY
MULTTILOCK
CA1 1
Z&WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘X’ POST/DOOR
CA7 1
Z-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
CA??
B-WA,’
070 iYELLOW
PASSENGER
CA14
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070 /WHITE
DR,“ER
CAT6
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
070,
WHlTE
PASSENGER
‘B,c’
POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAlTER
CA45
B-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘B/c’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
CA48
I-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
DRIVER
PANEL
THROUGH
PANEL,
WHITE
DRl”ER
‘4’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
070 i YELLOW
DRI”ER
‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
MULTILOCK
MULTlLOCK
FC1
54.WAY
THROUGH
FC7
*O-WAY
M”LT,LOCK
BELOWPARCELSHELF,TR”NK,REARBULKHEAD/RHSlDE
BLACK
070,
CONNECTOR,
070,
BLACK
WHITE
HARNESS
GAITER
‘X’ POST/
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
‘B/C’ POST,
‘B,c’ POST,
BELOW
PASSENGER
ABOVE
DIMMER
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
SIDE AIR VENT/GLOVE
MODULE,
BOX ASSEMBLY
COlN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
BT22L
EYELET
(PAIR) -TRUNK,
I Type
RH CENTER
GROUND
STUD
BT28L
EYELET
(PAIR) -TRUNK
1 RH CENTER
GROUND
STUD
BT34
EYELET
,S,NGLE,
- KEY FOB ANTENNA
CAlOR
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
CA31L
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL
CA33L
EYELET
(PAlR,
CA33R
EYELET
IPAIR) - RH X’POST
CA36L
EYELET
(PAlR) - LH ‘fl
CA36R
CCSL
RH ‘4’ POST GROUND
GROUND,
IRH FORWARD-EARLY
BACKLIGHT,
GROUND
STUD
SCREW
GROUND
SCREW
SCREW
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND
SCREW
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD i CABIN
SIDE
CCSR
EYELET
(PAIR, - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
SIDE
FC17L
EYELET
IPAIR) - EMS BULKHEAD
MODULE
VEHICLES)
SCREW
POST GROUND
CONTROL
PRODUCTION
CENTER
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CABIN
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
v
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
0
I
S
S
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Pin
Description
Active
FC1516
FC15-32
FC15-33
FC15~41
FC15-65
FC15-58
FC15-83
FC16-67
FC16-71
FC15-80
FC15-84
FC16~85
TRUNK RELEASE REQUEST
IGNITION
SWITCHED
GROUND
IGNITION
SWITCHED GROVND
IGNITION
SWITCHED
GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REQUEST
VALET REQUEST
NOT 1N PARK MlCROSWlTCH
STATUS
CENTRAL LOCKING REQUEST
KEY IN IGNITION
DOOR LOCKING RELAY ACTIVATE
EATERY
SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROVND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Inactive
Bt
IMOMENTARY,
Bt
B+
Bt
B+
Bt
B+ (NOT IN PARK1
B+
B+ iKEY OUT)
Bc
Bc
ICRANKING
iMOMENTARY
,PARKi
iMOMENTARY
iKEY IN)
(PULSE,
COMPONENTS
Connector
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-DRIVER
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-DRIVER
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVERS DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE-PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-PASSENGER
Inactive
B+
MOTOR
B+
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 Hz
2 1600 Hz
UNLOCK
GROUND
GROUND
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
‘J
Pin
Description
UNLOCK REQUEST
LOCK REQUEST
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
v
Pin
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
B+
(DOOR OPEN,
MODULE
MOTOR
UNLOCK
DOOR SWlTCH
GROUND
,DOOR
MOTOR
UNLOCK
REAR DOOR SWITCH
Active
Inactive
Bt
BC
GROUND
2-1600Hr
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
(DOOR OPEN,
MODULE
Description
Active
Inactive
0
S
0
I
I
1
S
B+ IPULSE,
B+ (PULSE)
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
Bt
1
I
1
I
BTZ-3
BTZ-5
BT2-7
BT2-18
TRVNK RELEASE REQUEST
TRUNK SECURITY SWITCH STATUS
DRIVER DOOR LOCK STATUS
PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK STATUS
GROUND
GROUND
I
I
BT6-1
BTG-2
KEY FOB ANTENNA
KEY FOB ANTENNA
I
0
SG
input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
GROUND
GROUND
BA
2- ,600 Hz
SHIELD
B+
B+ (SECURE,
,MOMENTARYI
(INTRVSIONI
GROUND
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
communications
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in unde&anding
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected
and fitted. “Active”
i BLUE
i BLACK
RPlO ,22-WAY
RP,, ,22-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
DD3,
,&WAY
RD3,
S-WAY ECONOSEAL
- CA223
ECONOSEAL
TRUNK
RELEASE
SWITCH
111LC, BLACK
/TRIM
PANEL
DOOR CASING/TRIM
PANEL
DOOR CASING
PANEL
/TRIM
DD3,13-WAY
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
DOOR CASING
,TRlM
PANEL
B-WAY ECONOSEAL
RP3,
111LC, BLACK
ECONOSEAL
B-WA,’
111LC, BLACK
ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
MULTILOCK
070,
SUMlTOMO
LAEINAL,
PANEL
CENTER
YELLOW
SPLICE HEADER,
BEHIND
BT42,2~WAY
MULTILOCK
040,
JAE IL-AGS,
GREEN
TRUNK
BT4,
,2-WAYAUGAT
CC,,
16.WAY
GREEN
I.G,BLACK
FORD IDC S.U.,
COLUMN
CONSOLE
ASSEMBLY
FUSE BOX
RH HEELBOARD,
BLACK
BROWN
FC14,6-WAY
FRONT
BELOW TRUNK
BT, , ,6-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLACK
BT2, &WAY
FORD IDC, BLACK
BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
Z-WAY
PANEL
iTRIM
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
CONNECTOR
MULTILOCK
PANEL
DOOR CASING
STEERlNG
070 /WHITE
COAXiAL
TRIM
DOOR CASlNGiTRlM
TR”NK,LH
LABINOLINATURAL
,-WAY
BT43,
SWITCH
DOOR CASING
DOOR CASING,
PD3,,3-WAY
SWlTCH
PANEL
PANEL
/II LC, BLACK
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH
(FASCIA SWITCH PACK)
VALET SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE
TRIM
TRlM
ECONOSEAL
RD3,
MODULE
DOOR CASING,
DOOR CASING,
DD3,13-WAY
CA223,ZO.WAY
ACTUATOR
111LC, BLACK
ECONOSEAL
CC,3,3-WAY
RELEASE
\\I LC, BLACK
111LC, BLACK
ECONOSEAL
RP3,G~WAY
REAR
BLACK
HEELBOARD
TRUNK
LID LINER
BEHIND
TRUNK
LID LINER
FASCiA
SWITCH
PACK
BEHlND
TRUNK
LID LINER
CENTER
CONSOLE
SWITCH
COVER
PACK
PACK)
B+
V
Hz
circuit
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
operation.
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
Location
Connector
CA%,
VIOLET
LH HEELBOARD
RELAYS
FUEL FILLER FLAP LOCK RELAY
VIOLET
BT23,
VIOLET
TRUNK
RELAYS
/TRUNK
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK
VIOLET
BT23,
VIOLET
TRUNK
RELAYS
/TRUNK
RELAY
/ Color
/ Access
Case Color
VIOLET
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
OPEN,
MODULE
Description
symbols
FORD 2.8 TIMER
FORD 2.8 TIMER
PD3,,3-WAY
CONTROL
HEADER
Relay
TRUNK RELEASE ACTUATOR
ACTIVATE
FUEL FILLER FLAP UNLOCK RELAY ACTIVATE
SCP NETWORK
FUEL FlLLER FLAP LOCK RELAY ACTIVATE
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTER,‘POWER
SUPPLY
SW NETWORK
The following
PANEL
PO,0 , Z-WAY
PDll 122.WAY
SWITCH)
SPLlCE
DOOR LOCKING
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
PANEL
/TRIM
RELAYS
BTI-7
871-2
STY-8
BT,-l0
BT,-13
BT,-14
ST,-15
BT,-16
0
, TRIM
DOOR CASING
REAR
TRUNK
B+
GROUND
CONTROL
DOOR CASiNG
BT33,
LOCKING
Bt
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 Hz
2 - 1600 Hz
GROUND
AND LOCKING
BLUE
BLACK
MICROSWITCH
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
PASSENGER
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FC4,8-WAY
Inactive
REAR DOOR CONTROL
RDlO, *Z-WA’”
RD,, ,22~WAY
KEY FOB ANTENNA
Active
BATTER,’
POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER
REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
SECURITY
D
Pin
B+
GROUND
GROUND
B+
GROUND
2 - 1600 Hz
2 - ,800 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
PANEL
,GN,TlON
AND
BOX
PACK
DOOR CASING/TRIM
REAR
(KEY-IN
GLOVE
SWITCH
BLUE
BLACK
- DRIVER
-PASSENGER
CONSOLE
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
PASSENGER
SWITCH
FORD IDC S U , BLACK
I Access
BEHIND
DDlO ,22-WAY
DD, ,,22-WAY
Inactive
Active
UNLOCK
CENTER
78.WAY
BT16,2-WAY
SECURITY
MOTOR
CC,,
FVEL FILLER FLAP LOCK ACTUATOR
Description
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
OPEN)
BULKHEAD,
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER
NOT-IN-PARK
MODULE
IDENTIFICATION
DRi”ER REAR DOOR SWITCH
DOOR CONTROL
GROUND
GROUND
B+
REAR
- PASSENGER
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES
DOOR SWITCH
MODULE
BA”ERY
POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
LOGlC GROUND
SCP NEiWORK
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE
IDENTlFlCATiON
PASSENGER
v
Pin
-DRIVER
DOOR SWITCH-DRIVER
B+ (MOMENTARY)
Bt (MOMENTARY)
GROUND iDOOR
REAR
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR-PASSENGER
DOOR SWITCH
DOOR LOCK BARREL
DOOR LOCK BARREL
DOOR SWITCH
REAR
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR-DRIVER
Active
Location
/ Type / Color
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY
PACK)
DOOR CONTROL
DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL MODULE
v
Pin
Description
DRlVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
MODULE
/ HEELBOARD
COVER
CONNECTORS
Location
Connector
Type / Color
BT4
54.WAY THROUGH
CA8
IO-WAY
CA10
E-WAY
CA,,
20.WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
CA?,
Z&WAY
MULTILOCK
CA12
MULTILOCK
PARCEL
WHITE
DR,“ER
‘A’ POSTiDOOR
070 iYELLOW
DR,“ER
‘%’ POST,
BLACK
070,
MULTlLOCK
I Access
BELOW
PANEL/
SHELF ,TR”NK,
REAR BULKHEAD
HARNESS
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
070 /WHITE
PASSENGER
‘N POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
B-WA,‘MULTiLOCK
070 iYELLOW
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
CA14
G-WAY MULTiLOCK
070,
WHITE
DR,“ER
CA16
B-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘B,C
POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
CA45
B-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘B/C
POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
CA46
a-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
DRl”ER
FC1
54.WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
FC7
20.WAY
MULTlLOCK
WHITE
070,
CONNECTOR/BLACK
WHITE
‘B/C’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
‘B,c’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
BELOW
PASSENGER
SIDE AIR VENT,
GLOVE
ABOVE
DIMMER
MODULE,
/ RH SIDE
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
BT22L
EYELET
(PAIR) - TRUNK,
RH CENTER
GROUND
STUD
BT28L
EYELET
(PAIR) - TRUNK/
RH CENTER
GROUND
STUD
BT34
EYELET
ISINGLE)
CABOR
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH ‘pi’ POST GROUND
CA3lL
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL
CA33L
EYELET
(PAIR)
CA33R
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CA36L
EYELET
IPAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CA36R
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CCBL
EYELET
(PAIR) - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
CCBR
EYELET
(PA,R) - RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
CABIN
SIDE
FC,?L
EYELET
(PAIR, -EMS
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type
- KEY FOB ANTENNA
RH ‘K POST GROUND
BULKHEAD
GROUND,
(RH FORWARD
BACKLIGHT/
- EARLY
PRODUCTION
VEHICLES)
CENTER
SCREW
GROUND
STUD
SCREW
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
THIS INFORMATlON SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND lDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
WASHER
FLUlDLEVEL
SENSOR
VARIABLE
INTERMlrrENTWlPE
REOUEST
IGNITION SWITCHED
GROUND
SIDELAMPREQUEST
POWER
WASHRELAY
ACT,“ATE
Active
WIPER FAST,
GROUND
WINSHIELD
SLOW
WASHER
GROUND
GROUND
KT,“ATE
GROUND
BATrERY
SLOW,
BATERY
REOUEST
STOP RELAY ACTIVATE
PARK SWliCH
SUPPLY
EEEC,
I Access
BULKHEAD,
GREY
BEHIND
GLOVE
BOX
COMPARTMENT
IFAST)
ST19,
LlGHTlNG
STATUS
GROUND
VOLTAGE
STALK
POWER WPlSH
iMOMENTARY,
WASH
GROUND
/WIPE
iCOLUMN
SC?,
SWlTCHGEARi
PUMP
STALK
Em,
iCOLUMN
MULTILOCK
Z-WAY REINSHAGEN,
SC,,
SWITCHGEAR,
EYELET
10.WAY
I*-WAY
M"LTlLOCK
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
HARNESS,
ADJACENTTO
STEERING COLUMN
070 lYELLOW
VOLKSWAGEN,
RIGHT FRONT
BLACK
OUARTER
COLUMN
SWITCHGEAR
ADJACENTTOSTEERING
070 I WHiTE
IPARKED)
PANEL
MOTOR
l WASHER
HARNESS,
COLUMN
FLUID
CONTAINER
MOTOR
Bc
FLICK WIPE REa”EST
SUPPLY
Location
/ Type / Color
FC15,14~WAYAMP
MODULE
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
!3+
PROGRAMMED
WIPER MOTOR
Connector
Component
GROUND
GROUND
WIPER RUN,
COMPONENTS
GROUND
FAST WIPE SPEED REQUEST
WASH
ST IEMPTY)
BODY PROCESSOR
RELAY ACT,“ATE
PUMP
Inactive
IFULL)
GROUND
VOLTAGE
B+
RELAYS
Relay
WIPER RUN,
STOP RELAY
WIPER FAST,
SLOW
POWERWASH
RELAY
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Case Color
Connector
BLACK
LS,,
BLACK
LS11,
BROWN
BUS
Location
/ Color
/ Access
, BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FRONT
RELAYS,
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FRONT
RELAYS,
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
RELAY ~$4, ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX:
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
CONNECTORS
Location
I Access
Connector
EM3
PASSENGER
EMSl
ENGlNE
CDMPARIMENT,ADJACENTTOABS
FC5
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
LS3
LH ‘A, POST,
‘K POST,
LOWER
‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
PUMP
COIN TRAY
LOWER ‘A’ POST FiNlSHER
GROUNDS
Location / Type
EYELET
iSINGLE, - EMSBULKHEAD
GROUND STUD
Ground
EM17
FC17R
EYELET
iPAIR
-EMS
LS18R
EYELET
iPAIR
- LH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
LSlPL
EYELET
(PAIRI - RH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
CONTROL
MODULE
BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
I
0
SG
symbols
Input
output
Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS.
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
J
Pin
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
Active
lGNlTiON SWITCHED GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
lGNlTlON
SWITCHED GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR
SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST
CENTRAL LOCKING SWTCH - SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REOVEST
CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NElwDRK
SCP NETWORK
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
‘J
Pin
Pin
DRIVER WINDOW DOWN
MOTOR UP SUPPLY
DRIVER WINDOW UP REQUEST
PASSENGER
WINDOW bP REOUEST
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
UNLOCK REQUEST
PASSENGER
REAR WINDOW UP REOUEST
PASSENGER
WlNDOW
DOWN REOUEST
LOCK REQUEST
DRIVER REAR WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
PASSENGER
REAR WINDOW
DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER REAR WINDOW UP REOVEST
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND ,MOMENTARYl
B+ (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
GPOUND IMOMENTARY)
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
LOCK BARREL
SWITCH PACK
SWITCH PACK
LOCK BARREL
SWlTCH PACK
SWITCH PACK
SWITCH PACK
DOOR CONTROL
PDll-6
I
PDll-21
LA
I
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
UP REQUEST
PACK WINDOW
DOWN
Description
RPll-6
I
RPll-21
SECURITY
Pin
BTS~i
BT6-2
SLIDING
D
Pin
SK-1
:
SW-3
REQUEST
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
AND LOCKING
DOWN
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-DRIVER
,‘TRlM
PANEL
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-PASSENGER
PDlO, 22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLUE
PD,, ,22-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER II BLACK
DOOR CASlNG
/TRIM
PANEL
MODULE-PASSENGER
RPlO !22~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER: BLUE
RPll i 22~WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER i BLACK
DOOR CASlNG:
DOOR CASlNG
up REQUEST
DOWN REOUEST
REAR
PACK
KEY FOB ANTENNA
BT33,
REAR WINDOW lNHlBlT SWITCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
DD, 1 &WAY
SECURITY
AND LOCKING
CONTROL
MODULE
,-WAY
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
YELLOW
DOOR TRIM
BELOWTRUNK
C&4,
ROOF CONSOLE
GROUND
GROUND
SLlDiNG ROOF SWITCH
(ROOF CONSOLES
CA53,8-WAY
SWITCH
PACK - DRIVER REAR DOOR
RD, , S-WAY LAG,
SWITCH
PACK
DOOR
PD? , Z&WAY
SWlTCH
PACK-PASSENGER
REAR DOOR
RP, , S-WAY LAG,
B-WAY MULTILOCK
SRZ,
WlNDOW
LIFT MOTOR
- DRIVER
WINDOW
LIFT MOTOR-DRIVER
WINDOW
LIFT MOTOR
GROUND
WINDOW
LIFT MOTOR-PASSENGER
GROUND
GROUND
WNDOW
MT SWiTCH
iDRIVER DOOR SWITCH
REAR
SWAY
MULTILOCK
070,
070,
M”LTlLOCK
ME-26
FUSE BOX
ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
BLACK
GREEN
/YELLOW
GREEN
DOOR TRIM
PANEL
DOOR TRlM
PANEL
DOOR TRIM
PANEL
DD16,
Z-WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
DOOR CASING!
RD16,
Z-WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
111LC,BLACK
DOOR CASING
I TRIM
PANEL
LC,BLACK
DOOR CASING,
TRIM
PANEL
RP16,Z-WAYECDNOSEALlli
REAR
WHITE
WHITE
040,
PD,B,P~WAYECONOSEAL
PASSENGER
PANEL
BT1 j ,G~WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
BT2 I 26~WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
BT6, &WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
ROOF CONTROL
PASSENGER
! T81M PANEL
CONNECTOR
ROOF MOTOR
PANEL
FASCIA
PCS SIGNAL .; BLACK
PCB SIGNAL , BLACK
MOS-26,
S,SDiNG
MODULE
,I, LC I BLACK
TRlM
COAXIAL
SLlDiNG
%O”ND
GROUND
DD, ,26-WAY
MOS~26
DOOR TRiM
/YELLOW
TRIM
PANEL
PANEL
PACK1
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
CONNECTORS
Location
/ Access
CA8
Type / Color
20.W.4Y
MULTlLOCK
070I WHlTE
DRI”ER
‘Y POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAiTER
CA10
B-WAY MULTILOCK
DRIVER ‘K POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
CA1 1
ZO~WAY MULTlLOCK
070,
YELLOW
WHITE
PASSENGER
‘% POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
070 iYELLOW
PASSENGER
‘K POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
070 /WHITE
DRIVER ‘B,?
POST,
PASSENGER
‘B/C’ POST,
070,
S-WAY MULTILOCK
GROUND
GROUND
CA\16
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
GROUND ,MOMENTARY)
GROUND
GROUND
FC5
54~WAY THROUGH
PANEL
FC7
20-WA,’
Inactive
GROUNDS
B+ ,MOMENTARYI
ECDNOSEAL
EOUND
CA14
DOWN
Active
B+
SUPPLY
UPSUPPLY
PACK WINDOW
PACK WINDOW
UP REQUEST
DOWN REO”ES7
%OUND
2-1600Hr
Bt
2 - 1600 HZ
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
(MOMENTARY)
B+ iMOMENTARYi
GROUND
GROUNO
GROUND
MODULE
2 ,500 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
B+
*-LBOOHr
Inactive
GROUND
EROUND
MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
WHITE
CONNECTOR,
070,
DRIVER SlDE AIR VENT,
ABOVE
DIMMER
MODULE,
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
BELOW
BLACK
WHITE
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
COIN TRAY
COIN TRAY
Ground
Location
BT22L
EYELET
IPAIR, -TRUNK,
ET34
EYELET
(SINGLE,
CASOL
EYELET
(PAIR)
LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CA30R
EYELET
,PAlRi
- LH X’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CA33L
EYELET
ipAIR
- RH ‘7,’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CA33R
EYELET (PAIR) - RH ‘N POST GROUND
SCREW
CA36L
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CCSR
EYELET
(PAIR, - RH FRONT
STUD/CABIN
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type
RH CENTER
- KEY FOB ANTENNA
BULKHEAD
GROUND
STUD
GROUND,
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BACKLIGHT/
CENTER
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+I
GROUND
SHlELD
MODULE
Description
Active
BA”ERY
SUPPLY
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH -SLIDING
ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REDJEST
GROUND SUPPLY
DRl”ER DOOR -SLIDING
ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REQUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH CLOSE REQUEST
%O”ND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
SLIDING
SLIDING
B+
BL
ROOF MOTOR
ROOF MOTOR
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
D
C
S
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
communications
Inactive
B+
&OUND
B+
Bt
Bi
IMOMENTARY)
(MOMENTARY)
(MOMENTARYI
,MOMENTARYI
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
The following
symbols are used to represent values for Control Module Pin Out data:
CAUTION: The information
PANEL
DOOR CASiNG
B-WAY
Active
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
/TRIM
BLUE
BLACK
CA12
Description
ROOF CONTROL
DOOR CASING
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
GROUND
SCP NETWORK
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
KEY FOB ANTENNA
KEY FOB ANTENNA
FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLUE
FORD 2.8 TIMER, BLACK
RDlO: 22.WA’Y
RDll ,22-WAY
BOX
PACK
MODULE
LIFT MOTOR
CONTROL
SUPPLY
UP SUPPLY
LIFT MOTOR
REAR DOOR SWITCH
REAR DOOR SWITCH
DDIO i 22.WAY
DDll , zz-WAY
GROVND
Inactive
Active
B+
&O”ND
2 - ,600HZ
B+
2 - 1600Hz
GLOVE
SWITCH
MODULE-DRIVER
FC24,48~WAY
AMP MODULE
FCE, 24~WAY AMP MODULE
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARYI
GROUND
B+ (MOMENTARY)
CONSOLE
DOOR CONTROL
Connector
PACK Wlwow
PACK WINDOW
REAR DOOR CONTROL
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER
REAR WlNDOW
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER
REAR WINDOW
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
I
V
DOOR SwTCH
DOOR SWITCH
Pin
2
s
I
UP SUPPLY
, BLACK
DD3,13-WA.y
MODULE
RPIO-1
RP10-7
RP10-8
RP10-9
RPiO~lB
RP10-16
RP10-17
GROUND
2 - 1600 HZ
B+
2 1600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
CENTER
CC,,
REAR
,G~WAY FORD IDC S.”
BEHIND
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH PACK,
,NSTR”MENT
&UN,
GROUND
B+
SUPPLY
Description
PASSENGER
c7
DOWN
/ Access
BULKHEAD,
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER
Inactive
Location
I Type I Color
FC,5,,4-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
MODULE
&O”ND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
(MOMENTARY)
(MOMENTARY)
Connector
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
DOOR CONTROL
B+
GROUND
Active
B+
PACK WlNDOW
BAnERY
POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER
WINDOW LlFT MOTOR
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
1
REQUEST
&“ND
2 ,600 HZ
GROUND (MOMENTARY,
B+
2 1600 HI
COMPONENTS
Inactive
MODULE
DRlVER REAR DOOR SWITCH
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH
Pin
B-
Active
B+
SUPPLY
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFiCATlON
V
E 1500 Hz
2 1600 Hi
GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
WlNDOW
NT MOTOR DOWN
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NEnniORK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
Description
PASSENGER
Bt
Bt
Bc
Bt
Bc
iCRANKING,
(MOMENTARYI
,MOMENTARY~
rMOMENT*RY)
MODULE
Description
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
v
Inactive
Bt
Bt
B+
V
Hz
MESSAGES.
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS.
CONTROL
MODULE
BODY PROCESSOR
v
Pin
I
,
I
:
PIN OUT INFORMATION
MODULE
Description
;:;::g
FC15-4,
FC15-46
FC15~47
I
,
g:;;
z
I
$1::;;
FC15-89
Active
IGNITION SWlTCHED
GROUND
IGNITION SWITCHED
GROUND
STARTER ENGAGE REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR-SLIDING
ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REOUEST
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH -SLIDING
ROOF GLOBAL OPEN REOUEST
CENTRAL LOCKING REOUEST
BATTERY SUPPLY VOLTAGE
SCP NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT REOUEST
DRIVER DOOR CONTROL
v
Pin
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DRIVER
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
DOOR
PASSENGER
Pin
DR,“ER
MOTOR
PD,,-6
PO,,-21
I
I
UNLOCK REOUEST
PASSENGER
REAR WlNDOW
UP REOUEST
PASSENGER
WINDOW DOWN REQUEST
LOCK REQUEST
DRIVER REAR WlNDOW
DOWN REOUEST
PASSENGER
REAR WINDOW DOWN REOUEST
DRIVER REAR WINDOW
UP REOUEST
v
Active
Inactive
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR WINDOW
LlFT MOTOR
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER REAR WINDOW LIFT MOTOR
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
B+
DOOR CONTROL
DOWN
SUPPLY
:
SW-3
PACK WINDOW
UP REOUEST
PACK WINDOW
DOWN
DOWN
SUPPLY
VP SUPPLY
UP REQUEST
DOWN REQUEST
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ IMOMENTARY)
MODULE
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-DRIVER
REAR
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
- PASSENGER
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-PASSENGER
LIFT MOTOR
LIFT MOTOR
DOWN
REAR
UP REQUEST
DOWN REOUEST
DDlO, Z-WAY
DD,, I Z-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING,
RDIO, *Z-WAY
RDII ,22-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
PDIO I *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER,
PO1 1 i 22 WAY FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
RPlO! *Z-WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER,
RPll ! 22 WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASiNG,
WWAY
*I-WAY
KEY FOB ANTENNA
BT33,
l-WAY
COAXIAL
CONNECTOR
TOP OF BACKLIGHT
REAR WINDOW INHIBIT SWITCH
(DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK)
DD, ,26-WAY
MOS-26,
YELLOW
DOOR TRIM
AND LOCKING
CONTROL
MODULE
MODULE
SRZ,
SLlDlNG ROOF SWITCH
(ROOF CONSOLE,
CA%,
PACK-
SWITCH
PACK-PASSENGER
DOOR
PD1 , Z-WAY
SWITCH
PACK-PASSENGER
REAR DOOR
w1
WINDOW
LIFT MOTOR
REAR
PASSENGER
WINDOW LIFT SWITCH
iDRIVER DOOR SWiTCH
REAR
PANEL
DOOR TRIM
PANEL
DOOR TRIM
PANEL
/TRIM
PANEL
RD16,
Z-WAY ECONOSEAL
II/ LC, BLACK
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
PDIB,
2~WAY ECONOSEAL
111LC, BLACK
DOOR CASING,
X/BLACK
DOOR CASING
RP,6,P-WAYECONOSEALIII
X-WAY
MOS~26
DOORTRIM
/YELLOW
%~UND
GROUND
CA,0
I-WAY
GROUND
CA12
B-WAY
GROUND
CA14
B-WAY MULTILOCK
CA16
FC1
Location
TRIM
/TRIM
PANEL
PANEL
PANEL
MULTILOCK
/ Access
WHITE
DRIVER
‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
070 /YELLOW
DRIVER
‘A’ POST,
DOOR HARNESS
GAITER
MULTILOCK
070,
PASSENGER
‘A’ POSTiDOOR
070,YELLOW
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
070,
WHITE
DRlVER
POST,
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
54.WAYTHROUGH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
PASSENGER
FC5
54~WAYTHRO”GH
PANEL
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
FC7
X-WAY
ABOVE
DIMMER
ZO-WAY MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
070,
MULTILOCK
WHITE
070,
‘B/c’
PASSENGER
WHITE
GROUND
Ground
Location
GROUND
BTZ2L
EYELET
IPAIR) -TRUNK,
‘B/c’
HARNESS
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
GAlTER
DOOR HARNESS
POST,
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
SIDE AIR VENT,
MODULE,
GAITER
GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
COIN TRAY
COIN TRAY
I Type
BT34
EYELET
iSiNGLEi
CABOL
EYELET
(PAIR)
LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CAlOR
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH ‘4’ POST GROUND
SCREW
CA331
EYELET
(PAIRI - RH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
RH CENTER
- KEY FoB ANTENNA
GROUND
SCREW
SW NETWORK
LOGIC GROUND
LOGIC GROUND
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
SCP NETWORK
CAJSL
EYELET
(PAIR) - LH ‘& POST GROUND
SCREW
2 - ,600 Hz
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
CA36R
EYELET
IPAIR) - LH ‘A’ POST GROUND
SCREW
EROUND
CCBR
EYELET
iPAIR,
STUD,
ZBi ,600
KEY FOB ANTENNA
KEY FOB ANTENNA
GROUND
GROUND
CONTROL
Active
Inactive
RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD
GROUND
IPAIR, - RH ‘4’ POST GROUND
I BACKLIGHT
CABlN
i CENTER
SlDE
Hz
MODULE
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
f-
Description
CAUTION: The information
LAG/GREEN
DOOR TRIM
DOOR CASING
EYELET
D
C
S
YELLOW
CONNECTORS
CAB
MODULE
REQUEST
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
B+
GROUND
Ep;;KN;;
,MOMENTARY
,MOMENTARYi
‘@“ND
B+
GROUND
GROUND
iMOMENTARY
IMOMENTARY)
BC
Bt
GROUND
GROUND
B+
B+
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
are used to represent
ROOF CONSOLE
111LC, BLACK
CA33R
symbols
ROOF CONSOLE
BLACK
ECONOSEAL
Inactive
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
FUSE BOX
?-WAY
Active
ROOF MOTOR
ROOF MOTOR
PANEL
DDIS,
Description
SLIDING
SLIDING
040,
PANEL
PACK)
Type / Color
1
WHITE
WHITE
GREEN
MOS~X,
DDI , Z&WAY
Connector
CA,
070,
MULTILOCK
RD1 , B-WAY LAG,
i ~-WAY
070,
MULTlLOCK
B~WA”
SWITCH
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND (MOMENTARY)
B+ (MOMENTARY)
SHIELD
B-WAY MULTILOCK
I-WAY
PANEL
PANEL
ROOF CONSOLE
ROOF MOTOR
LIFT MOTOR-PASSENGER
BOX
PACK
FGCIA
BLACK
BLACK
CA@,
ROOF CONTROL
- DRlVER
PCB SIGNAL:
PCS SIGNAL,
BTI , ,&WAY
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
BLACK
BTZ, ZWAY
FORD IDC, BLACK
BT6, ,-WAY COAXIAL CONNECTOR
SLIDING
REAR DOOR
AMP MODULE
AMP MODULE
BELOWTRUNK
SLIDING
DRIVER
/I/ LC i BLACK
TRIM
/TRIM
FCZ4,
FCX,
PACK
ECONOSEAL
DOOR CASING
TRIM
DD3,13WAY
SECURITY
GLOVE
SWITCH
GROUNDS
zB+ ,600 Hz
GROUND
PACK WINDOW
PACK WlNDOW
CONSOLE
Inactive
GROUND
2-1600Hr
UP SUPPLY
CENTER
, BLACK
,NSTR”MENT
WINDOW
::
SUPPLY
FORD IDC S.“.
BEHIND
DOOR LOCK SWITCHES-DRIVER
GROUND
MODULE
,G-WAY
/ Access
BULKHEAD!
PACK,
DRIVER
LIFT MOTOR-DRIVER
%%E
Active
CONTROL
DOOR CONTROL
Ccl,
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
PACK WINDOW
PACK WINDOW
REAR DOOR SWITCH
REAR DOOR SWITCH
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH
(CENTER CONSOLE SWITCH
WiNDOW
Inactive
Location
I Type I Color
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEEC,GREY
LIFT MOTOR
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
REQUEST
Active
REAR DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
WINDOW
MODULE
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
The following
%O”ND
GROUND
UP SUPPLY
BA”ERY
SUPPLY
CENTRAL LOCKING SWITCH-SLIDING
ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE
GROUND SUPPLY
DRIVER DOOR
SLIDING ROOF GLOBAL CLOSE REOUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWITCH OPEN REOUEST
SLIDING ROOF SWlTCH CLOSE REOUEST
SRZ-1
&O”ND
GROUND
MODULE
DOOR SWlTCH
DOOR SWITCH
ROOF CONTROL
Pin
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
,MOMENTARY)
(MOMENTARY)
Description
AND LOCKING
BT6-1
BT6~2
SLIDING
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
Pin
GROUND
Connector
BODY PROCESSOR
%O”ND
Description
SECURITY
GROUND
B- (MOMENTARYI
GROUND (MOMENTARY1
B- (MOMENTARY1
B+ (MOMENTARY1
GROUND IMOMENTARY
B+ (MOMENTARYI
GROUND IMOMENTARY,
PASSENGER
PASSENGER
Pin
Inactive
p;mDHZ
LOCK BARREL
SWITCH PACK
SWITCH PACK
LOCK BARREL
SWITCH PACK
SWITCH PACK
SWITCH PACK
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER
REAR WINDOW
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER
REAR WINDOW
SW NETWORK
POWER GROUND
v
REOUEST
Description
PASSENGER
V
WINDOW DOWN
UP SUPPLY
DRIVER WINDOW UP REOUEST
PASSENGER
WINDOW up REOUEST
BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
PASSENGER
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
PASSENGER
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
1
I
B+
BB7
GROUND
2 1600 Hz
;;O”ND
(MOMENTARY
SUPPLY
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH
MODULE IDENTlFlCATlON
DRIVER REAR DOOR SWITCH
v
2
Br
Active
DRIVER REAR DOOR CONTROL
Pin
Component
B+
2-1600Hr
* - 1600 HZ
GROUND
Description
DDII-4
DDII-6
DD,,-7
DD,,-I2
DD,,-15
DD,,-2,
DD,,-22
ICRANKING
IMOMENTARY
IMOMENTARY)
IMOMENTARY)
COMPONENTS
MODULE
BA”ERY
POWER SUPPLY
WINDOW LIFT MOTOR DOWN
LOGIC GROUND
SCP NETWORK
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
DRIVER DOOR WINDOW LIFT
SCP NETWORK
POWER GROUND
DRIVER DOOR SWlTCH PACK
DRlVER DooR SWITCH PACK
v
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
GROUND
;RO”ND
Inactive
*+
i:
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
MESSAGES.
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT
PIN OUT INFORMATION
PACK
77
c
c
Pin
FC24-24
FC24-47
Description
CANNETWORK
CANNETWORK
Active
15-1500Hz
15-1500Hz
0
FCE-20
VEHICLE
SPEED
22HZ@10MPH(16KM/HI;44Hz@20MPH(32KMIHI@Bi
RADIO / CASSETTE
7
I
I
0
Pin
IC10-1
IC,O-2
IC,&S
Inactive
HEAD UNIT
Description
“EHlCLESPEED
STEERING WHEEL
AUDIOCONTROLS
ANTENNA
LIP
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
Active
22HZ@10MPH(1.5KM/H,;44HZ@20MPH132KM/HI@B+
0 v = MODE,1.2” = SEEK.
2 4” = VOLUME
‘+‘,3.7v = VOLUME
‘-’
B-
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
Inactive
COMPONENTS
Connector I Type I Color
BT19,G~WAY
YAZAKITYPEc, WHITE
m, CDA”TOCHANGER
DATACABLE
FC24,48-WAY
AMPMODVLE
PCSSIGNAL,
FCE, 24.WAY
AMPMODVLE
PCSSGNAL,
RADIO,CASSETTE
HEADUNIT
CA3, COAXIAL CONNECTOR
lClO,20-WAY
MULTLOCK
070 , WHlTE
iC19 ICD AUTOCHANGER
DATA CABLE
CENTER
CA,,
ANTENNA
MOTOR
STEERING
WHEEL
RADIO ANTENNA
RADIO CONTROL
5v
GROUND
MESSAGES.
Location / Access
ANTENNA
MOTOR
ASSEMBLY,
BATrERY
COVER
TRUNKLHSlDEiTRUNKCARPET
FASClA
Component
ANTENNA
MOTOR
CDAUTO-CHANGER
,NSTR”MENT
PACK
SWITCHES
RADIO TELEPHONE
(STEERING
COAXlAL
sw4,3-WAY
WHEEL)
RX,
CONNECTOR
‘K POST TWEETER
- LH
SPEAKER,
‘K POST TWEETER
- RH
SPEAKER,
REAR DOOR MID-BASS-DRIVER
SPEAKER.
REAR DOOR MlD-BASS
- PASSENGER
SPEAKER,
REAR DOOR TWEETER
- DRi”ER
SPEAKER.
REAR DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER
SPEAKER,
FRONT
DOOR MID-BASS
- DRIVER SIDE
SPEAKER,
FRONT
DOOR MDBASS
- PASSENGER
SPEAKER,
FRONT
DOOR TWEETER
SPEAKER,
FRONT
DOOR TWEETER-PASSENGER
SlDE
SIDE
SlDE
DRIVER SIDE
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
2.WAY
RD6,2-WPIY
SDE
WHITE
WHlTE
BELOW
BLACK
LH ‘A’ POST,
UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
MULTILOCK
040,
BLACK
RH ‘N POST,
UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
BLACK
CONSOLE
BATTERY
040,
MIX,
CENTER
ASSEMBLY,
070,
GLOVE
DOOR CASING!TRIM
PANEL
RPS I P-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN
MDK / BLACK
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
RD5,
Z-WAY
GROTE & HARTMAN
MDK,
BLACK
DOOR CASNG
/TRIM
PANEL
RP5, ?-WAY
GROTE & HARTMAN
MDK,
BLACK
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
,206,
Z-WAY
GROTE & HARTMAN
MDK,
BLACK
DOOR CASING,
Pm,
2~W!aY GROTE & H?mTMAN
MDK,
BLACK
DOOR CASlNG
DD5,
Z-WAY GROTE & HARTMAN
MDK , BLACK
DOOR CASING,
MDK,
DOOR CASING
GROTE & HARTMAN
BLACK
TRIM
PANEL
, TRW
PANEL
TRIM
PANEL
iTRIM
COVER
BOX
PANEL
CONNECTORS
Location
I Access
Connector
ST4
Type I Color
CA10
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
CA12
B-WAY MULTILOCK
CA14
B-WAY MULTILOCK
CA16
B-WAY MULTlLOCK
070 ,WHlTE
FC5
54-WAY
THROUGH
PANEL
ICI
11.WAY
MULTILOCK
070 ,WHlTE
LH HEELBOARD
ICC3
12-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
LH HEELBOARD
SC3
12.WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
GREY
ADJACENTTO
WWAY
CONSOLE
MULTILOCK
GROTE & HARTMAN
PD5,2~WAY
SIDE
BLACK,
TO-WAY M”LTiLOCK
CA%,
SIDE
CONNECTOR
WC,
CA56 /Z-WAY
SPEAKER,
BLACK
BLACK
THROUGH
BELOW
PARCEL
YELLOW
DRl”ER
‘A’ POST,
070,
YELLOW
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST,
070,
WHITE
DRIVER WC’
POST,
PASSENGER
‘WC’ POST,
PANEL,
BLACK
CONNECTOR,
BELOW
BLACK
SHELF ITRUNK,
REAR BULKHEAD,
DOOR HARNESS
DOOR HARNESS
DOOR HARNESS
STEERING
GAITER
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE AIR “ENTiCOlN
COLUMN
RH SIDE
GAITER
GAITER
TRAY
MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
BT28L
EYELET
iPAlRi
CE2
EYELET
(SINGLE)
FC17R
EYELET
(PAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD
CONTROL
MODULE
I Type
TRUNK,
- RADIO
RH CENTER
GROUND
GROUND
STUD,
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
STUD
IRH FORWARD-EARLY
TRANSMISSION
TUNNEL,
PRODUCTlON
VEHICLES1
CENTER
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
t-
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTlFlCATlON
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT
77
c
c
0
Pin
PIN OUT INFORMATION
PACK
X24-24
Description
CANNETWORK
FCZ4-47
CAN NETWORK
FC25 20
VEHICLE
Active
Inactive
SPEED
Pin
Description
RADIO / CASSETTE
r;J
I
I
0
Component
Connector
ANTENNA
BT19,
MOTOR
,NSTRUMENT
FCZ4: WWAY AMP MODULE
FCZS, 24~WAY AMP MODVLE
ICX! ,*-WAY
IC31 , ,&WAY
Inactive
OM”
OM”
GROUND
0 M”
0 M”
HEAD UNIT
Pin
ICIO-1
Description
Active
VEHICLE
22 HZ @ 10 MPH 116 KMIHI;
IC,O-2
STEERING
WHEEL
IC1E
ANTENNA
UP
SPEED
AUDIO
CONTROLS
0 v = MODE,
Inactive
44 HZ @ 20 MPH 132 KM:H~ Q B+
1 2 ” = SEEK, 2.4 v = VOLUME
‘+‘, 3 7 v = VOLUME
5v
CASSETTE
HEAD UNIT
RAD,O ANTENNA
RADIO CONTROL
RADIO TELEPHONE
SWTCHES
(STEERING
WHEEL)
CONNECTOR
SPEAKER,
‘A’ POST TWEETER
- LH
SPEAKER,
‘N POST TWEETER
- RH
SPEAKER,
REAR DOOR MID-BASS
SPEAKER.
REAR DOOR MID~BASS
SPEAKER,
REAR DOOR TWEETER
SPEAKER,
REAR DOOR TWEETER
SPEAKER,
FRONT
DOOR MID-BASS-
DRIVER SIDE
SPEAKER.
FRONT
DOOR MlD-BASS
PASSENGER
-DRIVER
SIDE
PASSENGER
-DRIVER
SIDE
PASSENGER
SIDE
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
MESSAGES.
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
CARPET
LH SIDE /TRUNK
CARPET
BATTERY
COVER
BATTERY
COVER
FASCIA
PCS SIGNAL II BLACK
PCB SIGNAL,
BLACK
TRVNK
070! WHITE
070 i WHITE
ANTENNA
MOTOR
STEERING
WHEEL
COAXIAL
ASSEMBLY!
LH SIDE /TRUNK
CONNECTOR
ASSEMBLY,
EPC,
RT2,
MULTILOCK
070 I WHITE
BELOW
MVLTILOCK
040 I BLACK
LH ‘K POST,
UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
RH ‘N POST,
UPPER ‘K POST TRIM
?&WAY
BLACKiWHlTE
CONSOLE
w/4,3-WAY
CA!%,
?-WAY
CA54,
MVAYMULTILOCK
040:
BLACK
CENTER
CONSOLE
MDK,
BLACK
DOOR CASING
RF%, 2.WAY
GROTE & HARTMAN
MDK,
BLACK
DOOR CASING,
?~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN
MDK,
BLACK
DOOR CASING
/TRIM
PANEL
MDK,
BLACK
DOOR CASING
lTRlM
PANEL
& HARTMAN
MDK,
BLACK
DOOR CASING,
TRIM
PANEL
GROTE & HARTMAN
MDK,
BLACK
DOOR CASING,
TRIM
PANEL
GROTE & HARTMAN
DD6,
P-WAY GROTE
PD6,
P-WAY
GROTE
GROTE
& HARTMAN
& HARTMAN
ABOVE
MDK: BLACK
MDK i BLACK
/TRIM
GLOVE
RDS : 2~WAY GROTE & HARTMAN
PANEL
TRIM
FUEL TANK
BOX
PANEL
/TRUNK
CARPET
CONNECTORS
Location
Type I Color
BLACK
DRIVER
‘N POST,
8-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070,
B-WAY
MULTlLOCK
070 /YELLOW
PASSENGER
070,
WHITE
DRIVER
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
WHITE
54~WA.Y THROUGH
PANEL
YELLOW
/ Access
PARCEL
THROVGH
G-WAY MULTILOCK
PANEL,
BELOW
54-WAY
14.WAY
TRUNK
CA,,
BT52 I ?-WAY
ST53 / 2-WAY
SUBWOOFER
MULTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
CABLE
CENTER
RPS ,2~WAY
SIDE
DATA
I Access
MOTOR
CM: COAXIAL CONNECTOR
iCl0 120.WA”
MULTILOCK
/WHITE
IC19 .‘CD AUTOCHANGER
DATA CABLE
RD5,
SIDE
GROUND
B+
NOTE: REFER TO THE APPENDIX
‘L’
RADIO,
ANTENNA
TYPE C i WHITE
1C5, CD AUTOCHANGER
PACK
Location
/ Type / Color
BYWAY YAZAKI
CD AUTOXHANGER
POWER AMPLiFlER
POWER AMPLIFIER
7
COMPONENTS
‘I
BLACK
BELOW
070,
WHITE
070,
WHITE
LH HEELBOARD
12.WAY
070,
GREY
ADJACENTTO
RH SIDE
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
DOOR HARNESS
‘WC’ POST,
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
POST,
GAITER
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
DRIVER SIDE AIR VENT,
12~WAY MULTILOCK
REAR BULKHEAD,
DOOR HARNESS
‘WC POST,
PASSENGER
CONNECTOR,
SHELF/TRUNK,
CON
GAlTER
TRAY
LH HEELBOARD
STEERING
COLUMN
MOTOR
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
/ Type
BT22R
EYELET
iPAiR,
-TRUNK,
BT28L
EYELET
,PA,R, - TRUNK,
CEZ
EYELET
(SINGLE)
FC17R
EYELET
IPAIR, - EMS BULKHEAD
CONTROL
MODULE
RH CENTER
GROUND
STUD
RH CENTER
GROUND
STUD (RH FORWARD
RADIO GROUND
STUD /TRANSMISSION
GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
TUNNEL,
EARLY PRODUCTION
VEHICLES1
CENTER
STUD
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz Frequency x 1000
MS Milliseconds
MV Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
COMPONENTS
Component
Connector
TELEPHONE
ANTENNA
RT64,
RT65,
RT66,
COAXIAL
COAXIAL
COAXlAL
TELEPHONE
HANDSET
RT5,
TELEPHONE,
TELEPHONE
MICROPHONE
CA67 I ?-WAY
TELEPHONE
TRANSCEIVER
RT3, TELEPHONE,
RT4 /TELEPHONE,
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Location
I Type / Color
CENTER
PROPRIETARY
MVLTILOCK
/ Access
BELOW CENTER CONSOLE GLOVE
HEATED BACKLIGHT,
HEADLlNlNG,
CENTER CONSOLE
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
040,
BLUF
BOX
REAR
CONSOLE
ROOF CONSOLE
PROPRIETARY
PROPRIETARY
CENTER
CONSOLE
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type / Color
Location
RT,
TELEPHONE!
CENTER
RT2
10.WAY
PROPRlETARY
MULTILOCK
BELOW
070 /WHITE
/ Access
CONSOLE
CENTER
CONSOLE
GLOVE
BOX
GROUNDS
Ground
CA38R
Location
EYELET
/ Type
IPAIR) - LH HEELBOARD
POST GROUND
SCREW
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
AIRBAG / SRS SINGLE POINT SENSOR
v
COMPONENTS
Pin
CAS1-I
LH SEAT BELT WETENSIONER
POWER SUPPLY
Active
B+
Inactive
0
OPEN CIRCUIT
Component
0
C&l-2
LH SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER
GROUND
GROUND
OPEN CIRCUIT
,uRBAG,
SRS SINGLE
0
CAS,-3
RH SEAT BELT PRETENslONER
POWER SUPPLY
BT
OPEN CIRCUIT
A,RBAG
- DRIVER SIDE
0
CAS,-4
RH SEAT BELT PRETENslONER
GROUND
GROUND
OPEN CIRCUIT
AIRBAG
- PASSENGER
B+
GROUND
SEAT BELT WETENSIONER
GROUND
GROUND
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER-
GROUND
SC
SlDE AIRBAG
-DRIVER
SM,S-D,?-WPIYAMPHENOL,YELLOW
DRIVER SEAT,
SlDE AiRBAG
- PASSENGER
SM,5-P,2WAYAMPHENOL,YELLOW
PASSENGER
INSIDE
‘B/c’ POST,
INSIDE
‘WC POST,‘B,C’
Description
I
CA61-5
IGNITION
SUPPLY
I
CA6M
GROUND
SUPPLY
0
CAS,-7
INSTRUMENT
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
VOLTAGE
PACK’SRS’
MIL
D
CA61-9
DIAGNOSTIC
0
CAG1-10
STEERING
WHEEL
AIR&&G
POWER SUPPLY
0
CAS,-ll
STEERING
WHEEL
AIRBAG
GROUND
0
CA61-13
PASSENGER
FASCIA
AIRBAG
POWER SUPPLY
0
CA61-14
PASSENGER
FASCIA
AlRBAG
GROUND
0
CAB,-16
DRIVER SiDE AIRBAG
POWER
0
CM-17
DRIVER SDE
AIRBAG
GROUND
0
CASI-18
PASSENGER
SIDE AIRBAG
POWER SUPPLY
0
CA61~19
PASSENGER
SIDE AIRBAG
GROUND
1
CA61-20
LH SIDE hIPACT
I
CASI-21
RH SIDE IMPACT
1
CA61~22
LH SIDE IMPACT
1
CM-23
RH SIDE IMPACT
OUTPUT
SERIAL
SENSOR
OUTPUT
ENCODED
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY
(NO FAULT,
COMMUNICATION
Connector
GROUND
SlDE lMPACT
SENSOR
- RH
CA**,
B~WAIY MOLEX
C-GRID,
ST
OPEN ClRCUlT
SPL,CE HEADER
GROUND
OPEN CIRCUIT
B+
OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND
OPEN CIRCUIT
B+
OPEN CIRCUIT
GROUND
OPEN CIRCUIT
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
B+
Type / Color
3.WAYFORD,CARD,BLACK
GROUND
SUPPLY
GROVND
B+
CA72
3.WAY
GROUND
(SHORTED)
SC
FC5
54.WAY
THROUGH
SENSOR
STATUS
GROVND
,SHORTEDi
B+
SW,0
J-WAY
EPC, BLACK
SENSOR
GROUND
SUPPLY
STATUS
GROUND
,NO FAULT)
GROUND
SENSOR
GROUND
SUPPLY
STATUS
GROUND
(NO FAULT)
GROUND
0
CM,-40
SW AUDiBLE
ENCODED
CONTROL
NOTE: The values
connected
ASSEMBLY
WHEEL
AIR BAG
YELLOW
INSlDE
LH ‘WC’ POST,
‘WC
, YELLOW
iNSIDE
RH ‘WC’ POST,
‘WC’ POST TRIM
BLACK
BLACK
SPLICE
HEADER
/
JRAL
POST TRIM
SIDE
SEAT,
LH HEELBOARD,
SlDE
‘B/C’ POST TRIM
POSTTRIM
HEELBOARD
COVER
FORD,
CARD,
BLPLCK
PANEL
I Access
Location
CONNECTOR,
BLACK
BELOW
SEAT
BELOW
SEAT
BELOW
DR,“ER
CENTER
SiDE AIR VENT,
OF STEERING
COIN TRAY
WHEEL
GROUNDS
COMMUNICATIONS
Location
Ground
CA48
communications
ZO~WAY S”MlTOM0
CONSOLE
OF STEERlNG
PASSENGER
GREY
/ Access
CENTER
CONNECTORS
Connector
CA66
LH SIDE IMPACT
ComPonents
CA225,
- CA225
STATUS
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
FORD AlRBAG
C-GRID,
SENSOR
D
C
S
2.WAY
FORD,
S-WAY MOLEX
SENSOR
Module
FORD AIRBAG,
CA,S,
GROUND
values for Control
CARDEL,
CA.62, Z-WAY
LH
SUPPLY
are used to represent
CENTER
CA.81 , SWAY
CA&,
RH
BELOW
EPC i BLACK
SENSOR
RH SIDE IMPACT
CAUTION: The information
- LH
Location
Color
/YELLOW
S,DE lMPACT
CA61-25
symbols
SIDE
I Type I
EL050
OPEN ClRCUiT
C.461~24
Input
output
Signal Ground
SW, ,,3-w*Y
GROUND
BACKUP
%-WAY
OPEN CIRCUIT
I
I
0
SG
CAM,
SENSOR
B+
I
The following
POINT
EYELET
MODULE
/ Type
(SINGLE)
RH HEELBOARD
POST GROUND
PIN OUT INFORMATION
SCREW MRBAG
ONLY
GROUND)
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
listed are approximately
and fitted.
“Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
BODY PROCESSOR MODULE
7
Pin
Description
I FC15~4
HORN ACTIVATE
REQUEST
0
GROUND
IMOMENTARY)
(MOMENTARY,
FC, 5~70
HORN RELAY ACTIVATE
GROUND
FC15-80
BA”ERY
B*
SUPPLY
Inactive
B+
B+
B+
Active
VOLTAGE
COMPONENTS
Connector
Component
BODY PROCESSOR
Location
/ Type I Color
CA74,
S-WAY MULTILOCK
ClGAR
CATS,
CA76,
Z-WAY CIGAR LIGHTER,
YELLOW
LUCAR - LOCKING PDSILDCK MKI
FUSE BOX-ENGINE
IS,
10.WAY
LSE i 10.WAY
LS7,10
WAY
LS8, ,O~WAY
STiO, EYELET
COMPARTMENT
ST, 0,10-WAY
ST,, ,10-WAY
BT12,lO~WAY
BT13, ,O~WAY
BT64, EYELET
FUSE BOX-TRUNK
HORN SWITCHES
(STEERING
HP,,
HP2,
WHEEL)
LH
HORN - RH
LS48,
LS49,
PASSENGER
CA,,
TRUNK
COMPARTMENT
ACCESSORY
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
U.T.A.
U.T.A.
U.T.A.
U.T.A
CONSOLE
REAR CENTER
ENGINE
BOX, NATURAL
BOX I BLACK
SOX, GREEN
BOX, BLUE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
BEHIND
TRUNK
BOX I NATURAL
BOX: BLACK
BOX/GREEN
BOX, BLUE
GLOVE
CONSOLE
VENT
COMPARTMENT,
ELECTWCAL
CENTER
BOX
ASSEMBLY
LH FRONT
CARRIER
OF STEERING
WHEEL
LUCAR - LOCKlNG
LUCAR - LOCKING
POSILOCK
POSILOCK
MKI
MKI
FORWARD
OF RADIATOR
- LH SIDE,
RADiATOR
GRILLE
LUCAR
LUCAR
POSILOCK
POSILOCK
MKI
MKI
FORWARD
OF RADIATOR
- RH SIDE,
RADIATOR
GRILLE
BLACK
RH HEELBOARD,
BLACK
ADJACENT
LOCKING
LOCKING
, Z-WAY AMP SERIES 250 PIN,
BT25,3WAY
CONNECTOR
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
FUSE
WHITE
VVVAY BLADE
,-WAY BLADE
LS46,
LS47,
HORN
U.T.A
U.T.A.
U.T.A.
U.T.A
070,
CENTER
C,GAR LIGHTER-FRONT
LIGHTER-REAR
I Access
BULKHEAD,
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY
MODULE
AMP SERIES 250 PIN,
HEELBOARD
TO BA”ERY,
COVER
BATTERY
COVER
RELAYS
Location
Case Color
Connector
HORN RELAY
BROWN
BUS
RELAY#6,
BROWN
BUS
RELAYfG,TRUNKFUSE
ACCESSORY
CONNECTOR
RELAY
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
/ Color
/ Access
Relay
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT
FUSE BOX,
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
BOXiTRUNK
CONNECTORS
Connector
Type I Color
ST4
54.WAY
THROUGH
EM1
lW”AY
PlUGAT
EM3
11.WAY
MULTILOCK
070 ,WHlTE
PASSENGER
SC2
l&WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
YELLOW
ADJACENTTO
STEERING
COLUMN
MOTOR
SC3
1%WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
GREY
ADJACENTTO
STEERING
COLUMN
MOTOR
SW1
1%WAY
MULTILOCK
040,
BLACK
INSIDE
SWZ
B-WAY JST,
Location
PANEL,
BLACK
1.6, BLACK
PARCEL
ENGINE
CDMPARTMENTiADJACENTTO
CENTER
WHITE
/ Access
BELOW
SHELF/TRUNK/
‘A’ POST,
STEERING
LOWER
COLUMN
OF STEERING
REAR BULKHEAD,
RH SlDE
ASS PUMP
‘A’ POST FINISHER
COWL
WHEEL
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
BT?lR
EYELET
(PAIR) -TRUNK,
CABlR
EYELET
,PAIR, - RH DRIVE SHAFT
CA47L
EYELET
(PAIR) - DRIVE SHAFT TUNNEL
GROUND
STUD - RH SIDE
CA47R
EYELET
(PAIR, - DRIVE SHAFTTUNNEL
GROUND
STUD - RH SIDE
FC17R
EYELET
,P*,Rl-
LSIBR
EYELET
(PAIR, - LH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
LS20R
EYELET
,PAIR, - RH FORWARD
GROUND
STUD
CONTROL
MODULE
/ Type
RH REAR GROUND
EMS BULKHEAD
TUNNEL
STUD
GROUND
GROUND
STUD
STUD
PIN OUT INFORMATION
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
The following
symbols
I
Input
0
output
SG Signal Ground
CAUTION: The information
are used to represent
D
C
S
values for Control
Serial and encoded
CAN (Network)
SCP Network
Module
communications
Pin Out data:
B+
V
Hz
Battery voltage
Voltage (DC)
Frequency
KHz
MS
MV
Frequency x 1000
Milliseconds
Millivolts
on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
NOTE: The values listed are approximately
components
connected and fitted. “Active”
those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections
made and all
means a load is applied or a switch is ON; “Inactive”
means a load is not applied or a switch is OFF.
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
REFER TO THE APPENDIX
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS
Connector
Component
ABS iTRACTION
CONTROL
BODY PROCESSOR
DATA
CONTROL
FC15,11-WAY AMP
LINK CONNECTOR
- DRlVER
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-DRIVER
REAR
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE
DOOR CONTROL
MODULE-PASSENGER
GEAR SELECTOR
lNSTRUMENT
DDIO,
DOI,,
EEEC,
RDlO, T-WAY
RDll ,22-WAY
-PASSENGER
REAR
MODULE
ILLUMINATION
2%WAY
22.WAY
MODULE
PACK
FORD 2 8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING
PANEL
RPlO ! 22.WAY
RP, l/22-WAY
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
DOOR CASING
EMlO, 28.WAY
EM,, ,16-W*,’
EM12,22-WAY
EM13,34-WAY
EM141 12.WAY
Eb.415, Z-WAY
MULTiLOCK
040, GREY
MULTILOCK
040: GREY
MULTILOCK
040, GREY
MULTlLOCK040,GREY
MULTILOCK
47!WH\TE
MULTlLDCK
47 /WHITE
CC14,lO~WAY
MULTlLOCK070,WHITE
BLUE
BLACK
PCB SIGNAL,
PCB SIGNAL!
MODULE-PASSENGER
SM,-P,IB-WAYFDRD2.8TIMERiBLACK
SMB~P, 10.WAY FORD 2.8 TIMER,
SPLICE HEADER
- CA222
CA222,2&WAY
SPLICE HEADER
CA223
MODULE:
AJ26
CONTROL
MODULE:
AJ26 SC
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
EM,,
N/A
/TRIM
TRIM
PANEL
,TRlM
PANEL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
CENTER
CONSOLE
CONTROL
DRIVER SEAT,
PASSENGER
SEAT,
ENCLOSURE
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
UNDER
BLACK
HEADER,
GREY
RH HEELBOARD,
HEELBOARD
COVER
PO-WAY SUMiTOMO
SPLICE
HEADER,
BLACK
RH HEELBOARD,
HEELBOARD
COVER
BOSCH,
MODULE
UNDER
SPLICE
%-WAY
ENCLOSURE
ASSEMBLY
SUMITOMD
BLACK
EM61,18-WAY
AMP JUNIOR
EM62,1CWAYAMP
JUNIOR
MODULE
FASClA
BLACK
BLACK
18.WAYFORD
28TIMER,BLACK
26-WAY FORD IDC, BLACK
10.WAY FORDZ8TlMER,BL*CK
SEAT CONTROL
ASSEMBLY
TUNNEL
PANEL
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
BLUE
FORD 2.8 TIMER/BLACK
LH HEADLAMP
BOX
DOOR CASING/TRIM
PDtO i 22-WAY
PDlt , *Z-WAY
CAZ23,
BEHIND
GLOVE
BLUE
BLACK
DOOR CASING,
SM,-D,
SM2-D,
SW&D,
CONTROL
TRANSMISSION
BLACK
MODULE
TRANSMlSSiON
BEHIND
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
FORD 2.8 TIMER,
SEAT CONTROL
TRANSMlSSlON
COMPARTMENT,
BULKHEAD,
GREY
FC24 14%WAY AMP
MODULE
FC25, h-WAY
AMP MODULE
-DRIVER
ENGINE
FORD I BLACK
CCS! 18~WAY AMP IOBD2i,
MODULE
CONTROL
AMP,
I Access
Location
/ Type / Color
LS27,25-WAY
MODULE
DOOR CONTROL
ENGINE
MODULE
POWER TIMER,
POWER TIMER,
BLACK
BLACK
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT,
ENGlNE
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
CONTROL
CONNECTORS
I Access
Connector
Type I Color
BT4
54.WAY
THROUGH
CA8
X-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
CA1 1
DWAY
MULTlLOCK
070,WHITE
P*SSENGER
CA18
PO-W*Y
MULTlLOCK
070 iYELLOW
LH ‘4’ POST CONNECTOR
CA23
,&WAY
MULTILOCK
070,
BELOW
DRIVER SEAT
CA27
10.WAY
MULTILOCK
BELOW
PASSENGER
CA45
B-WAY MULTILOCK
070,
CA46
&WAY
070 /WHITE
Location
PANEL,
MULTILOCK
EM1
12.WAY
AUGAT
EM2
20.WAY
MULTiLOCK
BELOW
BLACK
SHELF /TRUNK,
DRIVER ‘R POST,
WHITE
WHITE
070,WHITE
WHITE
PASSENGER
REAR BULKHEAD,
DOOR HARNESS
‘A’ POST,
MOUNTING
PASSENGER
HARNESS
DOOR H*RNESS
‘X POST,
54~WAY THROUGH
BELOW
PASSENGER
10.WAY
MULTILOCK
070 ,WH!TE
ABOVE
DiMbIER
MODULE,
COIN TRAY
FCll
II-WAY
MULTILOCK
070 /WHITE
ABOVE
DIMMER
MODULE,
COIN TRAY
BLACK
‘K POST FINISHER
GAITER
GAITER
PUMP
LOWER ‘X POST FINISHER
FC7
CONNECTOR,
LOWER
SEAT
FCl
PANEL
GAITER
BRACKET,
ENGINECOMPARTMENT,ADJACENTTOABS
GREY
RH SlDE
GAITER
DOOR HARNESS
WC’ POST/DOOR
DRIVER ‘B/C’ POST,
1.6, BLACK
070,
PARCEL
SIDE AIR VENT:
GLOVE
BOX ASSEMBLY
GROUNDS
Ground
Location
CCBL
EYELET
CONTROL
MODULE
IPAIR,
/ Type
RH FRONT
BULKHEAD
STUD,
PIN OUT INFORMATION
CABIN
SIDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
DATE
OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER
1997
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
CONTROL
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
REFER TO THE APPENDIX
AT THE REAR OF THIS BOOK FOR CAN AND SCP NETWORK
MESSAGES.
COMPONENTS
Component
ADAPTIVE
DAMPING
CONTROL
MODULE
Connector
I Type I Color
EM68,35~WAYAMPJUNIOR
POWERTlMER,BLACK
AIR CONDlTlONlNG
CONTROL
MODULE
CCZ8,26-WAY
CC29,16-WAY
cc30,
,*-WAY
cc31,22-WAY
M”LTlLOCK
MVLTlLOCK
MULTILOCK
MULTILOCK
47,
47,
47,
47,
AIR CONDlTlONlNG
CONTROL
PANEL
ccz7,12-WAY
MULTILOCK
040,
AlRBAG,
SRS SINGLE
BODY PROCESSOR
DATA
ENGINE
POINT
SENSOR
C.461,
MODULE
LINK CONNECTOR
CONTROL
KEYTRANSPONDER
SPLICE HEADER
MODULE
MODULE
GREY
GREY
GREY
GREY
BLUE
CENTER
YELLOW
BELOW
CONSOLE
CENTER
FC15,14-WAYAMPEEECIGREY
BULKHEAD,
cm,
TRANSMISSION
16-WAY
EMlO, 28.WAY
EM1 1,1G~WAY
EM,*,
22.WAY
EM13,3.%WAY
EM14,12-WAY
EM15122~WAY
FCZ,
- CA225
CA225,
HARNESS-TO-HARNESS
Connector
CA19
EM2
EM3
EM53
FCll
SO-WAY EL050,
Location I Access
ADJACENTTO
PASSENGER
SIDEBLOWER,
GLOVE
BOXASSEMBLY
20.WAY
T-WAY
AMP ~OBD2i , BLACK
MULTILOCK
OK!
MULTILOCK
040,
MULTILOCK
040,
MULTILOCK
0.40,
M”LTiLOCK47,WHlTE
MULTiLOCK47,WHlTE
MULTILOCK
SUMITOMO
040,
GREY
GREY
GREY
GREY
GREEN
SPLICE
HEADER,
NATURAL
CONSOLE
BEHIND
ASSEMBLY
GLOVE
BOX
TUNNEL
ENGINE
COMPARTMENT/CONTROL
BELOW
INSTRUMENT
LH HEELBOARD,
MODULE
ENCLOSURE
PACK
HEELBOARD
COVER
CONNECTORS
Type I Color
ZO-WAY
MULTILOCK
070,YELLOW
ZwdAYMULTILOCK
070,GREY
14WAYM”LTlLOCK
070,WHITE
2wvvAYMULTILOCK
070,WHITE
,*-WAYMULTILOCK
070,WHITE
Location
LH‘K POST
I Access
MOVNTING
BRACKET,
LOWER ‘A’ POST FlNlSHER
‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POSTFINiSHER
PASSENGER
‘A’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POSTFINISHER
PASSENGER
‘I’ POST, LOWER ‘A’ POST FINISHER
ABOVEDIMMER
MOO”LE,COIN
TRAY
CONNECTOR
PASSENGER
GROUNDS
Ground
ccx
CONTROL
Location / Type
EYELET
IPAIR)- RHFRONT BULKHEAD
STUD/CABIN
MODULE
PIN OUT INFORMATION
SlDE
(FOLD OUT PAGE)
+
REFER TO THE FRONT OF THE BOOK FOR ILLUSTRATIONS
DETAILING THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION
CONNECTORS, HARNESSES, GROUNDS, VEHICLE CONTROL MODULES AND CONTROL MODULE PINS.
OF COMPONENTS,
RELAYS,
XJ Series 1998
Appendix
This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.
Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used throughout this Appendix
BPM
DIAG
DDCM
DRDCM
DSCM
INST
PDCM
PRDCM
PSCM
R
T
SLCM
Body Processor Module
Diagnostics
Driver Door Control Module
Driver Rear Door Control Module
Driver Seat Control Module
Instrument Pack
Passenger Door Control Module
Passenger Rear Door Control Module
Passenger Seat Control Module
Receive
Transmit
Security and Locking Control Module
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
i
Appendix
XJ Series 1998
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Engine Control Module
Transmitted by ECM
Message
Usage
CAN traction acknowledge
CAN traction control estimated engine torque
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque
CAN throttle position
CAN pedal position
CAN torque reduction acknowledge
CAN engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed
CAN cruise status
CAN park brake status
CAN OBDII clear fault codes
CAN engine coolant temperature
CAN engine OBDII MIL
CAN throttle malfunction red
CAN throttle malfunction amber
CAN ECM fault code MIL status
CAN ECM PECUS flag
CAN engine fault codes
CAN fuel used
CAN NWM token – ECM
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM
Confirms torque reduction for traction control
Derived from map of engine characteristics
Derived from map of engine characteristics
Throttle valve position
Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand
Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management
Engine speed
Brake switch status
Cruise control system status
Indicates whether the parking brake is on
Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs
Engine coolant temperature in Celsius
MIL control for OBDII DTCs
Red throttle malfunction warnings
Amber throttle malfunction warnings
Indicates whether the ECM DTC should switch MIL on
PECUS programmed status of ECM
ECM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
Derived from injector pulse duration
Message for monitoring network status
To external diagnostics device only
ii
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Engine Control Module
Received by ECM
Message
Usage
Source
CAN torque reduction throttle
CAN fast torque reduction ignition
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder
CAN torque reduction request
CAN transmission overload
CAN transmission input speed
CAN transmission output speed
CAN torque converter slip
CAN kickdown
CAN traction status
CAN vehicle reference speed
CAN ABS fault codes
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge
CAN ABS fault code MIL status
CAN ABS malfunction
CAN sidelamp status
CAN dipped beam status
CAN main beam status
CAN oil pressure low
CAN fuel level damped
CAN fuel level raw
CAN gear position actual
CAN torque converter status
CAN gear position selected
CAN gear selection fault
CAN transmission shift map
CAN transmission oil temperature
CAN transmission malfunction
CAN TCM fault code MIL status
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge
CAN transmission fault codes
CAN left front wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed
CAN NWM token – TCM
CAN NWM token – INST
CAN NWM token – ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM
For traction control – throttle intervention
Fast stability control response – ignition retard
Fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off
For shift energy management
Protects transmission against excessive torque
Transmission input shaft speed
Transmission output shaft speed
Percentage of torque converter slip
Kickdown status
Indicates if the traction algorithm is functioning
Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size
ABS DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared
Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on
Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
Side lamp state for idle speed control
Dipped beam state for idle speed control
Main beam state for idle speed control
Indicates low engine oil pressure
Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank
Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank
Actual transmission gear state
Indicates torque converter lockup
Position of transmission rotary switch
Indicates validity of Can gear position selected
Dynamic shift program currently selected
Transmission fluid temperature
Transmission malfunction warning
Indicates whether the TCM DTC should switch MIL on
Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared
TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
Left front wheel speed
Right front wheel speed
Left rear wheel speed
Right rear wheel speed
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only
ABS
ABS
ABS
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
INST
INST
INST
INST
INST
INST
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
TCM
INST
ABS
DIAG
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
iii
Appendix
XJ Series 1998
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Transmission Control Module
Transmitted by TCM
Message
Usage
CAN torque reduction request
CAN transmission overload
CAN transmission input speed
CAN transmission output speed
CAN torque converter slip
CAN kickdown
CAN gear position actual
CAN torque converter status
CAN gear position selected
CAN gear selection fault
CAN transmission shift map
CAN transmission oil temperature
CAN transmission malfunction
CAN TCM PECUS flag
CAN gear position target
CAN torque transfer in progress
CAN TCM fault code MIL status
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge
CAN transmission fault codes
CAN NWM token – TCM
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM
For shift energy management
Protects transmission against excessive torque
Transmission input shaft speed
Transmission output shaft speed
Percentage of torque converter slip
Kickdown status
Actual transmission gear state
Indicates torque converter lockup
Position of transmission rotary switch
Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected
Dynamic shift program currently selected
Transmission fluid temperature
Transmission malfunction warning
PECUS programmed status of TCM
Target gear position for next shift
Indicates torque transfer in progress during gearshift
Indicates whether the TCM DTCs should switch MIL on
Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared
TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
Message for monitoring network status
To external diagnostics device only
Received by TCM
Message
Usage
Source
CAN traction status
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque
CAN throttle position
CAN pedal position
CAN torque reduction acknowledge
CAN engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed
CAN cruise status
CAN OBDII clear fault codes
CAN engine coolant temperature
CAN left front wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed
CAN NWM token– ECM
CAN NWM token – INST
CAN NWM token – ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM
Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning
Derived from map of engine characteristics
Throttle valve position
Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand
Confirms torque reduction for shift energy management
Engine speed
Brake switch status
Cruise control system status
Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs
Engine coolant temperature in Celsius
Left front wheel speed
Right front wheel speed
Left rear wheel speed
Right rear wheel speed
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only
ABS
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
ECM
INST
ABS
DIAG
iv
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Instrument Pack
Transmitted by INST
Message
Usage
CAN side lamp status
CAN dipped beam status
CAN main beam status
CAN oil pressure low
CAN fuel level damped
CAN fuel level raw
CAN NWM token INST
CAN diagnostic data out INST
Sidelamp status for idle speed control
Dipped beam state for idle speed control
Main beam state for idle speed control
Indicates low engine oil pressure
Indicates ‘damped’ level of fuel in tank
Indicates ‘raw – undamped’ level of fuel in tank
Message for monitoring network status
To external diagnostics device only
Received by INST
Message
Usage
Source
CAN traction status
CAN ABS PECUS flag
CAN vehicle reference speed
CAN reference distance traveled
CAN ABS malfunction
CAN engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed
CAN park brake status
CAN gear position selected
CAN gear selection fault
CAN transmission oil temperature
CAN transmission malfunction
CAN TCM PECUS flag
CAN engine coolant temperature
CAN engine OBDII MIL
CAN throttle malfunction red
CAN throttle malfunction amber
CAN ECM PECUS flag
CAN fuel used
CAN right rear wheel speed
CAN NWM token – ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM
CAN NWM token – ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – INST
Indicates if the traction algorithm is functioning
PECUS programmed status of ABS / TC CM
Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size
Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size
Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
Engine speed
Brake switch status
Indicates whether the parking brake is on
Position of transmission rotary switch
Indicates validity of CAN gear position selected
Transmission fluid temperature
Transmission malfunction warning
PECUS programmed status of TCM
Engine coolant temperature in Celsius
MIL control for OBDII DTCs
Red throttle malfunction warnings
Amber throttle malfunction warnings
PECUS programmed status of ECM
Derived from the injector pulse duration
Rear right wheel speed
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
ABS
ECM
ECM
ECM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ABS
ECM
TCM
ABS
DIAG
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
v
Appendix
XJ Series 1998
CAN Messages by Node
Node: ABS / Traction Control Control Module
Transmitted by ABS / TCCM
Message
Usage
CAN torque reduction throttle
CAN fast torque reduction ignition
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder
CAN traction status
CAN ABS PECUS flag
CAN vehicle reference speed
CAN reference distance traveled
CAN ABS fault codes
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge
CAN ABS fault code MIL status
CAN ABS malfunction
CAN ABS status
CAN left front wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed
CAN NWM token – ABS
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS
For traction control – throttle intervention
For fast stability control response – ignition retard
For fast stability control response – cylinder fuel cut off
Indicates if the traction control algorithm is functioning
PECUS programmed status of ABS / TCCM
Vehicle speed based on a standard wheel size
Rolling count – based on a standard wheel size
ABS DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
Acknowledgment that OBDII DTCs have been cleared
Indicates whether the ABS DTC should switch MIL on
Malfunction information for ABS and brake systems
Indicates whether ABS is operating
Left front wheel speed
Right front wheel speed
Left rear wheel speed
Right rear wheel speed
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only
Received by ABS / TC CM
Message
Usage
Source
CAN traction acknowledge
CAN traction estimated engine torque
CAN transmission input speed
CAN transmission output speed
CAN torque converter slip
CAN kickdown
CAN throttle position
CAN pedal position
CAN engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed
CAN OBDII clear fault codes
CAN gear position actual
CAN torque converter status
CAN transmission shift map
CAN transmission malfunction
CAN gear position target
CAN torque transfer in progress
CAN transmission fault codes
CAN engine OBDII MIL
CAN throttle malfunction red
CAN throttle malfunction amber
CAN ECM fault code MIL status
CAN engine DTCs
CAN NWM token – ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM
CAN NWM token – INST
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS
Confirms torque reduction for traction control
Derived from map of engine characteristics
Transmission input shaft speed
Transmission output shaft speed
Percentage of torque converter slop
Kickdown status
Throttle valve position
Accelerator pedal position, throttle demand
Engine speed
Brake switch status
Request for ABS and TCM to clear their OBDII DTCs
Actual transmission gear state
Indicates torque converter lockup
Dynamic shift program currently selected
Transmission malfunction warning
Target gear position for next shift
Indicates torque transfer in progress during gearshift
TCM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
MIL control for OBDII DTCs
Red throttle malfunction warnings
Amber throttle malfunction warnings
Indicates whether the ECM DTCs should switch MIL on
ECM DTCs, including OBDII P and C codes
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
Message for monitoring network status
From external diagnostics device only
ECM
ECM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
TCM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
ECM
TCM
INST
DIAG
vi
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Appendix
CAN Messages by Node
Node: Gear Selector Illumination Module (listen Only)
Received by Gear Selector Illumination Module
Message
Usage
Source
CAN gear position selected
CAN gear selection fault
Gear selector indicator illumination
TCM
TCM
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
vii
Appendix
XJ Series 1998
CAN Message Matrix
T = Transmit; R = Receive
Message
CAN torque reduction throttle
CAN fast torque reduction ignition
CAN fast torque reduction cylinder
CAN traction acknowledge
CAN traction control estimated engine torque
CAN torque reduction request
CAN transmission overload
CAN transmission input speed
CAN transmission output speed
CAN torque converter slip
CAN kickdown
CAN traction status
CAN ABS PECUS flag
CAN vehicle reference speed
CAN reference distance traveled
CAN ABS fault codes
CAN OBDII ABS clear acknowledge
CAN ABS fault code MIL status
CAN ABS malfunction
CAN ABS status
CAN shift energy management estimated engine torque
CAN throttle position
CAN pedal position
CAN torque reduction acknowledge
CAN engine speed
CAN brake pedal pressed
CAN cruise status
CAN park brake status
CAN OBDII clear fault codes
CAN side lamp status
CAN dipped beam status
CAN main beam status
CAN oil pressure low
CAN fuel level raw
CAN fuel level damped
CAN gear position actual
CAN torque converter status
CAN gear position selected
CAN gear selection fault
CAN transmission shift map
CAN transmission oil temperature
CAN transmission malfunction
CAN TCM PECUS flag
CAN gear position target **
CAN torque transfer in progress **
CAN TCM fault code MIL status
CAN OBDII TCM clear acknowledge
CAN transmission fault codes
CAN engine coolant temperature
CAN engine OBDII MIL
ABS
ECM
TCM
INST
Gear
Selector
DIAG
T ................. R ...........................................................................................
T ................. R ...........................................................................................
T ................. R ...........................................................................................
R ................. T ............................................................................................
R ................. T ............................................................................................
.................. R ................. T ......................................................................
.................. R ................. T ......................................................................
R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
T ............................................................ R ................................................
T ................. R ...................................... R ................................................
T ............................................................ R ................................................
T ................. R ...........................................................................................
T ................. R ...........................................................................................
T ................. R ...........................................................................................
T ................. R ...................................... R ................................................
T .................................................................................................................
.................. T .................. R ......................................................................
R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................
R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................
.................. T .................. R ......................................................................
R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
.................. T ................. *R .....................................................................
.................. T ...................................... *R ...............................................
R ................. T .................. R ......................................................................
.................. R ....................................... T ................................................
.................. R ....................................... T ................................................
.................. R ....................................... T ................................................
.................. R ....................................... T ................................................
.................. R ....................................... T ................................................
.................. R ....................................... T ................................................
R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................. R ...........................
R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................. R ...........................
R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
.................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
........................................ T ................. R ................................................
R ....................................... T ......................................................................
R ....................................... T ......................................................................
.................. R ................. T ......................................................................
.................. R ................. T ......................................................................
R ................. R ................. T ......................................................................
.................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................
* NA engines only
** SC engines only
viii
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
Message
ABS
CAN throttle malfunction red
CAN throttle malfunction amber
CAN ECM fault code MIL status
CAN ECM PECUS flag
CAN engine fault codes
CAN fuel used
CAN left front wheel speed
CAN right front wheel speed
CAN left rear wheel speed
CAN right rear wheel speed
CAN NWM token – ECM
CAN NWM token – TCM
CAN NWM token – INST
CAN NWM token – ABS
CAN diagnostic data in – ECM
CAN diagnostic data in – TCM
CAN diagnostic data in – INST
CAN diagnostic data in – ABS
CAN diagnostic data out – ECM
CAN diagnostic data out – TCM
CAN diagnostic data out – INST
CAN diagnostic data out – ABS
DATE OF ISSUE:
Appendix
SEPTEMBER 1997
ECM
TCM
INST
Gear
Selector
DIAG
R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................
R ................. T ....................................... R ................................................
R ................. T ............................................................................................
.................. T ....................................... R ................................................
R ................. T ............................................................................................
.................. T ....................................... R ................................................
T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
T ................. R ................. R ......................................................................
T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
R ................. T .................. R ................. R ................................................
R ................. R ................. T ................. R ................................................
R ................. R ................. R .................. T ................................................
T ................. R ................. R ................. R ................................................
.................. R .................................................................................. T .....
........................................ R ............................................................. T .....
............................................................. R ....................................... T .....
R ........................................................................................................ T .....
.................. T ................................................................................... R .....
.................. T ....................................... R ................................................
.............................................................. T ....................................... R .....
T ........................................................................................................ R .....
ix
Appendix
XJ Series 1998
SCP Message Matrix
T = Transmit; R = Receive
#
Message Name
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Vehicle speed
Brake pedal pressed
Module not programmed
Left hand drive vehicle
Valet mode OFF
Non-superlocking vehicle
Trailer disconnected
Right hand drive vehicle
Valet mode ON
Superlocking ON
Trailer connected
Reverse gear selected
Not-in-park switch – inactive
Not-in-park switch – active
Engine running
Charging OK
Inertia switch – inactive
Inertia switch – active
Ignition switch status
Key not-in-ignition
Key in-ignition
Seatbelt telltale OFF
Low washer fluid warning OFF
Seatbelt telltale ON
Low washer fluid warning ON
Security audible indication
Remote panic enabled
Intrusion sensing disabled
Security disarm
Ignition key invalid
Intrusion breach
Intrusion self-check failure
Intrusion sensing enabled
Security armed
Ignition key valid
Memory set chime
Recall memory 1
Recall memory 2
Recall memory 3
Set memory 1
Set memory 2
Set memory 3
Stop memory recall
Memory LED OFF
Memory recall cancelled
Memory LED ON
Mirror fold-flat
Mirror fold-out
Stop mirror
Driver mirror up
Passenger mirror up
Driver mirror down
Passenger mirror down
Passenger mirror right
x
INST
BPM
DDCM
PDCM
DSCM
PSCM
DRDCM PRDCM
SLCM
T .............. R ............. R ..............................................................................................................
T .............. R ....................................................................................................................... R .....
R ............. T .............. T .............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T .....
............... T ............. R ..................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... T ............. R ..................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ............. R ..............................................................................................................
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
T ................................................. R .................................................................................... R .....
............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................
............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R .............................. R ........................................
T .............. R ................................................................................................................................
T ......................................................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ............. R ............. R .............................................................................................
............... T ............. R ............. R .............................................................................................
R ............. T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R .............. R .....
............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... R .....
............... T ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... R .....
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
............... R .............. T .............. T .................................................................................... T .....
............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
...................................................................................................................................................
............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
...................................................................................................................................................
............... R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... R .................................................................................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
............... R ............. R ............. R ............. R ............................... T ........................................
................................ R .................................................................. T ........................................
............... T .............. T .............. T .............. T .............................. R ........................................
................................ R .................................................................. T ........................................
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
XJ Series 1998
#
Message Name
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
Passenger mirror left
Unlock all doors
Unlock fuel filler flap
Remote unlock
Remote trunk release
Lock all doors
Lock fuel filler flap
Superlock all doors
Remote superlock
Remote lock
Vehicle unlocked
Driver front door unlocked
Passenger front door unlocked
Exterior trunk release disabled
Driver door lock cylinder status
Passenger door lock cylinder status
Remote transmitter ID
Vehicle locked
Driver front door locked
Passenger front door locked
Exterior trunk release enabled
Central locking switch active
Open trunk
Hood closed
Driver front door closed
Passenger front door closed
Driver rear door closed
Passenger rear door closed
Trunk closed
Hood ajar
Driver front door ajar
Passenger front door ajar
Driver rear door ajar
Passenger rear door ajar
Trunk ajar
Exterior trunk release active
Driver seat exit position
Driver seat entry / exit mode initiated
Sunroof position status
Stop global window close
Stop sunroof close
Stop passenger front window
Stop driver rear window
Stop passenger rear window
Rear window switches – enable
Open passenger front window
Open driver rear window
Open passenger rear window
Global close windows
Close driver front window
Close sunroof
Close passenger front window
Close driver rear window
INST
BPM
Appendix
DDCM
PDCM
DSCM
PSCM
DRDCM PRDCM
SLCM
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
.............................. T / R ........ T / R .............................................. R ............. R .......................
................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
............... R ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............................... T .....
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... R .............. T .............. T .............................................................................................
................................. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
.............................. T / R ........ T / R .............................................. R ............. R .......................
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
............... R .............. T .............. R ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....
............... R ............. R ............. T ................................................ R ............. R .............. R .....
....................................................................................................... R ............................... T .....
............... R .............. T ...................................................................................................... R .....
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
................................ R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
............... T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
R ............. T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
R ............. T ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... R .....
R ............. R .............. T .............. R ............. R .............................. R ............................... R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. T ............................... R ................................................. R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R ................................................. T ............................... R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................. T .............. R .....
R ............. R ............. R ............. R .................................................................................... T .....
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
............... T ................................................ R ...........................................................................
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R .......................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
............... T ............. R ............. R ................................................ R ............. R .......................
................................ R ..............................................................................................................
............... R .............. T ...............................................................................................................
................................. T .............. R .............................................................................................
................................. T .................................................................. R ........................................
(continued)
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
xi
Appendix
XJ Series 1998
SCP Message Matrix
T = Transmit; R = Receive
#
Message Name
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
Close passenger rear window
Inhibit rear window switches
Tail lamp failure
Stop lamp failure
Tail lamps OK
Stop lamps OK
Rear fog lamps OFF
Remote headlamps OFF
Rear fog lamps ON
Remote headlamps ON
Dip beam OFF
Side lamps OFF
Hazard lamps OFF
Left DI lamps OFF
Right DI lamps OFF
Main beam OFF
Rear fog lamps OFF
Main beam flash disabled
Dip beam ON
Side lamps ON
Hazard lamps ON
Left DI lamps ON
Right DI lamps ON
Main beam ON
Rear fogs status – ON
Main beam flash enabled
Interior lights OFF
Interior lights ON
Valet mode message OFF
Valet mode message
Wake-up network
Network status – awake
Entering sleep mode
xii
INST
BPM
DDCM
PDCM
DSCM
PSCM
DRDCM PRDCM
SLCM
................................. T .................................................................................... R .......................
............... T ................................................................................... R ............. R .......................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ........................................................................................................................................ T .....
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ........................................................................................................................................ T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
............... R ....................................................................................................................... T .....
............... T ....................................................................................................................... R .....
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
R ............. T ................................................................................................................................
T .............. T .............. T .............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T ............. T .............. T .....
T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ...
T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ........ T / R ......... T / R ....... . T / R ...
DATE OF ISSUE:
SEPTEMBER 1997
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.2 Linearized : Yes Create Date : 1999:04:16 17:02:54 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 3.01 for Power Macintosh Subject : X300 98/E COVER Creator : Adobe PageMaker 6.5 Title : X300 98/E COVER Author : Modify Date : 1999:06:15 06:58:47 Page Count : 158EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools